Seltos Owner Manual

FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
tional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experi
ence that exceeds your expectations.
If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships are
available at your service, with their Kia trained technicians, recommended special
tools and Kia genuine parts.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance
needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not
applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow
the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle
for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
2019 KIA MOTORS India, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
Motors India, Inc.
Printed in India
How to use this manual You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this man
We want to help you get the great
ual. These WARNINGs were pre
est possible driving pleasure from
pared to enhance your personal
your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual
safety. You should carefully read
can assist you in many ways.
and follow ALL procedures and rec
We strongly recommend that you ommendations provided in these
read the entire manual. In order to WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
minimize the chance of death or
injury, you must read the WARNING WARNING
and CAUTION sections in the man
A WARNING indicates a situation in
ual.
which harm, serious bodily injury or
Illustrations complement the words death could result if the warning is
in this manual to best explain how ignored.
to enjoy your vehicle. By reading
your manual, you learn about fea
tures, important safety information, CAUTION
and driving tips under various road A CAUTION indicates a situation in
conditions. which damage to your vehicle could
The general layout of the manual is result if the caution is ignored.
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
NOTICE
specific area or subject, it has an
alphabetical listing of all information A NOTICE indicates interesting or
in your manual. helpful information is being pro
vided.
Chapters: This manual has nine
chapter plus an abbreviation, index
and Kia warranty policy sections.
Each chapter begins with a brief
list of contents so you can tell at
a glance if that chapter has the
information you want.
Table of Contents
Introduction 1
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Features of your vehicle 4
Infotainment system 5
Driving your vehicle 6
What to do in an emergency 7
Maintenance 8
Specifications & Consumer information 9
Abbreviation A
Index I
Kia Warranty Policy W

Introduction 1
Introduction
Fuel requirements .................................................................... 1-2

䳜 Petrol engine........................................................................... 1-2
Vehicle modifications ............................................................... 1-5
Vehicle break-in process ......................................................... 1-5
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle.................. 1-6
Introduction Fuel requirements
INTRODUCTION WARNING
䳜 Do not "top off" after the nozzle
Fuel requirements automatically shuts off when
refueling.
Petrol engine 䳜 Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
Unleaded spillage in the event of an acci
Your new vehicle is designed to use dent.
only unleaded fuel having an Octane
Rating of RON (Research Octane
Petrol containing alcohol and
Number) 91 / AKI (Antiknock Index)
methanol
or higher. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels) Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and
ethanol (also known as grain alco
Your new vehicle is designed to hol), and petrol or gasohol con
obtain maximum performance with taining methanol (also known as
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini wood alcohol) are being marketed
mize exhaust emissions and spark along with or instead of leaded or
plug fouling. unleaded petrol.
Do not use gasohol containing more
CAUTION
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use petrol or gasohol containing any
of leaded fuel is detrimental to the methanol. Either of these fuels may
catalytic converter and will damage cause drivability problems and dam
the engine control system's oxygen age to the fuel system, engine con
sensor and affect emission control. trol system and emission control
Never add any fuel system cleaning system.
agents to the fuel tank other than
Discontinue using gasohol of any
what has been specified. (Kia rec
kind if driveability problems occur.
ommends to consult an authorized
Kia dealer/service partner for Vehicle damage or driveability prob
details.) lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer's warranty if they
result from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol.
1 2
2. Petrol or gasohol containing Use of MTBE

methanol. Kia recommends avoiding fuels con
. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl 1
Ether) over 1.0% vol. (Oxygen Con
CAUTION tent 2.% weight) in your vehicle.
Never use gasohol which contains Fuel containing MTBE over 1.0%
methanol. Discontinue use of any vol. (Oxygen Content 2.% weight)
gasohol product which impairs driv may reduce vehicle performance
ability. and produce vapor lock or hard
starting.
Other fuels
CAUTION
Using fuels such as
䳜 Silicone (Si) contained fuel, Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
䳜 MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained may not cover damage to the fuel
fuel, system and any performance prob
䳜 Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and lems that are caused by the use of
䳜 Other metalic additives contained fuels containing methanol or fuels
fuels, containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 1.0% vol. (Oxy
may cause vehicle and engine dam gen Content 2.% weight.)
age or cause plugging, misfiring,
poor acceleration, engine stalling,
catalyst melting, abnormal corro Do not use methanol
sion, life cycle reduction, etc. Fuels containing methanol (wood
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp alcohol) should not be used in your
(MIL) may illuminate. vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
NOTICE components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
Damage to the fuel system or per
control system.
formance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be cov
ered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
1 3
Fuel additives Diesel engine

Kia recommends that you use Diesel fuel
unleaded petrol which has an
Diesel engines must be operated
octane rating of RON (Research
only on commercially available diesel
Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Antiknock
fuel that complies with EN 90 or
Index) or higher.
comparable standard. (EN stands
For customers who do not use good for "European Norm"). Do not use
quality petrol including fuel addi marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or
tives regularly, and have problems non-approved fuel additives, as this
starting or the engine does not run will increase wear and cause dam
smoothly, one bottle of additives age to the engine and fuel system.
should be added to the fuel tank at The use of non-approved fuels and /
every 10,000 km. or fuel additives will result in a lim
itation of your warranty rights.
Additives are available from a pro
fessional workshop along with Diesel fuel of above cetane 1 is
information on how to use them. Kia used in your vehicle. If two types of
recommends to visit an authorized diesel fuels are available, use sum
Kia dealer/service partner. mer or winter fuel properly accord
ing to the following temperature
Operation in foreign countries conditions.
䳜 Above - C (2 F) ... Summer
If you are going to drive your vehicle
type diesel fuel.
in another country, be sure to:
䳜 Below - C (2 F) ... Winter type
䳜 Observe all regulations regarding
diesel fuel.
registration and insurance.
䳜 Determine that acceptable fuel is Watch the fuel level in the tank very
available. carefully: If the engine stops
through fuel failure, the circuits
must be completely purged to
restart.
1 4
Introduction Vehicle modifications
Vehicle modifications Vehicle break-in process

This vehicle should not be modified. No special break-in period is needed.
Modification of your vehicle could By following a few simple precau 1
affect its performance, safety or tions for the first 1,000 km (00
durability and may even violate gov miles) you may add to the perfor
ernmental safety and emissions mance, economy and life of your
regulations. In addition, damage or vehicle.
performance problems resulting 䳜 Do not race the engine.
from any modification may not be 䳜 While driving, keep your engine
covered under warranty. speed (rpm, or revolutions per
䳜 If you use unauthorized electronic minute) between 2,000 rpm and
devices, it may cause the vehicle ,000 rpm.
to operate abnormally, wire dam- 䳜 Do not maintain a single speed for
age, battery discharge and fire. long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
For your safety, do not use unau
needed to properly break-in the
thorized electronic devices.
engine.
䳜 Avoid hard stops, except in emer
gencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
䳜 Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera
tion.
1 5
Introduction Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle.
Risk of burns when parking or

stopping vehicle.
䳜 Do not park or stop the vehicle
near flammable items such as
leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such
items placed near the exhaust
system can become a fire hazard.
䳜 When an engine idles at a high
speed with the rear side of the
vehicle touching the wall, heat of
the exhaust gas can cause discol
oration or fire. Keep enough space
between the rear part of the
vehicle and the wall.
䳜 Be sure not to touch the exhaust/
catalytic systems while engine is
running or right after the engine
is turned off. There is a risk of
burns since the systems are
extremely hot.
1 6
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview...................................................................... 2-2

Interior overview....................................................................... 2-5
Instrument panel overview ..................................................... 2-7
Engine compartment ............................................................... 2-9
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview
YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE
Exterior overview
Front view
041*
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Hood -29
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) -92
Head lamp (Maintenance) -
. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) -9
Front fog lamp (Maintenance) -
. Wheel and tire (Maintenance) -2
Wheel and tire (Specification) 9-
. Outside rearview mirror -
. Sunroof -
2 2
. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle) -100

Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) -
. Windows -2
9. Front ultrasonic sensors -
10.Roof rack -1
2 3
Rear view
OSP2I019002

1. Door locks -1
2. Fuel filler door -1
. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) -0
. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance) -1
. Tailgate -22
. Antenna -
. Tailgate open switch -22
. Rear view camera -
9. Rear ultrasonic sensor -0, -
10.Rear window wiper -
2 4
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview
Interior overview
OSP2I019003

1. Inside door handle -1
2. Central Door lock/unlock switch -19
. Outside rearview mirror folding* -
. Outside rearview mirror control -
. Power window switch -2
. Power window lock switch -2
. Fuel filler door open lever -1
. Steering wheel -
9. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever -0
10.Hood release lever -29
11.Inner fuse panel -9
12.Brake pedal -
1.Seat -
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview
1.Headlight leveling device -9

1.Instrument panel illumination control switch -
1.Head-Up Display shutter On/Off button* -
1.ESC Off button* -1
*: if equipped
2 6
:PVS WFIJDMF BU B HMBODF IOTUSVNFOU QBOFM PWFSWJFX
IOTUSVNFOU QBOFM PWFSWJFX
041*4

1. Driver's front air bag - 9
2. Horn -1
. Instrument cluster -
. Light control/Turn signals lever -9
. Wiper and washer control lever -9
. ENGINE START/STOP button -10
. Cruise control/LCD display control -0, -2
. Hazard warning flasher -
9. Climate control system -109, -11
10.Shift lever -1, -21, -2, -
11.Front seat air ventilation switch -12
12.360 Degree Camera system (SVM) button 4-90
Driving Rear View Monitoring button 4-89
13.Parking Distance Warning system button 4-83
2 7
Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview
14.Power outlet 4-129

15.USB port 5-3
16.USB charger 4-130
17.Drive mode integrated control system button 6-58
18.USB charger 4-130
19.Center console storage box 4-124
20.Cup holder 4-127
21.Glove box 4-124
22.Passenger's front air bag 3-49
23.AVN (Audio, Video and Navigation) 5-3
2 8
Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.4 T-GDI)
)
OSP2I079001
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 8-26
2. Engine oil filler cap 8-22
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 8-29
4. Air cleaner 8-33
5. Fuse box 8-60
6. Negative battery terminal 7-6, 8-39
7. Positive battery terminal 7-6, 8-39
8. Engine oil dipstick 8-22
9. Radiator cap 7-9, 8-26
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8-31
2 9
Petrol Engine (Gamma II 1.5 MPI)

)
OSP2I079003
4. Air cleaner 8-33
5. Fuse box 8-60
2 10
Diesel Engine (U2 1.5 TCI)
OSP2I079004
4. Air cleaner 8-33
5. Fuse box 8-60
2 11
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat ............................................................................................. 3-3

䳜 Feature of Seat Leather........................................................ 3-6
䳜 Front seat adjustment for manual seat ............................ 3-6
䳜 Front seat adjustment for power seat .............................. 3-7
䳜 Headrest (for front seat) ...................................................... 3-9
䳜 Seatback pocket ................................................................... 3-12
䳜 Rear seat adjustment.......................................................... 3-12
䳜 Headrest (for rear seat)......................................................3-16
Seat belts ................................................................................. 3-18
䳜 Seat belt restraint system ................................................. 3-18
䳜 Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................... 3-24
䳜 Seat belt precautions........................................................... 3-27
䳜 Care of seat belts ................................................................. 3-29
Child restraint system (CRS)................................................. 3-30
䳜 Our recommendation: Children always in the rear.........3-30
䳜 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................ 3-31
䳜 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)......................... 3-33
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage
(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children ............................. 3-34
䳜 Securing a Child Restraint System with the "ISOFIX
Anchorage System".............................................................. 3-35
䳜 Securing a Child Restraint System seat with
"Top-tether Anchorage" system ....................................... 3-36
䳜 To install the tether anchor:............................................... 3-36
䳜 Securing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder
belt .......................................................................................... 3-37
3 Safety features of your vehicle
䳜 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX

Child Restraint Systems according to UN regulations
(Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
(for vehicle equipped with ISOFIX) .....................................3-38
䳜 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX
Child Restraint Systems according to UN regulations
(Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
(for vehicle without ISOFIX) ................................................3-40
Air bag - supplemental restraint system...........................3-42
䳜 How does the air bag system operate .............................3-43
䳜 Air bag warning and indicator ............................................3-46
䳜 SRS components and functions .........................................3-46
䳜 Driver's and passenger's front air bag..............................3-49
䳜 Side air bag ............................................................................3-52
䳜 Curtain air bag.......................................................................3-53
䳜 Air bag collision sensors ......................................................3-55
䳜 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision?
(Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)...3-56
䳜 SRS care .................................................................................3-60
䳜 Additional safety precautions ............................................3-61
䳜 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle .....................................................................................3-61
䳜 Air bag warning label ...........................................................3-61
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
Seat
OSP2I039001
Front seat WARNING

1. Sliding: Forward and Backward
2. Reclining: Back angle Loose objects
3. Seat cushion height* Loose objects in the driver's foot
4. Headrest area could interfere with the opera
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
Rear seat
causing an accident. Do not place
5. Seat back folding
anything under the front seats.
6. Headrest
* : if equipped
3 3
WARNING nal injuries could result because the

seat belt can't operate normally.
Driver responsibility for front seat
passenger
WARNING
Driver's seat
䳜 Never attempt to adjust seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
䳜 Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
ODEEV058002NR seatback. Storing items against a
Riding in a vehicle with a front seat seatback or in any other way
back reclined could lead to serious or interfering with proper locking of
fatal injury in an accident. If a front a seatback could result in serious
seat is reclined during an accident, or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
the occupant's hips may slide under collision.
the lap portion of the seat belt 䳜 Always drive and ride with your
applying great force to the unpro seatback upright and the lap por
tected abdomen. Serious or fatal tion of the seat belt snug and low
internal injuries could result. The across the hips. This is the best
driver must advise the front pas position to protect you in case of
senger to keep the seatback in an an accident.
upright position whenever the vehi 䳜 In order to avoid unnecessary and
cle is in motion. perhaps severe air bag injuries,
always sit as far back as possible
from the steering wheel while
WARNING maintaining comfortable control
Do not use a sitting cushion that of the vehicle. It is recommended
reduces friction between the seat that your chest is at least 250
and passenger. The passenger's hips mm (10 inches) away from the
may slide under the lap portion of steering wheel.
the seat belt during an accident or a
sudden stop. Serious or fatal inter
3 4
WARNING WARNING
Rear seatbacks After adjusting the seat, always
䳜 The rear seatback must be check that it is securely locked into
securely latched. If not, passen place by attempting to move the
gers and objects could be thrown seat forward or backward without
forward resulting in serious injury using the lock release lever. Sudden
or death in the event of a sudden or unexpected movement of the
stop or collision. driver's seat could cause you to lose
䳜 Luggage and other cargo should control of the vehicle resulting in an
accident. 3
be laid flat in the cargo area. If
objects are large, heavy, or must
be piled, they must be secured.
Under no circumstances should WARNING
cargo be piled higher than the 䳜 Use extreme caution so that
seatbacks. Failure to follow these hands or other objects are not
warnings could result in serious caught in the seat mechanisms
injury or death in the event of a while the seat is moving.
sudden stop, collision or rollover. 䳜 Do not put a cigarette lighter on
䳜 No passenger should ride in the the floor or seat. When you oper
cargo area or sit or lie on folded ate the seat, gas may gush out of
seatbacks while the vehicle is the lighter and cause fire.
moving. All passengers must be 䳜 If there are occupants in the rear
properly seated in seats and seats, be careful while adjusting
restrained properly while riding. the front seat position.
䳜 When resetting the seatback to 䳜 Use extreme caution when picking
the upright position, make sure it small objects trapped under the
is securely latched by pushing it seats or between the seat and
forward and backwards. the center console. Your hands
might be cut or injured by the
sharp edges of the seats mecha
nism.
3 5
Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment for manual

Leather is made from the outer skin seat (if equipped)
of an animal, which goes through a The front seat can be adjusted by
special process to be available for using the control levers located on
use. Since it is a natural substance, the outside of the seat cushion.
each part differs in thickness or
density. Moving forward and backward
䳜 Wrinkles may appear as a natural Adjust the seat before driving, and
result of stretching and shrinking make sure the seat is locked
depending on the temperature securely by trying to move forward
and humidity. and backward without using the
䳜 The seat cover is made of lever. If the seat moves, it is not
stretchable material to improve locked properly.
comfort of passengers.
䳜 The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
CAUTION
䳜 Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage are
not covered by warranty. OSP2I039002
䳜 Belts with metallic accessories,
To move the seat forward or back
zippers or keys inside the back
ward:
pocket may damage the seat fab
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
ric.
lever up and hold it.
䳜 Make sure not to wet the seat. It
2. Slide the seat to the position you
may change the nature of natural
desire.
leather.
3. Release the lever and make sure
䳜 Jeans or clothes which could
the seat is locked in place.
bleach may contaminate the sur
face of the seat covering fabric.
3 6
Adjust the seat before driving, and Changing seat cushion height (if
make sure the seat is locked equipped)
securely by trying to move forward
and backward without using the
lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
Reclining seatback
OSP2I039045
To change the height of the seat

cushion, push the lever upwards or
downwards.
䳜 To lower the seat cushion, push
down the lever several times.
OSP2I039003 䳜 To raise the seat cushion, pull up
To recline the seatback: the lever several times.
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up
the seatback recline lever. Front seat adjustment for power
2. Carefully lean back on the seat seat (if equipped)
and adjust the seatback of the The driver's seat can be adjusted by
seat to the position you desire. using the control switches located
3. Release the lever and make sure on the outside of the seat cushion.
the seatback is locked in place. Before driving, adjust the seat to
(The lever MUST return to its the proper position so as to easily
original position for the seatback control the steering wheel, pedals
to lock.) and switches on the instrument
panel.
3 7
WARNING Moving forward and backward
The power seat is operable with the

ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should never be
left unattended in the car.
CAUTION
䳜 The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
OSP2I039004
once the adjustment is com
pleted. Excessive operation may To move the seat forward or back
damage the electrical equipment. ward:
䳜 When in operation, the power 1. Push the control switch forward
seat consumes a large amount of or rearward to move the seat to
electrical power. To prevent the desired position.
unnecessary charging system 2. Release the switch once the seat
drain, don't adjust the power seat reaches the desired position.
longer than necessary while the
engine is not running. Reclining seatback
䳜 Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
result in power seat motor or
electrical component malfunction.
OSP2I039005
To recline the seatback:

1. Push the control switch forward
or rearward to move the seatback
to the desired angle.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
3 8
Changing seat cushion tilt and Headrest (for front seat)

height (if equipped) The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and com
fort.
OSP2I039006
To change the height of the seat:

1. Pull the front portion of the con
trol switch up to raise or press OSP2I039007
down to lower the front part of The headrest not only provides
the seat cushion. comfort for the driver and front
Pull the rear portion of the control passenger, but also helps protect
switch up to raise or press down the head and neck in the event of a
to lower the seat cushion. collision.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
WARNING
䳜 For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally, the
center of gravity of most people's
head is similar with the height of
the top of their eyes. Also, adjust
the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason,
the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback
is not recommended.
3 9
䳜 Do not operate the vehicle with CAUTION

the headrests removed or
reversed as severe injury to the If you recline the seatback towards
occupants may occur in the event the front with the headrest and
of an accident. Headrests may seat cushion raised, the headrest
provide protection against neck may come in contact with the sun
injuries when properly adjusted. visor or other parts of the vehicle.
䳜 Do not adjust the headrest posi
tion of the driver's seat while the
vehicle is in motion.
Adjusting the height up and down
ODEEV058008NR
Removing headrest
Type A
OSP2I039008
To raise the headrest:

1. Pull it up to the desired position
(3).
2. To lower the headrest, push and
hold the release button (2) on the
headrest support.
3. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (1). OSP2I039009
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to prop
erly protect the occupants.
3 10
Type B Type B
3
OSP2I039010 OSP2I039012
To remove the headrest: To reinstall the headrest:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with the 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into
recline lever or switch (1). the holes while pressing the
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. release button (1).
3. Press the headrest release button 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
(3) while pulling the headrest up recline lever or switch (3).
(4). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appro
priate height.
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
WARNING
seat with the headrest removed. Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling
and adjusting it properly.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
OSP2I039011
3 11
Seatback pocket (if equipped) WARNING

The seatback pocket is provided on
The purpose of the fold-down rear
the back of the front passenger's
seatbacks is to allow you to carry
and driver's seatback.
longer objects that could not be
accommodated in the cargo area.
Never allow passengers to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving. This is not a
proper seating position and no seat
belts are available for use. This
could result in serious injury or
death in case of an accident or sud
den stop. Objects carried on the
OSP2I039013 folded down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of the
WARNING front seatbacks. This could allow
Seatback pockets cargo to slide forward and cause
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in injury or damage during sudden
the seatback pockets. In an accident stops.
they could come loose from the
pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
Rear seat adjustment the pocket between the rear
seatback and cushion.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
OSP2I039018
3 12
CAUTION
䳜 Avoid excessive force when
unfolding rear seat back.
䳜 Unfolding the seat with excessive
force may lead to lock seat back
in 2nd step. This is natural phe
nomenon and adjust to the
desired position if necessary.
(applied to type 'A' only)
OSP2039052
3
Then, insert the seat belt into the For rear seatback type B, take the
two holes located on both sides. following steps:
2. Set the front seatback to the
Type B
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
For rear seatback type A, take the
following steps:
Type A
OSP2I039051
1. Pull up both sides of the seatback

folding lever.
OSP2I039020
1. Lower the rear headrests to the

lowest position.
2. Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle.
3 13
2. Fold the seat toward the front of WARNING

the vehicle.
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing
injury to the vehicle occupants. Do
not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front seat
occupants in a collision.
OSP2I039052
WARNING
CAUTION
Cargo loading
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
Make sure the engine is off, the
When you fold the rear seatback, Automatic Transmission/Dual Clutch
insert the buckle in the pocket Transmission/Intelligent Variable
between the rear seatback and Transmission is in P (Park) or the
cushion. Doing so can prevent the manual transmission is in R
buckle from being damaged by the (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking
rear seatback. brake is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the
CAUTION
vehicle to move if the shift lever is
Rear seat belts inadvertently moved to another
When returning the rear seatbacks position.
to the upright position, remember
to insert the rear shoulder belts
tongue in the holder provided in
Luggage side trim. This will avoid
seat belt to be trapped in the back
locking mechanism.
3 14
To unfold the rear seat Type B
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly. If the seatback
is returned without holding it, the
back of the seat could spring for
ward resulting in injury caused by 3
being struck by the seatback. OSP2I039053
2. Make sure the seatback is locked

1. Lift and pull the seatback back in place. When you return the
ward and be careful not to be seatback to its upright position,
located the seat belt between the always be sure it has locked into
rear seat and vehicle body. Pull position by pushing on the top of
the seatback firmly until it clicks the seatback.
into place. (For type A) If you can not see the
Type A red line at the bottom of folding
lever, it means the seatback is
locked completely.
3. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
4. When the seatback is completely
installed, check the seatback fold
ing lever again.
OSP2I039021
3 15
Headrest (for rear seat) 䳜 Do not operate the vehicle with

The rear seat(s) is equipped with the headrests removed or
headrests in all the seating positions reversed. Severe injury to an
for the occupant's safety and com occupant may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests may
fort.
provide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
䳜 When there is no occupant in the
rear seats, adjust the height of
the headrest to the lowest posi
tion. The rear seat headrest can
reduce the visibility of the rear
area.
OSP2I039014 Adjusting the height up and down

The headrest not only provides (if equipped)
comfort for passengers, but also
helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
WARNING
䳜 For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height as the center of gravity of OSP2I039016
an occupant's head. Generally, the 䳜 To raise the headrest, pull it up to

center of gravity of most people's the desired position (1).
head is similar with the height of 䳜 To lower the headrest, push and
the top of their eyes. Also adjust hold the release button (2) on the
the headrest as close to your headrest support and lower the
head as possible. For this reason, headrest to the desired position
(3).
the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback
is not recommended.
3 16
Removal and installation Armrest (if equipped)

(if equipped)
3
OSP2I039019
OSP2I039017
To use the armrest, pull it forward
䳜 To remove the headrest, raise it from the seatback.
as far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling
the headrest up (2).
䳜 To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button
(1).
䳜 Then adjust it to the appropriate
height.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to prop
erly protect the occupants.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts
Seat belts 䳜 Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job as
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
well. In a collision, it could even cut
the bony structure of the body, and
into you. Be sure the belt webbing
should be worn low across the front
is straight and not twisted.
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders.
䳜 Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
Seat belt restraint system webbing or hardware is damaged,
replace it.
WARNING
䳜 For maximum restraint system
protection, the seat belts must WARNING
always be used whenever the car Seat belts are designed to bear upon
is moving. the bony structure of the body, and
䳜 Seat belts are most effective should be worn low across the front
when seatbacks are in the upright of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
position. shoulders, as applicable; wearing the
䳜 Children age 13 and younger must lap section of the belt across the
always be properly restrained in abdominal area must be avoided.
the rear seat. Never allow children Seat belts should be adjusted as
to ride in the front passenger firmly as possible, consistent with
seat. If a child over 13 must be comfort, to provide the protection
seated in the front seat, he/she for which they have been designed.
must be properly belted and the A slack belt will greatly reduce the
seat should be moved as far back protection afforded to the wearer.
as possible.
Care should be taken to avoid con
䳜 Never wear the shoulder belt
tamination of the webbing with pol
under your arm or behind your
ishes, oils and chemicals, and
back. An improperly positioned
particularly battery acid.
shoulder belt can cause serious
Cleaning may safely be carried out
injuries in a crash. The shoulder
using mild soap and water. The belt
belt should be positioned midway
should be replaced if webbing
over your shoulder across your
becomes frayed, contaminated or
collarbone.
damaged. It is essential to replace
䳜 Never wear a seat belt over frag
the entire assembly after it has
ile objects. If there is a sudden
been worn in a severe impact even if
stop or impact, the seat belt can
damage to the assembly is not obvi
damage it.
3 18
ous. Belts should not be worn with Seat belt warning

straps twisted. Each belt assembly
must only be used by one occupant;
it is dangerous to put a belt around
a child being carried on the occu
pant's lap. ODEEV068095NR
The seat belt warning light and

warning chime operate under the
WARNING following conditions.
䳜 No modifications or additions 3
should be made by the user which Driver's seat belt
will either prevent the seat belt 䳜 Regardless of the driver's seat
adjusting devices from operating belt fastening, the warning light
to remove slack, or prevent the will illuminate for approximately 6
seat belt assembly from being seconds each time you turn the
adjusted to remove slack. ignition switch ON. If the driver's
䳜 When you fasten the seat belt, be seat belt is not fastened, the
careful not to latch the seat belt warning chime will sound for
in buckles of other seat. It's very about 6 seconds and the waning
dangerous and you may not be light will stay turned ON until the
protected by the seat belt prop driver's seat belt is fastened.
erly. 䳜 If you start to drive without the
䳜 Do not unfasten the seat belt and driver's seat belt fastened, when
do not fasten and unfasten the you drive under 20 km/h or stop,
seat belt repeatedly while driving. the warning light will illuminate.
This could result in loss of control, When you drive 20 km/h or faster,
and an accident causing death, the warning light will blink and
serious injury, or property dam warning chime will sound for
age. approximately 100 seconds.
䳜 When fastening the seat belt, 䳜 When the driver's seat belt is
make sure that the seat belt does unfastened during driving, the
not pass over objects that are warning light will illuminate when
hard or can break easily. the speed is under 20 km/h. When
䳜 Make sure there is nothing in the the speed is 20 km/h and faster,
buckle. The seat belt may not be the warning light will blink and
fastened securely. warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds.
3 19
Front Passenger's seat belt Fastening the seat belt:

䳜 Regardless of the passenger's
seat belt fastening, the warning
light will illuminate for approxi
mately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch ON. If the
passenger's seat belt is not fas
tened, the waning light will stay
turned ON until the passenger's
seat belt is fastened.
䳜 If you start to drive without the
ODEEV058025NR
passenger's seat belt fastened,
when you drive under 20 km/h or 䳜 To fasten your seat belt, pull it
out of the retractor and insert the
stop, the warning light will illumi
metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
nate. When you drive 20 km/h or
There will be an audible "click"
faster, the warning light will blink when the tab locks into the
and warning chime will sound for buckle.
approximately 100 seconds.
䳜 When the passenger's seat belt is The seat belt automatically adjusts
unfastened during driving, the to the proper length only after the
warning light will illuminate when lap belt portion is adjusted manually
the speed is under 20 km/h. When so that it fits snugly around your
the speed is 20 km/h and faster, hips. If you lean forward in a slow,
the warning light will blink and easy motion, the belt will extend
warning chime will sound for and let you move around. If there is
approximately 100 seconds. a sudden stop or impact, however,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward
too quickly.
3 20
NOTICE When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the
If you are not able to pull out the retractor.
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
If this does not happen, check the
pull the belt out and release it. Then
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
you will be able to pull the belt out
try again.
smoothly.
Adjusting the height of shoulder

WARNING belt (if equipped)
You can adjust the height of the 3
You should place the lap belt portion
shoulder belt anchor to one of 3
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips, not on your waist. If the positions for maximum comfort and
lap belt is located too high on your safety.
waist, it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision. Both
arms should not be under or over
the belt. Rather, one should be over
and the other under, as shown in
the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm near the door.
ODEEV058027NR
Releasing the seat belt: The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
You will not be getting the most
effective protection. The shoulder
portion should be adjusted so that it
lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder near the door
and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
ODEEV058078NR
adjuster into an appropriate posi
䳜 Press the release button (1) in the tion.
locking buckle.
3 21
䳜 To raise the height adjuster, pull it Fastening the rear center seat belt
up (1). (lap belt):
䳜 To lower it, push it down (3) while 1. To fasten a 2-point static type
pressing the height adjuster but belt, insert the metal tab (1) into
ton (2). the locking buckle (2). There will
Release the button to lock the be an audible "click" when the tab
anchor into position. Try sliding the locks into the buckle.
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
䳜 Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appro
priate height. Never position the OSP2I039047
shoulder belt across your neck or 2. Check to make sure the belt is
face. properly locked and that the belt
䳜 Failure to replace seat belts after is not twisted.
an accident could leave you with With a 2-point static type seat
damaged seat belts that will not belt, the length must be adjusted
provide protection in the event of manually so it fits snugly around
another collision leading to per your body.
sonal injury or death. Replace 3. Fasten the belt and pull on the
your seat belts after being in an loose end to tighten.
accident as soon as possible.
OSP2I039048
3 22
The belt should be placed as low as Releasing the rear center seat belt
possible on your hips (1), not on (lap belt):
your waist. If the belt is too high, it
could increase the possibility of your
being injured in an accident.
OSP2I039049
䳜 When you want to release the

seat belt, press the button (1) in
OSP2I039049 the locking buckle.
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" WARNING
mark must be used. The center lap belt latching mecha
nism is different from those for the
rear seat shoulder belts. When fas
tening the rear seat shoulder belts
or the center lap belt, make sure
they are inserted into the correct
buckles to obtain maximum protec
tion from the seat belt system and
assure proper operation.
OSP2I039023
3 23
Stowing the rear seat belt Pre-tensioner seat belt
OSP2I039018 OSP2I039024
The rear seat belt buckles can be Your vehicle is equipped with pre-
stowed in the pocket between the tensioner seat belts at the front
rear seatback and cushion when not seating positions.
in use. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit
tightly against the occupant's body
in certain collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may
be activated in crashes where the
collision is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
OSP2I039054
will lock into position. In certain
The seat belt should be locked into
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
the buckle on each seat cushion to
will activate and pull the seat belt
be properly fastened.
into tighter contact against the
1. Rear right seat belt fastening
occupant's body.
buckle
2. Rear centre seat belt fastening If the system senses excessive ten
buckle sion on the driver or passenger's
3. Rear left seat belt fastening seat belt when the pre-tensioner
buckle activates, the load limiter inside the
pre-tensioner will release some of
3 24
the pressure on the affected seat WARNING

belt. (if equipped)
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
WARNING
1. The seatbelt must be working
For your safety, be sure that the correctly and adjusted to the
belt webbing is not loose or twisted proper position. Please read and
and always sit properly on your follow all of the important infor
seat. mation and precautions about
your vehicle's occupant safety
3
features 䳍 including seat belts and
NOTICE
air bags 䳍 that are provided in this
The pre-tensioner will activate not manual.
only in a frontal collision but also in a 2. Be sure you and your passengers
side collision, if the vehicle is always wear seat belts properly.
equipped with a side or curtain air
bag.
NOTICE
The seat belt pre-tensioner system 䳜 When the pre-tensioner seat
consists mainly of the following belts are activated, a loud noise
components. Their locations are may be heard and fine dust, which
shown in the illustration: may appear to be smoke, may be
visible in the passenger compart
ment. These are normal operating
conditions and are not hazardous.
䳜 Although it is harmless, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for pro
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-ten
OSP2I039025
sioner seat belts were activated.
䳜 Because the sensor that activates
1. SRS air bag warning light
the SRS air bag is connected with
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
3. SRS control module
SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
3 25
the ignition switch has been assemblies for several minutes

turned to the "ON" position, and after they have been activated.
then it should turn off. 䳜 Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. Have the system
CAUTION inspected by a professional work
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not shop. Kia recommends to visit an
working properly, the SRS air bag authorized Kia dealer/service
warning light will illuminate even if partner.
there is no malfunction of the SRS 䳜 Do not attempt to service or
air bag. If the SRS air bag warning repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
light does not illuminate when the system in any manner.
ignition key is turned to ON, or if it 䳜 Improper handling of the pre-
remains illuminated after illuminat tensioner seat belt assemblies,
ing for approximately 6 seconds, or and failure to heed the warnings
if it illuminates while the vehicle is not to strike, modify, inspect,
being driven, have the system replace, service or repair the pre-
inspected by a professional work tensioner seat belt assemblies
shop. Kia recommends to visit an may lead to improper operation
authorized Kia dealer/service part or inadvertent activation and
ner. serious injury.
䳜 Always wear the seat belts when
driving or riding in a motor vehicle.
WARNING 䳜 If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
䳜 Pre-tensioners seat belts sys seat belt must be discarded, con
tems are designed to operate tact a professional workshop. Kia
only one time. After activation, recommends to visit an autho
pre-tensioner seat belts must be rized Kia dealer/ service partner.
replaced. All seat belts, of any 䳜 Body work on the front area of
type, should always be replaced the vehicle may damage the pre-
after they have been worn during tensioner seat belt system.
a collision. Therefore, have the system ser
䳜 The pre-tensioner seat belt viced by a professional workshop.
assembly mechanisms become Kia recommends to visit an
hot during activation. Do not authorized Kia dealer/ service
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt partner.
3 26
Seat belt precautions WARNING

WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs
to be properly restrained at all
All occupants of the vehicle must times, including infants and children.
wear their seat belts at all times. Never hold a child in your arms or
Seat belts and child restraints lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio
reduce the risk of serious or fatal lent forces created during a crash
injuries for all occupants in the will tear the child from your arms
event of a collision or sudden stop. and throw the child against the
Without a seat belt, occupants could interior. Always use a child restraint 3
be shifted too close to a deploying appropriate for your child's height
air bag, strike the interior structure and weight.
or be thrown from the vehicle.
Properly worn seat belts greatly
reduce these hazards. NOTICE
Always follow the precautions about Small children are best protected
seat belts, air bags and occupant from injury in an accident when
seat contained in this manual. properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the
Infant or small child
Safety Standards of your country.
You should be aware of the specific Before buying any child restraint
requirements in your country. Child system, make sure that it has a
and/or infant seats must be prop label certifying that it meets Safety
erly placed and installed in the rear Standards of your country. The
seat. restraint must be appropriate for
For more information about the use your child's height and weight.
of these restraints, refer to "Child Check the label on the child restraint
restraint system (CRS)" on page 3- for this information. Refer to "Child
30. restraint system (CRS)" on page 3-
30.
3 27
Larger children WARNING

Children who are too large for child
Shoulder belts on small children
restraint systems should always
䳜 Never allow a shoulder belt to be
occupy the rear seat and use the
in contact with a child's neck or
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
face while the vehicle is in motion.
portion should be fastened and
䳜 If seat belts are not properly worn
snugged on the hips and as low as
and adjusted on children, there is
possible. Check if the belt fits peri
a risk of death or serious injury.
odically. A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children
are afforded the most safety in the Pregnant women
event of an accident when they are
The use of a seat belt is recom
restrained by a proper restraint
mended for pregnant women to
system in the rear seat. If a larger
lessen the chance of injury in an
child (over age 13) must be seated
accident. When a seat belt is used,
in the front seat, the child should be
the lap belt portion should be placed
securely restrained by the available
as low and snugly as possible on the
lap/shoulder belt and the seat
hips, not across the abdomen. For
should be placed in the rearmost
specific recommendations, consult a
position. Children age 13 and under
physician.
should be restrained securely in the
rear seat. NEVER place a child age
13 and under in the front seat. WARNING
NEVER place a rear facing child seat Pregnant women
in the front seat of a vehicle. Pregnant women must never place
If the shoulder belt portion slightly the lap portion of the safety belt
touches the child's neck or face, try over the area of the abdomen
placing the child closer to the center where the fetus is located or above
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt the abdomen where the belt could
still touches their face or neck they crush the fetus during an impact.
need to be returned to a child
restraint system.
3 28
Injured person to work properly. The more the

A seat belt should be used when an seatback is reclined, the greater the
injured person is being transported. chance that an occupant's hips will
When this is necessary, you should slide under the lap belt causing seri
consult a physician for recommen ous internal injuries or the occu
dations. pant's neck could strike the shoulder
belt. Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
One person per belt
properly belted, and with the seat
Two people (including children) backs upright. 3
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an Care of seat belts
accident. Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi
Do not lie down tion, care should be taken to assure
To reduce the chance of injuries in that seat belts and belt hardware
the event of an accident and to are not damaged by seat hinges,
achieve maximum effectiveness of doors or other abuse.
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front WARNING
seats should be in an upright posi 䳜 When you return the rear seat
tion when the car is moving. A seat back to its upright position after
belt cannot provide proper protec the rear seatback was folded
tion if the person is lying down in down, be careful not to damage
the rear seat or if the front seat is the seat belt webbing or buckle.
in a reclined position. Be sure that the webbing or
buckle does not get caught or
WARNING pinched in the rear seat. A seat
Riding with a reclined seatback belt with damaged webbing or
increases your chance of serious or buckle will not be as strong and
fatal injuries in the event of a colli could possibly fail during a colli
sion or sudden stop. The protection sion or sudden stop, resulting in
of your restraint system (seat belts serious injury. If the webbing or
and air bags) is greatly reduced by buckles are damaged, get them
reclining your seat. Seat belts must replaced immediately.
be snug against your hips and chest
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS)
䳜 Seat belts can become hot in a Child restraint system (CRS)

vehicle that has been closed up in
sunny weather. Our recommendation: Children
They could burn infants and chil always in the rear
dren.
WARNING
Periodic inspection Always properly restrain children in
the vehicle. Children of all ages are
It is recommended that all seat belts
safer when riding in the rear seats.
be inspected periodically for wear or
Never place a rearward-facing Child
damage of any kind. Any damaged
Restraint System on the front pas
parts should be replaced as soon as
senger seat, unless the air bag is
possible.
deactivated.
Keep belts clean and dry Children under age 13 should always
Seat belts should be kept clean and ride in the rear seats and must
dry. If belts become dirty, they can always be properly restrained to
be cleaned by using a mild soap minimize the risk of injury in an
solution and warm water. Bleach, accident, sudden stop or sudden
dye, strong detergents or abrasives maneuver.
should not be used because they According to accident statistics,
may damage and weaken the fabric. children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
When to replace seat belts the front seat. Children too large for
a Child Restraint System must use
Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
the seat belts provided.
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an acci Most countries have regulations
dent. This should be done even if no which require children to travel in
damage is visible. In this case, have approved Child Restraint Systems.
the system replaced by a profes The laws governing the age or
sional workshop. Kia recommends to height/weight restrictions at which
consult an authorized Kia dealer/ seat belts can be used instead of
service partner. Child Restraint System differs
among countries, so you should be
aware of the specific requirements
in your country, and where you are
travelling.
3 30
Child Restraint Systems must be Selecting a Child Restraint System

properly installed in the vehicle seat. (CRS)
Always use a commercially available When selecting a Child Restraint
Child Restraint System that meets System for your child, always:
the requirements of your country.
䳜 Make sure the Child Restraint
System has a label certifying that
Child Restraint System (CRS) it meets the applicable Safety
Infants and younger children must Standards of your country.
be restrained in an appropriate A Child Restraint System may
rearward-facing or forward-facing only be installed if it was 3
CRS that has first been properly approved in accordance with the
secured to the seat of the vehicle. requirements of ECE-R44 or ECE-
Read and comply with the instruc R129.
tions for installation and use pro 䳜 Select a Child Restraint System
vided by the manufacturer of the based on your child's height and
Child Restraint System. weight. The required label or the
instructions for use typically pro
WARNING vide this information.
䳜 Select a Child Restraint System
䳜 Always follow the Child Restraint that fits the vehicle seating posi
System manufacturer's instruc tion where it will be used.
tions for installation and use. For the suitability of Child
䳜 Always properly restrain your Restraint Systems on the vehi
child in the Child Restraint Sys cle's seating positions, please
tem. refer to "Suitability of each seat
䳜 Do not use an infant carrier or a ing position for belted & ISOFIX
child safety seat that "hooks" Child Restraint Systems according
over a seatback, it may not pro to UN regulations (Information for
vide adequate protection in an vehicle users and CRS manufac
accident. turers) (for vehicle equipped with
䳜 After an accident, have the sys ISOFIX)" on page 3-38, "Suitability
tem checked by a professional of each seating position for belted
workshop. Kia recommends to & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems
visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser according to UN regulations
vice partner. (Information for vehicle users and
CRS manufacturers) (for vehicle
without ISOFIX)" on page 3-40.
3 31
䳜 Read and comply with the warn All children under the age of one
ings and instructions for installa year must always ride in a rear
tion and use provided with the ward-facing Child Restraint System.
Child Restraint System. There are different types of rear
ward-facing Child Restraint Sys
Child restraint system types tems: infant-only Child Restraint
There are three main types of Child Systems can only be used rear
Restraint Systems: ward-facing. Convertible and 3-in-1
䳜 Rearward-facing CRS Child Restraint Systems typically
䳜 Forward-facing CRS have higher height and weight limits
䳜 Booster seat for the rearward-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear
They are classified according to the ward-facing for a longer period of
child's age, height and weight. time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems
Rearward-facing Child Restraint
System in the rearward-facing position as
long as children fit within the height
and weight limits allowed by the
Child Restraint System's manufac
turer.
Forward-facing Child Restraint

System
ODEEV058035NR
A rearward-facing Child Restraint

System provides restraint with the
seating surface against the back of
the child. The harness system holds
the child in place, and in an accident,
acts to keep the child positioned in
ODEEV058036NR
the Child Restraint Systems and
reduce the stress to the fragile neck
and spinal cord.
3 32
A forward-facing Child Restraint Installing a Child Restraint System

System provides restraint for the (CRS)
child's body with a harness. Keep
children in a forward-facing Child WARNING
Restraint System with a harness Before installing your Child
until they reach the top height or Restraint System always:
weight limit allowed by your Child
Read and follow the instructions
Restraint System's manufacturer. provided by the manufacturer of
Once your child outgrows the for the Child Restraint System.
ward-facing Child Restraint System, Failure to follow all warnings and 3
your child is ready for a booster instructions could increase the risk
seat. of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if
an accident occurs.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint WARNING
System designed to improve the fit
of the vehicle's seat belt system. A If the vehicle's headrest prevents
booster seat positions the seat belt proper installation of a Child
so that it fits properly over the Restraint System, the headrest of
stronger parts of your child's body. the respective seating position shall
Keep your children in booster seats be readjusted or entirely removed.
until they are big enough to fit in a
seat belt properly. After selecting a proper Child
Restraint System for your child and
For a seat belt to fit properly, the checking that the Child Restraint
lap belt must lie comfortable across System fits properly on the seating
the upper thighs, not the stomach. position, there are three general
The shoulder belt should lie com steps for a proper installation:
fortable across the shoulder and 䳜 Properly secure the Child
chest and not across the neck or Restraint System to the vehicle.
face. Children under age 13 must All Child Restraint Systems must
always be properly restrained to be secured to the vehicle with the
minimize the risk of injury in an lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoul
accident, sudden stop or sudden der belt or with the ISOFIX top
maneuver. tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage
and/or with the support leg.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage
(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children
ISOFIX anchorage and top- ISOFIX anchorages have been pro

tether anchorage (ISOFIX vided in the left and right outboard
anchorage system) for children rear seating positions. Their loca
tions are shown in the illustration.
(if equipped)
The ISOFIX system holds a Child WARNING
Restraint System during driving and
Do not attempt to install a Child
in an accident. This system is
Restraint System using ISOFIX
designed to make installation of the
anchorages in the rear center seat
Child Restraint System easier and
ing position. There are no ISOFIX
reduce the possibility of improperly
anchorages provided for this seat.
installing your Child Restraint Sys
Using the outboard seat anchor
tem. The ISOFIX system uses
ages, for the CRS installation on the
anchors in the vehicle and attach
rear center seating position, can
ments on the Child Restraint Sys
damage the anchorages.
tem. The ISOFIX system eliminates
the need to use seat belts to secure
the Child Restraint System to the
rear seats.
ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each ISOFIX seat
ing position that will accommodate a
Child Restraint System with lower
attachments.
To use the ISOFIX system in your OSP2I039027
vehicle, you must have a Child 1. ISOFIX Anchor Position Indicator

Restraint System with ISOFIX 2. ISOFIX Anchor
attachments. ISOFIX anchorages are located
The Child Restraint System manu between the seatback and the seat
facturer will provide you with cushion of the rear seat left and
instructions on how to use the Child right outboard seating positions,
Restraint System with its attach indicated by the symbols.
ments for the ISOFIX anchorages.
3 34
Securing a Child Restraint System WARNING

with the "ISOFIX Anchorage Sys
tem" (if equipped) Take the following precautions
when using the ISOFIX system:
To install a ISOFIX-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the 䳜 Read and follow all installation
rear outboard seating positions: instructions provided with your
1. Move the seat belt buckle away Child Restraint System.
from the ISOFIX anchorages. 䳜 To prevent the child from reaching
2. Move any other objects away and taking hold of unretracted
from the anchorages that could seat belts, buckle all unused rear
3
prevent a secure connection seat belts and retract the seat
between the Child Restraint Sys belt webbing behind the child.
tem and the ISOFIX anchorages. Children can be strangled if a
3. Place the Child Restraint System shoulder belt becomes wrapped
on the vehicle seat, then attach around their neck and the seat
the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages belt tightens.
according to the instructions pro 䳜 NEVER attach more than one
vided by the Child Restraint Sys Child Restraint System to a single
tem manufacturer. anchorage. This could cause the
4. Follow the instructions of the anchor or attachment to come
Child Restraint System's manu loose or break.
facturer for proper installation 䳜 Always have the ISOFIX (i- Size)
and connection of the ISOFIX system inspected by your dealer
attachments on the Child after an accident. An accident can
Restraint System to the ISOFIX damage the ISOFIX system and
anchorages. may not properly secure the Child
Restraint System.
3 35
Securing a Child Restraint System 2. Connect the top-tether strap to

seat with "Top-tether Anchorage" the top-tether anchorage, then
system (if equipped) tighten the top-tether strap
Child restraint system top tether according to the instructions of
your Child Restraint System's
anchorages are located on the back
manufacturer to firmly attach the
of the rear seatbacks.
Child Restraint System to the
seat.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the top-tether:
䳜 Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
Child Restraint System.
䳜 NEVER attach more than one
OSP2I039028
Child Restraint System to a single
ISOFIX top-tether anchorage. This
To install the tether anchor:
could cause the anchorage or
attachment to come loose or
break.
䳜 Do not attach the top-tether to
anything other than the correct
top-tether anchorage. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
䳜 Child Restraint System anchor
ages are designed to withstand
ODEEV058040NR only those loads imposed by cor
1. Route the Child Restraint System rectly fitted Child Restraint Sys
top-tether strap over the seat tem.
back. Placing the top tether strap, Under no circumstances are they
please follow the instructions of to be used for adult seat belts or
the Child Restraint System manu harnesses or for attaching other
facturer. items or equipment to the vehicle.
3 36
Securing a Child Restraint System 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

with a lap/shoulder belt into the buckle. Listen for the dis
When not using the ISOFIX system, tinct "click" sound. Position the
release button so that it is easy to
all Child Restraint Systems must be
access in case of an emergency.
secured to a rear seat with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt.
ODEEV058042NR
3. Remove as much slack from the

ODEEV058041NR
belt as possible by pushing down
To install a Child Restraint System on the Child Restraint System
on the rear seats, do the following: while feeding the shoulder belt
1. Place the Child Restraint System back into the retractor.
on a rear seat and route the lap/ 4. Push and pull on the Child
shoulder belt around or through Restraint System to confirm that
the Child Restraint System, fol the seat belt is holding it firmly in
lowing the Child Restraint Sys place.
tem manufacturer's instructions.
If your Child Restraint System man
Make sure the seat belt webbing
ufacturer recommends the use of a
is not twisted.
top-tether with the lap/shoulder
belt.
To remove the Child Restraint Sys
tem, press the release button on
the buckle and then pull the lap/
shoulder belt out of the Child
Restraint System and allow the seat
belt to retract fully.
3 37
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Sys
tems according to UN regulations (Information for vehicle users and CRS
manufacturers) (for vehicle equipped with ISOFIX)
䳜 Yes: Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
䳜 No: Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
䳜 "-": Not applicable
䳜 The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD
vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position num
ber 3.
F: Forward facing
R: Rearward facing
Seating positions
3
CRS categories
1, 2 POWE MAN 4 5 6
R UAL
Yes*1 Yes Yes Yes

Universal belted CRS - No
F, R F, R F F, R
i-Size CRS ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(with support leg) (F2,F2X,R1,R2)
ISOFIX infant CRS ISOFIX Yes Yes
- No No No
(i.e., CRS for a baby) (R1) R R
Carry cot ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS) (L1,L2)
ISOFIX Yes Yes
ISOFIX toddler CRS - small - No No No
(F2,F2X, R2) F, R F, R
ISOFIX toddler CRS - large* ISOFIX Yes Yes

- No No No
(*: not booster seats) (F3, R3) F, R*2 F, R*2
Booster seat-Reduced width ISO/B2 - No No Yes No Yes
Booster seat-Full width ISO/B3 - No No Yes No Yes
*1. Should be adjusted seat pumping properly, and CRS should not be installed for manual seat (not
equipped pumping function)
*2. For fitment of ISOFIX toddler's rearward facing large CRS
䳜 Driver's seat: Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height.
䳜 Front passenger seat: Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate position.
3 38
* Never place a rearward facing Child

Restraint System on the front
passenger seat, unless the pas
senger air bag is deactivated.
* It is recommended to remove the
head restraint, when CRS is unsta
ble due to head restraint.
OSP2I039029
Seat
Position in the vehicle
Number
1 Front right
2 Front center
3 Front left
4 2nd row left
5 2nd row center
6 2nd row right
3 39
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Sys
tems according to UN regulations (Information for vehicle users and CRS
manufacturers) (for vehicle without ISOFIX)
䳜 Yes: Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
䳜 No: Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
䳜 "-": Not applicable
䳜 The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD
vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position num
ber 3.
F: Forward facing
R: Rearward facing
Seating positions
CRS categories 3
1, 2 4 5 6
Power Manual
Yes*1 Yes Yes Yes

Universal belted CRS - No
F, R F, R F F, R
i-Size CRS ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(with support leg) (F2,F2X,R1,R2)
ISOFIX infant CRS ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(i.e., CRS for a baby) (R1)
Carry cot ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS) (L1,L2)
ISOFIX
ISOFIX toddler CRS - small - No No No No No
(F2,F2X, R2)
ISOFIX toddler CRS - large* ISOFIX
- No No No No No
(*: not booster seats) (F3, R3)
Booster seat-Reduced width ISO/B2 - No No No No No
Booster seat-Full width ISO/B3 - No No No No No
*1. Should be adjusted seat pumping properly, and CRS should not be installed for manual seat (not
equipped pumping function)
3 40
* Never place a rearward facing Child

Restraint System on the front
passenger seat, unless the pas
senger air bag is deactivated.
* It is recommended to remove the
head restraint, when CRS is unsta
ble due to head restraint.
OSP2I039029
Seat
Position in the vehicle
Number
1 Front right
2 Front center
3 Front left
4 2nd row left
5 2nd row center
6 2nd row right
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system
Air bag - supplemental restraint system
OSP2I039030
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag*
4. Curtain air bag*
* : if equipped
3 42
WARNING 䳜 There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate.
䳜 Even in vehicles with air bags, you Generally, air bags are designed
and your passengers must always to inflate based upon the severity
wear the safety belts provided in of a collision and its direction.
order to minimize the risk and These two factors determine
severity of injury in the event of a whether the sensors produce an
collision or in most rollover situa electronic deployment/ inflation
tions. signal.
䳜 SRS and pre-tensioners contain 䳜 Air bag deployment depends on a
explosive chemicals. 3
number of factors including vehi
If scraping a vehicle without cle speed, angles of impact and
removing SRS and pre-tensioners the density and stiffness of the
from a vehicle, it may cause fire. vehicles or objects which your
Before scraping a vehicle, contact vehicle hits in the collision. The
a professional workshop. Kia rec determining, factors are not lim
ommends to visit an authorized ited to those mentioned above.
Kia dealer/service partner. 䳜 The front air bags will completely
䳜 Keep the SRS parts and wirings inflate and deflate in an instant.
away from water or any liquid. If It is virtually impossible for you to
the SRS components are inopera see the air bags inflate during an
tive due to exposure to water or accident. It is much more likely
liquids, it may cause fire or severe that you will simply see the
injury. deflated air bags hanging out of
their storage compartments after
the collision.
How does the air bag system oper
䳜 In order to help provide protection
ate
in a severe collision, the air bags
䳜 Air bags are activated (able to
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
inflate if necessary) only when
air bag inflation is a consequence
the ignition switch is turned to
of extremely short time in which
the ON or START position.
a collision occurs and the need to
䳜 Air bags inflate instantly in the
get the air bag between the occu
event of serious frontal or side
pant and the vehicle structures
collision (if equipped with side air
before the occupant impacts
bag or curtain air bag) in order to
those structures. This speed of
help protect the occupants from
inflation reduces the risk of seri
serious physical injury.
ous or life-threatening injuries in
3 43
a severe collision and is thus a Noise and smoke

necessary part of air bag design. When the air bags inflate, they
䳜 However, air bag inflation can also make a loud noise and they leave
cause injuries which can include smoke and powder in the air inside
facial abrasions, bruises and bro of the vehicle. This is normal and is a
ken bones because the inflation result of the ignition of the air bag
speed also causes the air bags to inflator. After the air bag inflates,
expand with a great deal of force.
you may feel substantial discomfort
䳜 There are even circumstances
in breathing due to the contact of
under which contact with the
your chest with both the seat belt
steering wheel air bag can cause
and the air bag, as well as from
fatal injuries, especially if the
breathing the smoke and powder.
occupant is positioned excessively
Open your doors and/or windows as
close to the steering wheel.
soon as possible after impact in
order to reduce discomfort and pre
WARNING vent prolonged exposure to the
䳜 To avoid severe personal injury or smoke and powder.
death caused by deploying air
Though smoke and powder are non
bags in a collision, the driver
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
should sit as far back from the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If
steering wheel air bag. The front
this is the case, wash and rinse with
passenger should always move
cold water immediately and consult
their seat as far back as possible
the doctor if the symptom persists.
and sit back in their seat.
䳜 Air bag inflates instantly in an
event of a collision, passengers WARNING
may be injured by the air bag 䳜 When the air bags deploy, the air
expansion force if they are not in bag related parts in the steering
a proper position. wheel and/or instrument panel
䳜 Air bag inflation may cause inju and/or in both sides of the roof
ries including facial or bodily abra rails above the front and rear
sions, injuries from broken doors are very hot. To prevent
glasses or burns. injury, do not touch the air bag
storage areas internal compo
nents immediately after an air
bag has inflated.
3 44
䳜 Do not install or place any acces For more details, please refer to
sories near air bag deployment "Child restraint system (CRS)" on
areas, such as the instrument page 3-30. (if equipped)
panel, windows, pillars, and roof
rails. WARNING
䳜 NEVER use a rearward facing child
Front passenger's air bag warning restraint on a seat protected by
label for child restraint system an ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it,
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur. 3
䳜 When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain
air bags, be sure to install the
child restraint system as far away
OSP2I039031
from the door side as possible,
and securely lock the child
WARNING restraint system in position.
Never place a rear facing child Inflation of side and/or curtain air
restraint in the front passenger bags could cause serious injury or
seat, unless the passenger-side air death to an infant or child.
bag is deactivated. An inflating pas
senger-side air bag could impact the
rear-facing child restraint and kill
the child.
In addition, we recommend that you

do not place front-facing child
restraints in the front passenger's
seat either. If the front passenger
air bag inflates, it could cause seri
ous or fatal injuries to the child.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
passenger's front air bag ON/OFF
switch, you can activate or deacti
vate the front passenger's air bag
when necessary.
3 45
Air bag warning and indicator SRS components and functions
Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem
with your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
OSP2I039043
ODEEV068100NR * The actual position of SRS compo

When the ignition switch is turned nents may differ from the illustra
ON, the warning light should illumi tion.
nate for approximately 6 seconds, The SRS consists of the following
then go off. components:
Have the system checked if: 1. Driver's front air bag module
䳜 The light does not turn on briefly 2. Passenger's front air bag module
when you turn the ignition ON. 3. Side air bag modules*
䳜 The light stays on after illuminat 4. Curtain air bag modules*
ing for approximately 6 seconds. 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem
䳜 The light comes on while the vehi blies
cle is in motion. 6. Air bag warning light
䳜 The light blinks when the ignition 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
switch is in ON position. 8. Front impact sensor
9. Side impact sensors*
*: if equipped
The SRSCM continually monitors all
elements while the ignition switch is
ON to determine if a frontal, near-
frontal impact or side impact is
severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
3 46
The SRS air bag warning light on the The air bag modules are located
instrument panel will illuminate for both in the center of the steering
about 6 seconds after the ignition wheel and in the front passenger's
switch is turned to the ON position, panel above the glove box. When the
after which the air bag warning light SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
should go out. impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front
WARNING air bags.
If any of the following conditions Driver's front air bag (2)
occurs, this indicates a malfunction 3
of the SRS. In this case, have the
system inspected by a professional
workshop. Kia recommends to visit
an authorized Kia dealer/service
partner.
䳜 The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
䳜 The light stays on after illuminat
ing for approximately 6 seconds. ODEEV058049NR
䳜 The light comes on while the vehi Upon deployment, tear seams
cle is in motion. molded directly into the pad covers
䳜 The light blinks when the ignition will separate under pressure from
switch is in ON position. the expansion of the air bags. Fur
ther opening of the covers then
Driver's front air bag (1) allows full inflation of the air bags.
ODEEV058048NR
3 47
Driver's front air bag (3)

WARNING
䳜 Do not install or place any acces
sories (drink holder, CD holder,
sticker, etc.) on the front passen
ger's panel above the glove box in
a vehicle with a passenger's air
bag. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause
injury if the passenger's air bag
inflates.
ODEEV058050NR
䳜 When installing a container of liq
A fully inflated air bag, in combina uid air freshener inside the vehi
tion with a properly worn seat belt, cle, do not place it near the
slows the driver's or the passenger's instrument cluster nor on the
forward motion, reducing the risk of instrument panel surface.
head and chest injury. It may become dangerous projec
After complete inflation, the air bag tiles and cause injury if the pas
immediately starts deflating, senger's air bag inflates.
enabling the driver to maintain for
ward visibility and the ability to
steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
䳜 If an air bag deploys, there may
Passenger's front air bag
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are not
hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The
dust generated during air bag
deployment may cause skin or
eye irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons. Always
wash all exposed skin areas thor
ODEEV058051NR oughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which
the air bags were deployed.
3 48
䳜 The SRS can function only when Driver's and passenger's front air
the ignition key is in the ON posi bag
tion. If the SRS air bag warning Driver's front air bag
light does not illuminate, or con
tinuously remains on after illumi
nating for about 6 seconds when
the ignition key is turned to the
ON position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. In 3
this case, have the system
inspected by a professional work
shop. Kia recommends to visit an
OSP2I039033
authorized Kia dealer/service
partner. Passenger's front air bag
䳜 Before you replace a fuse or dis
connect a battery terminal, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the ignition
key or turn off the ENGINE
START/STOP button. Never
remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Fail
ure to heed this warning will OSP2I039034
cause the SRS air bag warning Your vehicle is equipped with a Sup
light to illuminate. plemental Restraint (Air Bag) Sys
tem and lap/shoulder belts at both
the driver and passenger seating
positions.
The indications of the system's
presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
intagliated on the air bag pad cover
in the steering wheel and the pas
senger's side front panel pad above
the glove box.
3 49
The SRS consists of air bags To reduce the chance of serious or

installed under the pad covers in the fatal injuries and receive the maxi
center of the steering wheel and the mum safety benefit from your
passenger's side front panel above restraint system:
the glove box. 䳜 Never place a child in any child or
The purpose of the SRS is to provide booster seat in the front seat.
the vehicle's driver and/or the front 䳜 ABC 䳍 Always Buckle Children in
passenger with additional protec the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
tion than that offered by the seat
ride.
belt system alone in case of a fron
䳜 Front and side air bags can injure
tal impact of sufficient severity.
occupants improperly positioned
in the front seats.
WARNING 䳜 Move your seat as far back as
The driver's hands should be placed practical from the front air bags,
on the steering wheel at the 9:00 while still maintaining control of
and 3:00 positions. The passenger's the vehicle.
arms and hands should be placed on 䳜 You and your passengers should
their laps. never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags. Improperly
positioned drivers and passengers
WARNING can be severely injured by inflat
Always use seat belts and child ing air bags.
restraints 䳍 every trip, every time, 䳜 Never lean against the door or
everyone! Air bags inflate with con center console 䳍 always sit in an
siderable force and in the blink of an upright position.
eye. Seat belts help keep occupants 䳜 No objects should be placed over
in proper position to obtain maxi or near the air bag modules on
mum benefit from the air bag. Even the steering wheel, instrument
with air bags, improperly and panel, and the front passenger's
unbelted occupants can be severely panel above the glove box,
injured when the air bag inflates. because any such object could
Always follow the precautions about cause harm if the vehicle is in a
seat belts, air bags and occupant crash severe enough to cause the
safety contained in this manual. air bags to deploy.
3 50
䳜 Do not tamper with or disconnect 䳜 A child restraint system must

SRS wiring or other components never be placed in the front seat.
of the SRS system. Doing so could The infant or child could be
result in injury, due to accidental severely injured or killed by an air
deployment of the air bags or by bag deployment in case of an
rendering the SRS inoperative. accident.
䳜 If the SRS air bag warning light 䳜 Children age 13 and under must
remains illuminated while the always be properly restrained in
vehicle is being driven, have the the rear seat. Never allow children
system inspected by a profes to ride in the front passenger 3
sional workshop. Kia recom seat. If a child over age 13 must
mends to visit an authorized Kia be seated in the front seat, he or
dealer/service partner. she must be properly belted and
䳜 Air bags can only be used once 䳍 the seat should be moved as far
have the system replaced by a back as possible.
professional workshop. 䳜 For maximum safety protection in
Kia recommends to visit an all types of crashes, all occupants
authorized Kia dealer/service including the driver should always
partner. wear their seat belts whether or
䳜 The SRS is designed to deploy the not an air bag is also provided at
front air bags only when an their seating position to minimize
impact is sufficiently severe and the risk of severe injury or death
when the impact angle is less in the event of a crash. Do not sit
than 30 from the forward longi or lean unnecessarily close to the
tudinal axis of the vehicle. Addi air bag while the vehicle is in
tionally, the air bags will only motion.
deploy once. Seat belts must be 䳜 Sitting improperly or out of posi
worn at all times. tion can result in serious or fatal
䳜 Front air bags are not intended to injury in a crash. All occupants
deploy in side-impact, rear- should sit upright with the seat
impact or rollover crashes. In back in an upright position, cen
addition, front air bags will not tered on the seat cushion with
deploy in frontal crashes below their seat belt on, legs comfort
the deployment threshold. ably extended and their feet on
the floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
3 51
䳜 The SRS air bag system must The purpose of the air bag is to pro
deploy very rapidly to provide vide the vehicle's driver and/or the
protection in a crash. If an occu front passenger with additional pro
pant is out of position because of tection than that offered by the
not wearing a seat belt, the air seat belt alone.
bag may forcefully contact the
The side air bags are designed to
occupant causing serious or fatal
deploy only during certain side-
injuries.
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
Side air bag (if equipped) point of impact. The side air bags
are not designed to deploy in all side
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact situations.
air bag in each front seat.
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors and
passengers when they are seated
on seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
OSP2I039035
WARNING
䳜 The side air bag is supplemental
to the driver's and the passen
ger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore
your seat belts must be worn at
all times while the vehicle is in
motion. The air bags deploy only
OSP2I039036
in certain side impact conditions
* The actual air bags in the vehicle severe enough to cause signifi
may differ from the illustration. cant injury to the vehicle occu
pants.
3 52
䳜 For best protection from the side 䳜 Do not install any accessories on
air bag system and to avoid being the side or near the side air bags.
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position Curtain air bag (if equipped)
with the seat belt properly fas
tened.
䳜 Do not use any accessory seat
covers.
䳜 Use of seat covers could reduce or 3
prevent the effectiveness of the
system.
䳜 To prevent unexpected deploy
ment of the side air bag that may
result in personal injury, avoid OSP2I039037
impact to the side impact sensor
when the ignition key is on.
䳜 If the seat or seat cover is dam
aged, have the system serviced
by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an
partner.
WARNING OSP2I039038
* The actual air bags in the vehicle

No attaching objects
may differ from the illustration.
䳜 Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and Curtain air bags are located along
yourself. Also, do not attach any both sides of the roof rails above
objects around the area the air the front and rear doors.
bag inflates such as the door, side They are designed to help protect
door glass, front and rear pillar. the heads of the front seat occu
䳜 Do not place any objects between pants and the rear outboard seat
the door and the seat. They may occupants in certain side impact col
become dangerous projectiles if lisions.
the side air bag inflates.
3 53
The curtain air bags are designed to between the doors and passen
deploy during certain side impact gers when they are seated on
collisions, depending on the crash seats equipped with side and/or
severity, angle, speed and point of curtain air bags.
impact. The curtain air bags are not 䳜 Never try to open or repair any
designed to deploy in all side impact components of the curtain air bag
situations, collisions from the front system. If necessary, have the
or rear of the vehicle or in most roll system serviced by a professional
over situations. workshop. Kia recommends to
visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser
WARNING vice partner.
Failure to follow the above men
䳜 Do not hang heavy items on the tioned instructions can result in
coat hooks for safety reasons. injury or death to the vehicle occu
䳜 In order for side and curtain air pants in an accident.
bags to provide the best protec
tion, both front seat occupants
and both outboard rear occupants WARNING
should sit in an upright position
No attaching objects
with the seat belts properly fas
tened. 䳜 Do not place any objects over the
Importantly, children should sit in air bag. Also, do not attach any
a proper child restraint system in objects around the area the air
the rear seat. bag inflates such as the door, side
䳜 When children are seated in the door glass, front and rear pillar,
rear outboard seats, they must roof side rail.
be seated in the proper child 䳜 Do not hang hard or breakable
restraint system. objects on the clothes hanger.
Make sure to put the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible,
and secure the child restraint sys
tem in a locked position.
䳜 Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
3 54
Air bag collision sensors
OSP2I039039
OSP2I039044 OSP2I039040 OSP2I039041
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side impact sensor (if equipped)
3 55
WARNING may adversely affect your vehi

cles collision and air bag deploy
䳜 Do not hit or allow any objects to ment performance.
impact the locations where air
bag or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air Why didn't my air bag go off in a
bag deployment, which could collision? (Inflation and non-infla
result in serious personal injury or tion conditions of the air bag)
death. There are many types of accidents
䳜 If the installation location or angle in which the air bag would not be
of the sensors is altered in any expected to provide additional pro
way, the air bags may deploy tection.
when they should not or they
may not deploy when they These include rear impacts, second
should, causing severe injury or or third collisions in multiple impact
death. accidents, as well as low speed
Therefore, do not try to perform impacts.
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the system Air bag inflation conditions
serviced by a professional work
shop. Kia recommends to visit an Front air bags
partner.
䳜 Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the
front bumper, body or B pillar
where side collision sensors are
installed. In this case, have the
system serviced by a professional
workshop. Kia recommends to
OSP2039043
visit an authorized Kia dealer/
service partner. Front air bags are designed to
䳜 Your vehicle has been designed to inflate in a frontal collision depend
absorb impact and deploy the air ing on the intensity, speed or angles
bag(s) in certain collisions. Install of impact of the front collision.
ing bumper guards or replacing a
bumper with non-genuine parts
3 56
Side and curtain air bags (if impact. Side air bags (side and/or
equipped) curtain air bags) are designed to
inflate only in side impact collisions,
but they may inflate in other colli
sions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unim 3
proved roads or on surfaces not
OSP2039044 designed for vehicle traffic to pre
vent unintended air bag deploy
ment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions

䳜 In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro
OSP2039045 tection of the seat belts in such
* The actual air bags in the vehicle collisions.
may differ from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact
is detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver's
and front passenger's air bags) are
OSP2039046
designed to inflate only in frontal
collisions, they also may inflate in
other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
3 57
䳜 Air bags are not designed to 䳜 However, if equipped with side

inflate in rear collisions, because and curtain air bags, the air bags
occupants are moved backward may inflate depending on the
by the force of the impact. In this intensity, vehicle speed and
case, inflated air bags would not angles of impact.
be able to provide any additional 䳜 In an angled collision, the force of
benefit. impact may direct the occupants
in a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
OSP2039047
䳜 Front air bags may not inflate in

side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction
of the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deploy OSP2039049
ment would not provide additional

occupant protection.
OSP2039048
3 58
䳜 Just before impact, drivers often 䳜 Air bags may not inflate in roll
brake heavily. Such heavy braking over accidents because the vehicle
lowers the front portion of the can not detect rollover accident.
vehicle causing it to "ride" under a However, side and/or curtain air
vehicle with a higher ground bags may inflate when the vehicle
clearance. Air bags may not is rolled over following (or after)
inflate in this "under-ride" situa side impact collision.
tion because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensors may
be significantly replaced by such 3
"under-ride" collisions.
OON039124NR
䳜 Air bags may not inflate if the

vehicle collides with objects such
as utility poles or trees, where the
OSP2039050
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sen
sors.
OSP2039051
3 59
SRS care 䳜 If the air bags inflate, have the

The SRS is virtually maintenance- system replaced by a professional
free and so there are no parts you workshop. Kia recommends to
can safely service by yourself. visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser
vice partner.
If the SRS air bag warning light does 䳜 Do not tamper with or disconnect
not illuminate, or continuously SRS wiring, or other components
remains on, have the system of the SRS system. Doing so could
inspected by a professional work result in injury, due to accidental
shop. Kia recommends to visit an inflation of the air bags or by ren
authorized Kia dealer/service part dering the SRS inoperative.
ner. 䳜 If components of the air bag sys
tem must be discarded, or if the
WARNING vehicle must be scrapped, certain
䳜 Modification to SRS components safety precautions must be
or wiring, including the addition of observed. An authorized Kia
any kind of badges to the pad dealer knows these precautions
covers or modifications to the and can give you the necessary
body structure, can adversely information. Failure to follow
affect SRS performance and lead these precautions and proce
to possible injury. dures could increase the risk of
䳜 For cleaning the air bag pad cov personal injury.
ers, use only a soft, dry cloth or 䳜 If your car was flooded and has
one which has been moistened soaked carpeting or water on
with plain water. Solvents or flooring, you shouldn't try to start
cleaners could adversely affect the engine; in this case, have your
the air bag covers and proper vehicle inspected by a profes
deployment of the system. sional workshop. Kia recom
䳜 No objects should be placed over mends to contact an authorized
or near the air bag modules on Kia dealer/service partner.
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the
air bags to inflate.
3 60
Additional safety precautions Air bag warning label

䳜 Never let passengers ride in the Air bag warning labels are attached
cargo area or on top of a folded- to alert driver and passengers of
down back seat. All occupants potential risk of air bag system.
should sit upright, fully back in
their seats with their seat belts
on and their feet on the floor.
Adding equipment to or modifying

your air bag-equipped vehicle 3
If you modify your vehicle by chang
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper
system, front end or side sheet
metal or ride height, this may affect OSP2I039042
the operation of your vehicle's air Note that these government warn
bag system. ings focus on the risk of children. We
also want you to be aware of the
risks adults are exposed to which
have been described in previous
pages.
3 61
Features of your vehicle
Keys ............................................................................................ 4-6

䳜 Record your key number ...................................................... 4-6
䳜 Key operations........................................................................ 4-6
䳜 Immobilizer system ............................................................... 4-7
Remote keyless entry.............................................................. 4-9
䳜 Remote keyless entry system operations ........................ 4-9
䳜 Transmitter precautions ..................................................... 4-10
Smart key................................................................................. 4-11
䳜 Smart key functions ............................................................ 4-11
䳜 Smart key precautions ........................................................ 4-13
䳜 Battery replacement ........................................................... 4-13
Theft-alarm system .............................................................. 4-15
䳜 Armed stage.......................................................................... 4-15
䳜 Theft-alarm stage ............................................................... 4-16
䳜 Disarmed stage..................................................................... 4-16
Door locks................................................................................. 4-17
䳜 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
(for smart key) ..................................................................... 4-17
䳜 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .................. 4-18
䳜 Door lock/unlock features................................................... 4-20
䳜 Child-protector rear door lock ........................................... 4-21
Tailgate..................................................................................... 4-22
䳜 Opening the tailgate ............................................................ 4-22
䳜 Closing the tailgate .............................................................. 4-23
䳜 Emergency tailgate safety release ................................... 4-23
Windows ................................................................................... 4-25
䳜 Window opening and closing .............................................. 4-26
䳜 Power window lock button ................................................. 4-28
4 Features of your vehicle
Hood ..........................................................................................4-29
䳜 Opening the hood .................................................................4-29
䳜 Hood open warning ..............................................................4-30
䳜 Closing the hood ...................................................................4-30
Fuel filler door .........................................................................4-31
䳜 Opening the fuel filler door .................................................4-31
䳜 Closing the fuel filler door ...................................................4-32
Sunroof .....................................................................................4-34
䳜 Sliding the sunroof ...............................................................4-35
䳜 Tilting the sunroof................................................................4-36
䳜 Sunshade................................................................................4-37
䳜 Resetting the sunroof .........................................................4-37
䳜 Sunroof open warning .........................................................4-38
Steering wheel.........................................................................4-38
䳜 Electronic power steering (EPS) ........................................4-38
䳜 Tilt & telescopic steering wheel .........................................4-40
䳜 Horn ........................................................................................4-41
Mirrors ......................................................................................4-41
䳜 Inside rearview mirror .........................................................4-41
䳜 Outside rearview mirror ......................................................4-43
Instrument cluster..................................................................4-46
䳜 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination........................4-47
䳜 Gauges....................................................................................4-47
䳜 Transmission shift indicator ...............................................4-50
䳜 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator...........................4-51
LCD display...............................................................................4-52
䳜 LCD display modes ...............................................................4-53
LCD displays .............................................................................4-60
䳜 Trip information (trip computer) ....................................... 4-60

䳜 Service mode......................................................................... 4-63
䳜 Driving info display............................................................... 4-64
䳜 LCD display messages ......................................................... 4-64
Warning and indicator lights................................................. 4-68
䳜 Warning lights ....................................................................... 4-68
䳜 Indicator lights ......................................................................4-75
Head-Up Display (HUD).......................................................... 4-78
䳜 Head Up Display Information ............................................. 4-79
䳜 Head up Display Setting ......................................................4-79
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ......................... 4-80
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).........4-83
Rear View Monitor (RVM)......................................................4-88
360 %FHSFF $BNFSB S7.
490
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ........................................... 4-91
䳜 To turn on BVM..................................................................... 4-91
䳜 To turn off BVM.................................................................... 4-91
Lighting..................................................................................... 4-92
䳜 Battery saver function ........................................................ 4-92
䳜 Daytime Running Light (DRL)............................................. 4-93
䳜 Lighting control..................................................................... 4-93
䳜 Operating high beam .......................................................... 4-95
䳜 Operating turn signals and lane change signals ............. 4-95
䳜 Operating front fog light .................................................... 4-96
Wipers and washers ............................................................... 4-98
Rain sensing wipers control............................................... -99
䳜 Operating windshield washers .........................................4-100
䳜 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch........4-100
4 Features of your vehicle
Interior lights ........................................................................ 4-101

䳜 Automatic turn off function ............................................ 4-101
䳜 Map lamp ............................................................................ 4-102
䳜 Room lamp.......................................................................... 4-103
䳜 Luggage room lamp .......................................................... 4-103
Welcome system.................................................................. 4-103
Defroster ............................................................................... 4-104
䳜 Operating rear window defroster................................... 4-104
Climate control system....................................................... 4-105
䳜 System operation .............................................................. 4-105
䳜 Climate control air filter ................................................... 4-107
䳜 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ........................................................ 4-107
䳜 Air conditioning refrigerant label .................................... 4-108
Manual climate control system ......................................... 4-109
䳜 Heating and air conditioning ............................................ 4-110
Automatic climate control system ................................... 4-115
䳜 Heating and air conditioning automatically .................. 4-116
䳜 Heating and air conditioning manually .......................... 4-117
Windshield defrosting and defogging............................... 4-122
䳜 Defogging inside windshield with manual climate
control system ................................................................... 4-122
䳜 Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate
control system ................................................................... 4-123
䳜 Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate
control.................................................................................. 4-123
䳜 Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate
control.................................................................................. 4-123
Storage compartment ........................................................ 4-124
䳜 Center console storage .....................................................4-124

䳜 Glove box..............................................................................4-124
䳜 Sunglass holder...................................................................4-125
䳜 Luggage net holder ............................................................4-126
䳜 Luggage board ....................................................................4-126
Interior features ...................................................................4-127
䳜 Cup holder............................................................................4-127
䳜 Sliding armrest....................................................................4-128
䳜 Ventilated seat....................................................................-12
䳜 Sun visor ..............................................................................4-129
䳜 Power outlet .......................................................................4-129
䳜 USB charger.........................................................................4-130
䳜 Wireless smart phone charging system.........................4-132
䳜 Coat hook .............................................................................4-134
䳜 Floor mat anchor(s) ...........................................................4-135
䳜 Cargo area cover.................................................................4-136
䳜 Side curtain..........................................................................4-136
Exterior features ..................................................................4-137
䳜 Roof rack..............................................................................4-137
Features of your vehicle Keys
FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE To fold the key:

䳜 fold the key manually while
pressing the release button.
Keys
CAUTION
Record your key number
Do not fold the key without pressing
The key code number is stamped on
the release button. This may dam
the key code tag attached to the
age the key.
key set.
If you lose your keys, Kia recom
mends to contact an authorized Kia Smart key (if equipped)
dealer/service partner. Remove the
key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe place
(not in the vehicle).
Key operations
Folding key
OSP2I049405
To pull out the mechanical key:

䳜 press and hold the release button
and remove the mechanical key.
To reinstall the mechanical key:
䳜 put the key into the hole and push
it until a click sound is heard.
OSP2I049001
To unfold the key:

䳜 press the release button then the
key will unfold automatically.
4 6
WARNING Immobilizer system

Your vehicle may be equipped with
Ignition key (Smart key)
an electronic engine immobilizer
Leaving children unattended in a
system to reduce the risk of unau
vehicle with the ignition key (smart
thorized vehicle use.
key) is dangerous even if the key is
not in the ignition switch or start Your immobilizer system is com
button is ACC or ON position. prised of a small transponder in the
Children copy adults and they could ignition key and electronic devices
place the key in the ignition switch inside the vehicle.
or press the start button. The igni
tion key (smart key) would enable Vehicles without smart key system
children to operate power windows With the immobilizer system, when
or other controls, or even make the 4
ever you insert your ignition key
vehicle move, which could result in into the ignition switch and turn it
serious bodily injury or even death. to ON, it checks and determines and
Never leave the keys in your vehicle verifies if the ignition key is valid or
with unsupervised children, when not.
the engine is running.
If the key is valid, the engine will
start.
WARNING If the key is invalid, the engine will
Kia recommends to use parts for not start.
replacement from an authorized Kia
dealer/service partner. If an after To deactivate the immobilizer sys
market key is used, the ignition tem:
switch may not return to ON after
Insert the ignition key into the key
START. If this happens, the starter
cylinder and turn it to the ON posi
will continue to operate causing
tion.
damage to the starter motor and
possible fire due to excessive cur
rent in the wiring. To activate the immobilizer sys
tem:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF
position. The immobilizer system
activates automatically. Without a
valid ignition key for your vehicle,
the engine will not start.
4 7
Vehicles with smart key system NOTICE

Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
When starting the engine, do not
buttons are changed to the ON posi
use the key with other immobilizer
tion, the immobilizer system checks
keys around. Otherwise the engine
and verifies if the key is valid or not.
may not start or may stop soon
If the key is valid, the engine will after it starts. Keep each key sepa
start. rately in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
If the key is invalid, the engine will
not start.
CAUTION
To deactivate the immobilizer sys
tem Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch. Metal accesso
Change the ENGINE START/STOP ries may interrupt the transponder
button to the ON position. signal and may prevent the engine
from being started.
To activate the immobilizer system
Change the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position. The
NOTICE
immobilizer system activates auto If you need additional keys or lose
matically. Without a valid smart key your keys, Kia recommends to visit
for your vehicle, the engine will not an authorized Kia dealer/service
start. partner.
WARNING
CAUTION
In order to prevent theft of your
The transponder in your ignition key
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
is an important part of the immobi
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
lizer system. It is designed to give
Immobilizer password is a customer
years of trouble- free service, how
unique password and should be kept
ever you should avoid exposure to
confidential. Do not leave this num
moisture, static electricity and
ber anywhere in your vehicle.
rough handling. Immobilizer system
malfunction could occur.
4 8
Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry
CAUTION Remote keyless entry (if

equipped)
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it could
cause the immobilizer system to Remote keyless entry system
malfunction. In this case, have the operations
system serviced by a professional Folding key
partner.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi
cations to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle 4
manufacturer warranty.
Door lock/unlock sound

OSP2I049003
When steps out of the car, all
doors are closed and lock/unlock Smart Key
the car with folding key or smart
key, sound occurs along with flash.
• Door lock beep sound: 1 time
• Door unlock beep sound: 2 times
Disable or enable the door lock/
unlock sound
The driver can disable or enable
the door lock/unlock sound using
folding key or smart key:
• Default condition: Sound is
enabled (ON). ODEEV068235NR
• Disable sound: Press the lock/

unlock button for 4 seconds to Lock (1)
change from ON to OFF (MUTE). All doors are locked if the lock but
• Enable sound: Press the lock/
ton is pressed while all doors are
unlock button for 4 seconds to
change from OFF (MUTE) to ON. closed.
The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors are
locked.
4 9
Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry
However, if any door, engine hood or 1. Press the panic button (4) for a
tailgate remains open, the hazard few seconds.
warning lights will not operate. If all 2. The horn sounds and hazard
doors, engine hood and tailgate are warning light flash for a few sec
closed after the lock button is onds.
pressed, the hazard warning lights To stop the horn and lights, press
will blink once. any button on the smart key.
Unlock (2) Start-up

All doors are unlocked if the unlock You can start the vehicle without
button is pressed. inserting the key.
The hazard warning lights will blink * For more information, refer to
twice to indicate that all doors are "ENGINE START/STOP button" on
unlocked. page 6-10.
After pressing this button, the doors
will lock automatically unless you Transmitter precautions
open any door within 30 seconds.
NOTICE
Tailgate open (3) The transmitter will not work if any
If you press this button for longer of the following occurs:
than a second, the lock will be 䳜 The ignition key is in the ignition
released or the tailgate will be switch.
opened according to the options of 䳜 You exceed the operating dis
the vehicle. tance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
Once the tailgate is opened and then 䳜 The battery in the transmitter is
closed, the tailgate will lock auto weak.
matically. 䳜 Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
䳜 The weather is extremely cold.
Panic (4) (if equipped)
䳜 The transmitter is close to a radio
If you press the key's panic button transmitter such as a radio sta
in an emergency situation, the tion or an airport which can inter
alarm system will be activated and fere with normal operation of the
alert others around you of the transmitter.
emergency situation.
4 10
Features of your vehicle Smart key
When the transmitter does not Smart key (if equipped)

work correctly, open and close the
door with the ignition key. If you
have a problem with the transmitter
Kia recommends to contact an
authorized Kia dealer/service part
ner.
䳜 If the transmitter is in close prox
imity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the trans
mitter could be blocked by normal
ODEEV068235NR
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door and even start the 4
important when the phone is
active such as making call, receiv engine without inserting the key.
ing calls, text messaging, and/or The functions of buttons on a smart
sending/ receiving emails. key are similar to the folding key.
Avoid placing the transmitter and
your cell phone or smart phone in Smart key functions
the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
OSP2I049008
Carrying the smart key, you may

lock and unlock the vehicle doors
(and tailgate). Also, you may start
the engine. Refer to the following,
for more details.
4 11
Locking (1) The button will only operate when

Pressing the button of the front the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
driver side door handles with all (28~40 in) from the front driver side
doors closed and any door unlocked, door handle.
locks all the doors. If all doors and When the smart key is recognized in
engine hood are closed, the hazard the area of 0.7~1 m (28~40 in) from
warning lights will blink once to indi the front driver side door handle,
cate that all doors are locked. other people can also open the door
The button will only operate when without possession of the smart
the smart key is within 0.7~1 m key.
(28~40 in) from the driver side door After pressing the button, the doors
handle. If you want to make sure will lock automatically unless you
that a door has locked or not, you open any door within 30 seconds.
should check the door lock button
inside the vehicle or pull the driver Tailgate open (3)
side door handle.
If you press the button for longer
Even though you press the driver than a second, the lock will be
side door handle buttons, the doors released or the lift gate will be
will not lock and the chime will opened according to the options of
sound for 3 seconds if any of fol the vehicle.
lowing occur:
Once the tailgate is opened and then
䳜 The smart key is in the vehicle.
closed, the tailgate will lock auto
䳜 The ENGINE START/STOP button
matically.
is in the ACC or ON position.
䳜 Any door except the tailgate is
open. Panic (4) (if equipped)
If you press the key's panic button
Unlocking (2) in an emergency situation, the
alarm system will be activated and
Pressing the button of the front
alert others around you of the
driver side door handles with all
emergency situation.
doors closed and locked, unlocks all
1. Press the panic button (4) for a
the doors. The hazard warning
few seconds.
lights blink twice to indicate that all
2. The horn sounds and hazard
doors are unlocked.
warning light flash for a few sec
onds.
4 12
To stop the horn and lights, press to contact an authorized Kia

any button on the smart key. dealer/service partner.
Smart key precautions

Battery replacement
NOTICE The transmitter or smart key uses a
3 volt lithium battery which will nor
䳜 If, for some reason, you happen to
mally last for several years.
lose your smart key, you will not
be able to start the engine. Tow Folding key
the vehicle, if necessary, contact a
professional workshop. Kia rec
ommends to contact an autho
rized Kia dealer/service partner. 4
䳜 A maximum of 2 smart keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you lose a smart key, Kia recom
mends to contact an authorized
Kia dealer/service partner.
䳜 The smart key will not work if any OSP2I049006
of the following occurs:
Smart Key
- The smart key is close to a
radio transmitter such as a
radio station or an airport
which can interfere with normal
operation of the smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cel
lular phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle. ODEEV068004NR
When the smart key does not

work properly, open and close
the door with the mechanical
key. If you have a problem with
the smart key, Kia recommends
4 13
When replacement is necessary, use CAUTION

the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and An inappropriately dis
gently pry open the transmitter posed battery can be
or smart key cover. harmful to the environ
2. Replace the battery with a new ment and human health.
battery (CR2032). When replac Dispose the battery according to
ing the battery, make sure the your local law(s) or regulation.
battery position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
For transmitter or smart key
replacement, Kia recommends to
vice partner.
CAUTION
䳜 The keyless entry system trans
mitter is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, how
ever it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, Kia recom
mends to contact an authorized
䳜 Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter or smart
key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
䳜 To avoid damaging the transmit
ter or smart key, don't drop it, get
it wet, or expose it to heat or
sunlight.
4 14
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm system (if Using the smart key

equipped) Park the vehicle and stop the
Theft-alarm system is designed to engine. Arm the system as
provide protection from unautho described below.
rized entry into the vehicle. 1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors (and tail
Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm gate) and the engine hood are
system will have a label attached to closed and latched.
the vehicle with the following words: 3. Do one of the following:
1. WARNING 䳜 Lock the doors by pressing the
2. SECURITY SYSTEM button of the front outside
door handle with the smart key
in your possession.
After completion of the steps 4
above, the hazard warning
lights operate once to indicate
that the system is armed.
If any door remains open, the
doors won't lock and the chime
will sound for 3 seconds. Close
the door and try again to lock
This system is operated in three the doors.
stages: If tailgate or engine hood
䳜 Armed stage remains open, the hazard
䳜 Theft-alarm stage warning lights won't operate
䳜 Disarmed stage and theft-alarm will not arm.
After this, if the tailgate and
If triggered, the system provides an
engine hood are closed, the
audible alarm with blinking of the
hazard warning lights will blink
hazard warning lights.
once.
䳜 Lock the doors by pressing the
Armed stage
lock button on the smart key.
Theft Alarm System goes to Armed After completion of the steps
stage after 30 seconds from the above, the hazard warning
doors are locked by switch on a Out lights will operate once to indi
side Door Handle/by a lock button cate that the system is armed.
on transmitter.
4 15
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system
If any door (and tailgate) or Theft-alarm stage

engine hood remains open, the The alarm will be activated if any of
hazard warning lights won't the following occurs while the sys
operate and theft-alarm will tem is armed.
not arm. After this, if all doors 䳜 A door is opened without using
(and tailgate) and engine hood the transmitter (or smart key).
are closed, the hazard warning 䳜 The tailgate is opened without
lights blink once. using the transmitter (or smart
key).
Using the transmitter 䳜 The engine hood is opened.
Park the vehicle and stop the The horn will sound and the hazard
engine. Arm the system as warning lights will blink continuously
described below. for approximately 30 seconds. To
1. Turn off the engine and remove turn off the system, unlock the
the ignition key from the ignition doors with the transmitter (or
switch. smart key).
2. Make sure that all doors (and tail
gate), the engine hood are closed
and latched. Disarmed stage
3. Lock the doors by pressing the The system will be disarmed when:
lock button on the transmitter.
After completion of the steps
Transmitter
above, the hazard warning lights
will blink once to indicate that the 䳜 The door unlock button is
system is armed. pressed.
If any door (and tailgate) or 䳜 The engine is started.
engine hood remains open, the 䳜 The ignition switch is in the "ON"
hazard warning lights won't oper position for 30 seconds or more.
ate and theft-alarm will not arm.
After this, if all doors (and tail Smart key
gate) and engine hood are closed,
䳜 The door unlock button is
the hazard warning lights blink
pressed.
once.
䳜 The button of the front outside
door is pressed while carrying the
smart key.
䳜 The engine is started.
4 16
Features of your vehicle Door locks
After the doors are unlocked, the Door locks

hazard warning lights will blink twice
Know how to use the door lock so
to indicate that the system is dis
that you can lock or unlock the door
armed.
if necessary.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or tailgate) is not opened Operating door locks from outside
within 30 seconds, the system will the vehicle (for smart key)
be rearmed.
NOTICE
Non-immobilizer system
䳜 Avoid trying to start the engine
4
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key OSP2I049009
into the ignition switch, turn the 1. Pull out the mechanical key from
ignition switch to the ON position smart key.
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the 2. Insert the mechanical key into the
system will be disarmed. keyhole outside of driver's door.
3. Turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to lock and toward the
front of the vehicle to unlock.
䳜 Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
䳜 Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the
door handle.
䳜 When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the
doors are closed securely.
4 17
CAUTION CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the cover Do not frequently repeat opening
while removing it or misplace it and closing of doors, or apply exces
after removing it. sive force to a door while the door
closer is operating.
NOTICE
䳜 In cold and wet climates, door lock Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing You can operate door locks with the
conditions. door lock button or central door lock
䳜 If the door is locked/unlocked switch.
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door With the door lock button
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
䳜 If you don't close the door
securely, the door may open
again.
OSP2I049010
䳜 Be careful that someone's body
䳜 To unlock a door, push the door
and hands are not trapped when
lock button (1) to the "Unlock"
closing the door.
position.
䳜 To lock a door, push the door lock
WARNING button (1) to the "Lock" position.
䳜 To open a door, pull the door han
If people must spend a longer time dle (2) outward.
in the vehicle while it is very hot or
cold outside, there is risk of injuries If the inner door handle of the
or danger to life. Do not lock the driver's (or front passenger's) door
vehicle from the outside when there is pulled when the door lock button
are people in it. is in the lock position, the button will
4 18
unlock and the door will open. (if With central door lock switch
equipped)
Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
Doors cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and an door is
open.
WARNING
OSP2I049011
Door lock malfunction Operate by pressing the central

If a power door lock ever fails to door lock switch. 4
function while you are in the vehicle, 䳜 To lock all vehicle doors, press the
try one or more of the following left portion (1) for driver side of
techniques to exit: the switch.
䳜 Operate the door unlock feature 䳜 To unlock all vehicle doors, press
repeatedly (both electronic and the right portion (2) for driver side
manual) while simultaneously of the switch.
pulling on the door handle.
If the key is in the ignition switch (or
䳜 Operate the other door locks and
if the smart key is in the vehicle)
handles, front and rear.
and any door is opened, the doors
䳜 Lower a front window and use the
will not lock even though the left
key to unlock the door from out
portion (1) for driver side of the
side.
central door lock switch is pressed.
䳜 Move to the cargo area and open
the tailgate.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
driver's (or passenger's) door while
the vehicle is moving.
4 19
WARNING WARNING
Doors Unattended children
䳜 The doors should always be fully An enclosed vehicle can become
closed and locked while the vehicle extremely hot, causing death or
is in motion to prevent accidental severe injury to unattended chil
opening of the door. Locked doors dren or animals who cannot escape
will also discourage potential the vehicle. Furthermore, children
intruders when the vehicle stops might operate features of the vehi
or slows down. cle that could injure them, or they
䳜 Be careful when opening doors could encounter other harm, possi
and watch for vehicles, motorcy bly from someone gaining entry to
cles, bicycles or pedestrians the vehicle. Never leave children or
approaching the vehicle in the animals unattended in your vehicle.
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury. Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door
lock/unlock features for the safety
WARNING and convenience of passengers.
Unlocked vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can Impact sensing door unlock system
invite theft or possible harm to you All doors will automatically unlock
or others from someone hiding in when an impact causes the air bags
your vehicle while you are gone. to deploy.
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
Speed sensing door lock system
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended. All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds 15
km/h.
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in
the vehicle. Refer to "User settings
mode" on page 4-55.
4 20
Child-protector rear door lock WARNING

The child safety lock is provided to
Rear door locks
help prevent children from acciden
If children accidentally open the rear
tally opening the rear doors from
doors while the vehicle is in motion,
inside the vehicle.
they could fall out and be severely
injured or killed. To prevent children
from opening the rear doors from
the inside, the rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
OSP2I049012
The rear door safety locks should be

used whenever children are in the
vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When
the child safety lock is in the lock
position (1), the rear door will not
open if the inner door handle is
pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
key (or screwdriver) into the hole
and turn it to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
4 21
Features of your vehicle Tailgate
Tailgate Opening the tailgate

The tailgate is locked or unlocked
WARNING when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, transmitter,
Exhaust fumes
smart key or central door lock/
If you drive with the tailgate
unlock switch.
opened, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury or
death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the tailgate
opened, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that additional
outside air comes into the vehicle.
WARNING OSP2I049013
Rear cargo area 1. To unlock the tailgate only, press

Occupants should never ride in the the tailgate unlock button on the
transmitter or smart key for
rear cargo area where no restraints
approximately 1 second.
are available. To avoid injury in the
2. To open the tailgate, press the
event of an accident or sudden handle and pull it up.
stops, occupants should always be
properly restrained. Once the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate locks automati
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
4 22
WARNING WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make Make sure your hands, feet and
sure no objects or people are near other parts of your body are safely
the rear of the vehicle when opening out of the way before closing the
the tailgate. tailgate.
CAUTION CAUTION
Make certain that you close the tail Make sure nothing is near the tail
gate before driving your vehicle. gate latch and striker while closing
Possible damage may occur to the the tailgate. It may damage the tail
tailgate gas lifters and attaching gate's latch.
hardware if the tailgate is not closed 4
prior to driving.
Emergency tailgate safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with the
Closing the tailgate emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate.
OSP2I049014
1. Lower and push down the tailgate

firmly. OSP2I049015
2. Make sure that the tailgate is If you have to open the tailgate
securely latched.
urgently inside the tailgate due to
battery discharge, external handle
failure, or other reasons.
4 23
The tailgate can be opened by doing

as follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the
right (1).
3. Push up the tailgate.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting
the tailgate (gas lifter), as this may
cause serious injury.
OSP2I049016
4 24
Features of your vehicle Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be
operated by a switch.
OSP2I049017
1. Driver's door power window *: if equipped

switch
2. Front passenger's door power NOTICE
window switch
In cold and wet climates, power win
3. Rear door (left) power window
dows may not work properly due to
switch
freezing conditions.
4. Rear door (right) power window
switch
The ignition switch must be in the
5. Window opening and closing
ON position for power windows to
6. Automatic power window up*/
operate.
down*
7. Power window lock switch
4 25
Each door has a power window WARNING

switch that controls the door's win
dow. The driver has a power window Do not install any accessories in the
lock button which can block the area of windows. It may impact jam
operation of rear passenger win protection.
dows. The power windows can be
operated for approximately 10 min
utes after the ignition key is Window opening and closing
removed or turned to the ACC or You can open and close windows
LOCK position. However, if the front using the power window switch.
doors are opened, the power win
dows cannot be operated even
Type A
within the 10 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master
power window switch that controls
all the windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
NOTICE OSP2I049018
While driving with the rear windows To open or close a window, press
down or with the sunroof (if down or pull up the front portion of
equipped) in an open (or partially the corresponding switch to the
open position), your vehicle may first detent position (5).
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately one inch. If you expe
rience the noise with the sunroof
open, slightly reduce the size of the
sunroof opening.
4 26
Type B - Auto up/down window (if Automatic reversal (if equipped)

equipped)
OSP2I049096
OSP2I049019
If the upward movement of the
Pressing or pulling up the power window is blocked by an object or 4
window switch momentarily to the part of the body, the window will
second detent position (6) com detect the resistance and will stop
pletely lowers or raises the window upward movement. The window will
even when the switch is released. To then lower approximately 30 cm
stop the window at the desired (11.8 in) to allow the object to be
position while the window is in oper cleared.
ation, pull up or press down and
If the window detects the resistance
release the switch.
while the power window switch is
If the power window does not oper pulled up continuously, the window
ate normally, the automatic power will stop upward movement then
window system must be reset as lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in).
follows:
And if the power window switch is
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
pulled up continuously again within
position.
5 seconds after the window is low
2. Close the window and continue
ered by the automatic window
pulling up the power window
reversal feature, the automatic win
switch for at least 1 second after
dow reversal will not operate.
the window is completely closed.
4 27
NOTICE Power window lock button

The driver can disable the power
The automatic reverse feature for
window switches on the rear pas
the window is only active when the
sengers' doors by pressing the
"auto up" feature is used by fully
power window lock button to the
pulling up the switch. The automatic
lock position (pressed).
reverse feature will not operate if
the window is raised using the half
way position on the power window
switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 4 mm (0.16 in) in OSP2I049020
diameter is caught between the When the power window lock button
window glass and the upper window is pressed:
channel, the automatic reverse win 䳜 The driver's master control can
dow may not detect the resistance operate all passengers' power
and will not stop and reverse direc windows.
tion. 䳜 The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
WARNING 䳜 The rear passengers' control can
The automatic reverse feature is not operate the rear passenger's
not activated while resetting power power window.
window system.
Make sure body parts or other CAUTION
objects are safely out of the way 䳜 To prevent possible damage to
before closing the windows to avoid the power window system, do not
injuries or vehicle damage. open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
4 28
Features of your vehicle Hood
䳜 Never try to operate the main Hood

switch on the driver's door and
The hood serves as a cover for the
the individual door window switch
engine compartment.
in opposite directions at the same
time. If this is done, the window Open the hood if maintenance
will stop and cannot be opened or works needs to be performed in the
closed. engine compartment or if you need
to look at the compartment.
WARNING Opening the hood

Windows 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
䳜 NEVER leave the keys in your the hood. The hood should pop
vehicle with unsupervised chil open slightly.
4
dren, when the engine is running.
䳜 NEVER leave any child unattended
in the vehicle. Even very young
children may inadvertently cause
the vehicle to move, entangle
themselves in the windows, or
otherwise injure themselves or
others.
䳜 Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other OSP2I049021
obstructions are safely out of the

way before closing a window. WARNING
䳜 Do not allow children play with the
Open the hood after turning off the
power windows. Keep the driver's
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
door power window lock button in
shift lever to the P (Park) position
the LOCK position (pressed). Seri
for Automatic Transmission/Dual
ous injury can result from unin
Clutch Transmission/Intelligent Vari
tentional window operation by
able Transmission and to the 1st
the child.
(First) gear or R (Reverse) for Man
䳜 Do not extend heads or any limbs
ual Transmission, and setting the
outside the window while the
parking brake.
4 29
Features of your vehicle Hood
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, Hood open warning

raise the hood slightly, push the The hood warning message will
secondary latch (1) up side and lift
appear on the LCD display when
the hood (2).
hood is open.
OSP2I049022
OSP2I049103
3. Pull out the support rod.
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven at
or above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the
hood open.
Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
䳜 All filler caps in the engine com
partment must be correctly
OSP2I049023
installed.
4. Hold the hood opened with the 䳜 Gloves, rags or any other com
support rod. bustible material must be
removed from the engine com
partment.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm above the closed position and
let it drop. Make sure that it locks
into place.
4 30
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
3. Check that the hood has engaged Fuel filler door

properly.
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
䳜 If the hood can be raise slightly,
opened and closed by hand from
it is not properly engaged.
outside the vehicle.
䳜 Open it again and close it with a
little more force.
Opening the fuel filler door
WARNING The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
䳜 Before closing the hood, ensure
on the fuel filler door opener located
that all obstructions are removed
on the front floor area on the
from the hood opening. Closing
driver's seat.
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may 4
result in property damage or NOTICE
severe personal injury. If the fuel filler door does not open
䳜 Do not leave gloves, rags or any because ice has formed around it,
other combustible material in the tap lightly or push on the door to
engine compartment. Doing so break the ice and release the door.
may cause a heat-induced fire. Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
WARNING radiator anti-freeze) or move the
䳜 Always double check to be sure vehicle to a warm place and allow
that the hood is firmly latched the ice to melt.
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could open while
the vehicle is being driven, causing
total loss of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
䳜 Do not move the vehicle with the
hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall or
be damaged.
4 31
1. Stop the engine. Closing the fuel filler door

2. To open the fuel filler door, pull up 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
the fuel filler door opener. until it "clicks". This indicates that
the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler door and push
it lightly and make sure that it is
securely closed.
WARNING
Refueling
䳜 If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin and
OSP2I049025 thus subject you to the risk of fire
3. Pull open the fuel filler door (1). and burns. Always remove the
fuel cap carefully and slowly. If
the cap is venting fuel or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before com
pletely removing the cap.
䳜 Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
䳜 Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
OSP2I049026
spillage in the event of an acci
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel dent.
filler cap counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
WARNING
Refueling dangers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, please
note the following guidelines care
fully. Failure to follow these guide
lines may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death by fire
or explosion.
4 32
䳜 Read and follow all warnings at with the vehicle should be main
the gas station facility. tained until the filling is complete.
䳜 Before refueling note the location Use only approved portable plastic
of the Emergency Petrol Shut- fuel containers designed to carry
Off, if available, at the gas station and store petrol.
facility. 䳜 Do not use cellular phones while
䳜 Before touching the fuel nozzle, refueling. Electric current and/or
you should eliminate potentially electronic interference from cel
dangerous static electricity dis lular phones can potentially ignite
charge by touching another metal fuel vapors causing a fire.
part of the vehicle, a safe distance 䳜 When refueling, always shut the
away from the fuel filler neck, engine off. Sparks produced by
nozzle, or other gas source. electrical components related to
䳜 Do not get back into a vehicle the engine can ignite fuel vapors 4
once you have begun refueling causing a fire. Once refueling is
since you can generate static complete, check to make sure the
electricity by touching, rubbing or filler cap and filler door are
sliding against any item or fabric securely closed, before starting
(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) the engine.
capable of producing static elec 䳜 DO NOT use matches or a lighter
tricity. Static electricity discharge and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in cigarette in your vehicle while at a
rapid burning. If you must re- gas station especially during refu
enter the vehicle, you should once eling. Automotive fuel is highly
again eliminate potentially dan flammable and can, when ignited,
gerous static electricity discharge result in fire.
by touching a metal part of the 䳜 If a fire breaks out during refuel
vehicle, away from the fuel filler ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi
neck, nozzle or other petrol cle, and immediately contact the
source. manager of the gas station and
䳜 When using an approved portable then contact the local fire depart
fuel container, be sure to place ment. Follow any safety instruc
the container on the ground prior tions they provide.
to refueling. Static electricity dis
charge from the container can
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
4 33
Features of your vehicle Sunroof
CAUTION Sunroof (if equipped)

䳜 Make sure to refuel your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with a
according to the "Fuel require sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
ments" on page 1-2. sunroof with the sunroof control
䳜 If the fuel filler cap requires lever located on the overhead con
replacement, please make sure sole.
that you use parts designed for
replacement in your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system. For more detailed infor
mation, we recommend that you
contact an authorized Kia dealer/
service partner.
䳜 Do not spill fuel on the exterior OSP2I049027
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
The sunroof can be operated for
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces
approximately 10 minutes after the
may damage the paint.
ENGINE START/STOP button is
䳜 After refueling, make sure the
turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
fuel cap is installed securely to
However, if the front doors are
prevent fuel spillage in the event
opened, the sunroof cannot be
of an accident.
opened even within the 10 minutes
period.
NOTICE
䳜 In cold and wet climates, the sun
roof may not work properly due
to freezing conditions.
䳜 After a vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof
before operating it.
4 34
CAUTION Sliding the sunroof
䳜 Do not continue to move the sun

roof control lever after the sun
roof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
䳜 Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is open, rain or
snow may leak through the sun
roof and wet the interior as well OSP2I049028
as cause theft. To open the sunroof, push the sun

roof control lever backward. 4
To close the sunroof, push the sun
NOTICE
roof control lever forward.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is
in the tilt position nor can it be tilted
To open the sunroof automatically:
while in an open or slide position.
Pull the sunroof control lever back
ward to the second detent position
WARNING and then release it. The sunroof will
slide to the recommended open
Never adjust the sunroof or sun
position (about 5 cm before the
shade while driving. This could result
maximum slide open position).
in loss of control and an accident
that may cause death, serious To stop the sunroof sliding at any
injury, or property damage. point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
WARNING To close the sunroof automatically:

䳜 In order to prevent accidental Push the sunroof control lever for
operation of the sunroof, espe ward to the second detent position
cially by a child, do not let a child and then release it. The sunroof will
operate the sunroof.
automatically close all the way.
䳜 Do not sit on the top of the vehi
cle. It may cause vehicle damage. To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
4 35
NOTICE automatically, it will reverse the

direction, and then stop.
To reduce wind noise while driving, it
is recommended that you drive with The auto reverse function does not
the sunroof slightly closed (stop the work if a tiny obstacle is between
sunroof about 5 cm (2 in) before the the sliding glass and the sunroof
maximum slide open position). sash. You should always check that
all passengers and objects are away
from the sunroof before closing it.
WARNING
Make sure heads, other body parts WARNING
or other objects are safely out of 䳜 Never try pinching any part of
the way before closing the window your body intentionally to acti
to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. vate the Automatic reversal func
Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) tion.
in diameter caught between the 䳜 The Automatic reversal function
sunroof glass and the front window may not work if something gets
channel may not be detected by the caught just before the sunroof
automatic reverse window and the fully closes.
window will not stop and reverse
direction.
Tilting the sunroof
Automatic reversal
OSP2I049029
To open the sunroof, push the sun

ODEEV068027NR roof control lever upward until the
If an object or part of the body is sunroof moves to the desired posi
detected while the sunroof is closing tion.
4 36
To close the sunroof, push the sun 䳜 The sunroof is made to slide
roof lever forward until the sunroof together with sunshade. Do not
moves to the desired position. leave the sunshade closed while
the sunroof is open.
WARNING
䳜 Make sure heads, other body Sunshade
parts or other objects are safely
The sunshade will be opened with
out of the way before closing the
the glass panel automatically when
sunroof to avoid injuries or vehicle
the glass panel is slid.
damage.
䳜 Never adjust the sunroof or sun
shade while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control 4
resulting in an accident.
䳜 To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the sunroof while
driving.
OBDC049448RE
CAUTION
You will have to close it manually if
䳜 Periodically remove any dirt that you want it closed.
may accumulate on the guide rail.
䳜 If you try to open the sunroof Resetting the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is Reset the sunroof when:
covered with snow or ice, the 䳜 Battery is discharged or discon
nected or the related fuse has
glass or the motor could be dam
been replaced or disconnected.
aged.
䳜 The one-touch sliding function of
䳜 While using sunroof for a long the sunroof does not normally
time, a dust between sunroof and operate.
roof panel can make a noise.
Open the sunroof and remove
regularly the dust using clean
cloth.
4 37
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
Reset the sunroof as described Steering wheel

below.
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
1. The ignition switch must be in the
equipped with the Electronic Power
ON position.
Steering (EPS) system.
2. Close the sunroof completely.
3. Release the control lever.
4. Push the control lever forward Electronic power steering (EPS)
until the sunroof tilts and slightly Power steering uses the motor to
moves up. Then, release lever. assist you in steering the vehicle.
5. Push the control lever forward If the engine is off or if the power
until the sunroof is operated as steering system becomes inopera
follows: tive, the vehicle may still be steered,
1)SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE but it will require increased steering
2)Then, release the control lever. effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
Sunroof open warning (if equipped)
steering control unit which senses
If the driver removes the ignition the steering wheel torque and vehi
key (smart key: turns off the
cle speed to command the motor.
engine) and opens the driver-side
door when the sunroof is not fully The steering effort becomes
closed, the warning chime will sound heavier as the vehicle's speed
for a few seconds and a warning increases and becomes lighter as
image will appear on the LCD dis the vehicle's speed decreases for
play. better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during nor
mal vehicle operation, have the sys
tem checked by a professional
partner.
OSP2I049104
Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.
4 38
NOTICE 䳜 If the Electronic Power Steering

System does not operate nor
The following symptoms may occur mally, the warning light will illumi
during normal vehicle operation: nate on the instrument cluster.
䳜 The EPS warning light does not The steering wheel may become
illuminate. difficult to control or operate
䳜 The steering effort is high imme abnormally. In this case, have the
diately after turning the ignition system inspected by a profes
switch on. This happens as the sional workshop. Kia recom
EPS system performs the diag mends to visit an authorized Kia
nostics. When the diagnostics is dealer/service partner.
completed, the steering effort will 䳜 When you operate the steering
return to its normal condition. wheel in low temperature, abnor
䳜 A click noise may be heard from mal noise could occur. If tempera 4
the EPS relay after the ignition ture rises, the noise will disappear.
switch is turned to the ON or This is a normal condition.
LOCK position.
䳜 Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
䳜 When the abnormality is detected
in the electric power steering sys
tem, a deadly accident prevention
purposes, steering assist func
tions will be stopped. At this time,
the instrument panel warning
light turns on or blinks and the
power to manipulate the steering
will be off. Please check immedi
ately after moving the vehicle to a
safe zone.
䳜 The steering effort increases if
the steering wheel is rotated con
tinuously when the vehicle is not
in motion. However, after a few
minutes, it will return to its nor
mal conditions.
4 39
JG FRVJQQFE
JG FRVJQQFE
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel

allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You can also
raise it to give your legs more room
when you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges. OSP2I049031
1. To change the steering wheel

WARNING angle, pull down the lock release
lever (1).
䳜 Never adjust the angle of the 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
steering wheel while driving. You desired angle (2) and height (3, if
may lose steering control and equipped).
cause severe personal injury, 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
death or accidents. lock the steering wheel in place.
䳜 After adjusting, push the steering 4. Be sure to adjust the steering
wheel both up and down to be wheel to the desired position
before driving.
certain it is locked in position.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock-release lever may not lock the
steering wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs
when two gears engage. In this
case, adjust the steering wheel
again and then lock the steering
wheel.
4 40
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
Horn Mirrors
To sound the horn, press the area This vehicle is equipped with inside
indicated by the horn symbol on and outside rearview mirrors to
your steering wheel (see illustra provide views of objects behind the
tion). vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror so that
the center view through the rear
window is seen.
Make this adjustment before you
start driving. 4
OSP2I049032
WARNING
The horn will operate only when this Rear visibility
area is pressed. Check the horn reg Do not place objects in the rear seat
ularly to be sure it operates prop or cargo area which would interfere
erly. with your vision out the rear win
dow.
CAUTION
䳜 Do not strike the horn severely to WARNING
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a Do not adjust the rearview mirror
sharp-pointed object. while the vehicle is moving. This
䳜 When cleaning the steering wheel, could result in loss of control, and an
do not use an organic solvent such accident which could cause death,
as thinner, benzene, alcohole and serious injury or property damage.
petrol. Doing so may damage
the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror and
don't install a wide mirror. It could
result in injury, during an accident or
deployment of the air bag.
4 41
Day/night rearview mirror (if Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) with

equipped) UVO service (if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror auto
matically controls the glare from
the headlights of the vehicles behind
you in nighttime or low light driving
conditions.
OSP2I049033
(1): Day, (2): Night

Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position (1).
OSP2I049034
Pull the day/night lever toward you
1. SOS Button
(2) to reduce the glare from the
2. Roadside assist button
headlights of the vehicles behind 3. Virtual assist button (UVO)
you during night driving.
The sensor (4) mounted in the mir
Remember that you lose some ror senses the light level around the
rearview clarity in the night position. vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Telematics buttons are also located
on the mirror.
4 42
Outside rearview mirror CAUTION

Your vehicle is equipped with both
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
left-hand and right-hand outside
face; this may damage the surface
rearview mirrors.
of the glass. If ice should restrict the
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles movement of the mirror, do not
before driving. force the mirror for adjustment. To
The mirrors can be adjusted remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a
remotely with the control levers or sponge or soft cloth with warm
remote switch, depending on the water.
type of mirror control installed. The
mirror heads can be folded back to
CAUTION
prevent damage during an auto
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do 4
matic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street. not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radi
ator antifreeze) to release the fro
WARNING
zen mechanism or move the vehicle
Rearview mirrors to a warm place and allow the ice to
䳜 The outside rearview mirror is melt.
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
䳜 Use your interior rearview mirror WARNING
or direct observation to deter Do not adjust or fold the outside
mine the actual distance of fol rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
lowing vehicles when changing moving. This could result in loss of
lanes. control, and an accident which could
cause death, serious injury or prop
erty damage.
4 43
Adjusting the outside rearview mir Adjusting the rearview mirrors:

rors 1. Move the R or L switch (1) to
select the right side mirror or the
Manual type (if equipped) left side mirror.
2. Press a corresponding point (▲)
on the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
CAUTION
䳜 The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust
ing angles, but the motor contin
OSP2I049097 ues to operate while the switch is
To adjust an outside mirror, move pressed. Do not press the switch
the control lever located at the for longer than necessary, the motor
ward inside area of the window may be damaged.
frame. 䳜 Do not attempt to adjust the out
side rearview mirror by hand.
Electric type (if equipped) Doing so may damage the parts.
The electric remote control mirror

switch allows you to adjust the Folding the outside rearview mirror
position of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. Manual type (if equipped)
OSP2I049035
OSP2I049036
4 44
To fold the outside rearview mirror: CAUTION

䳜 Grasp the housing of the mirror
and then fold it toward the rear of The electric type outside rearview
the vehicle. mirror operates even though the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/
Electric type (if equipped) STOP button is in the LOCK or OFF
position. However, to prevent
The outside rearview mirror can be
unnecessary battery discharge, do
folded or unfolded by pressing the
not adjust the mirrors longer than
switch when the ignition switch or
necessary while the engine is not
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
running.
the ON position as below.
CAUTION 4
In case it is an electric type outside
rearview mirror, don't fold it by
hand. It could cause motor failure.
OSP2I049037
䳜 To fold the outside rearview mir

ror depress the button (1).
䳜 To unfold it, depress the button
(1) again.
4 45
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
OSP2I049100
Type B
OSP2I049101
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display
4 46
Adjusting instrument cluster illumi 䳜 If you hold the illumination control

nation (if equipped) button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
The brightness of the instrument will be changed continuously.
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control
button ("+" or "-") when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP but
ton is ON, or the tail lights are
turned on.
OSP2I049105
4
䳜 If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
Gauges
OSP2I049024
The gauges display various informa
tion such as the speed of the vehi
WARNING cle, and so on.
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in Speedometer
loss of control and lead to an acci
dent that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
OSP2I049106
The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h).
4 47
Tachometer Engine coolant temperature gauge
OSP2I049107 OSP2I049130
The tachometer indicates the This gauge indicates the tempera

approximate number of engine rev ture of the engine coolant when the
olutions per minute (rpm). ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON.
Use the tachometer to select the
correct shift points and to prevent
lugging and/or over-revving the CAUTION
engine. If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
CAUTION "H" position, it indicates overheating
that may damage the engine.
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This Do not continue driving with an
may cause severe engine damage. overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the engine
overheats" on page 7-9.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. The engine cool
ant is under pressure and could
severely burn. Wait until the engine
is cool before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
4 48
Fuel gauge WARNING

Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehi
cle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the "
E" level.
OSP2I049108
This gauge indicates the approxi CAUTION

mate amount of fuel remaining in 4
Avoid driving with a extremely low
the fuel tank.
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damag
NOTICE ing the catalytic converter.
䳜 The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 9-7. Odometer
䳜 The fuel gauge is supplemented
by a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
䳜 On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or
the low fuel warning light may
come on earlier than usual due to
the movement of fuel in the tank.
OSP2I049109
The odometer Indicates the total

distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to deter
mine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
䳜 Odometer range: 0 ~ 1,599,999
km or 999,999 miles.
4 49
Outside temperature gauge Transmission shift indicator

Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic transmission/intelligent
variable transmission shift indica
tor (if equipped)
OSP2I049110
This gauge indicates the current

outside air temperatures by 1 C (1
F).
䳜 Temperature range: -40 C ~ 85
C (-40 F ~ 211 F)
The outside temperature on the
display may not change immedi OSK3048128NR
ately like a general thermometer to This indicator displays which auto

prevent the driver from being inat matic transmission shift lever is
tentive. selected.
䳜 Park: P
To change the temperature unit
䳜 Reverse: R
(from C to F or from F to C)
䳜 Neutral: N
The temperature unit can be 䳜 Drive: D
changed by using the "User Set 䳜 Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
tings" mode of the LCD Display.
* For more details, refer to "LCD dis
play" on page 4-52.
4 50
Manual transmission shift indica Dual clutch transmission shift indi

tor (if equipped) cator (if equipped)
OSK3048129NR OSK3048161NR
This indicator informs which gear is This indicator displays which shift 4
desired while driving to save fuel. lever is selected.
䳜 Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6 䳜 Park: P
䳜 Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, 䳜 Reverse: R
▼5 䳜 Neutral: N
䳜 Drive: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7
For example
䳜 Sports mode: S1, S2, S3, S4, S5,
▲3: Indicates that shifting up to the S6, S7
3rd gear is desired (currently the
shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
▼4: Indicates that shifting down to
the 4th gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 5th or 6th
gear).
When the system is not working
properly, the indicator is not dis
played.
4 51
Features of your vehicle LCD display
LCD display
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control but
tons.
LCD Display Control
OSP2I049060
1. : MODE button for changing

modes
2. / : MOVE switch for chang
ing items
3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the selected
item
4 52
LCD display modes

The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the
Mode button.
Mode
Trip Computer Turn By Turn Informa User Settings Master warning

(TBT)* tion*
Route Guid The Master Warning
Fuel Economy TPMS Head-up display
ance mode displays warning
Destination messages related to
Accumulated Info Driver Assistance the vehicle when one or
Info
more systems is not
Door
operating normally. 4
Drive Info
Lights
Transmission Tem
Up/Down Convenience
perature
Service Interval
Other features
Language
Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.
* : if equipped
4 53
Trip computer mode Information mode
OSP2I049111 OSP2I049129
The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of:
information related to vehicle driv 䳜 Tire pressure
ing parameters including fuel econ * For more details, refer to each
omy, tripmeter information and system information in "Driving
vehicle speed. your vehicle" on page 6-3.
* For more details, refer to "Trip
information (trip computer)" on Tire pressure status
page 4-60. * For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode (TPMS) (if equipped)" on page 7-
10.
Master warning mode

This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
䳜 LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
䳜 Lamp malfunction
At this time, a Master Warning icon
OSP2I049112 ( ) will appear beside the User
This mode displays the state of the Settings icon ( ), on the LCD dis
navigation.
play. If the warning situation is
solved, the master warning light will
4 54
be turned off and the Master Warn Shift to P to edit settings/Engage

ing icon will disappear. parking brake to edit settings
User settings mode
OSK3048140NR
This warning message appears if 4

OSK3048119NR
you try to adjust the User Settings
In this mode, you can change the while driving.
settings of the instrument cluster, 䳜 Automatic Transmission/Dual
doors, lamps, etc. Clutch Transmission/Intelligent
1. Head-up display Variable Transmission
2. Driver Assistance For your safety, change the User
3. Door Settings after parking the vehicle,
4. Lights applying the parking brake and
5. Sound moving the shift lever to P (Park).
䳜 Manual Transmission
6. Convenience
For your safety, change the User
7. Service Interval
Settings after engaging the parking
8. Other features
brake.
9. Language
10.Reset
The information provided may dif
fer depending on which functions
are applicable to your vehicle.
4 55
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
Items Explanation
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD
Display Height
screen.
Rotation Adjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.
Brightness Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
Speed Size Small/ Medium/Large
Speed Color White/Orange/Green
2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Items Explanation
䳜 High/ Medium/ Low
Warning Volume
To select the Warning volume
䳜 Blind-Spot View
Blind-Spot Safety
To select the functions.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
3. Door
Items Explanation
䳜 Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
䳜 Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9.3 mph)
Auto Lock
䳜 Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle
is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
or D (Drive) position.
䳜 Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
䳜 Vehicle Off/On key out (if equipped): All doors will be automatically
unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch
Auto Unlock
or the ENGINE START/STOP button is set to the OFF position.
䳜 On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is
shifted to the P (Park) position.
4 56
4. Lights
Items Explanation
䳜 Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deacti
vated.
One Touch Turn Indicator 䳜 3, 5, 7 flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or
7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-92.
If this item is checked, the head lamp delay function will be
Head Lamp Delay
activated.
5. Convenience 4
Items Explanation
䳜 On door unlock / On driver approach
Welcome Mirror
To select the welcome mirror function.
Wireless Charging Sys 䳜 If this item is checked, the wireless charging function
tem will be activated.
䳜 If this item is checked, the wiper/lights display will be
Wiper/Lights Display
activated.
䳜 If this item is checked, gear position pops up on the
Gear Position Pop-up
lower left corner of the LCD on changing the gear.
䳜 If this item is checked, the auto rear wiper will be acti
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
vated.
4 57
6. Service interval
Items Explanation
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be
Enable Service Interval
activated.
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust
Adjust Interval
the time and distance.
Reset To reset the service interval function.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted,
messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is
turned on.
䳜 Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days
to service.
䳜 Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has
been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to
service may be incorrect.
䳜 The battery cable is disconnected.
䳜 The battery is discharged.
7. Other features
Items Explanation
䳜 Off: The average fuel economy will not reset.
Fuel Economy Auto
䳜 After ignition / After refueling: The average fuel econ
Reset
omy will reset automatically after ignition/refueling.
䳜 km/h or mph
Speedometer Unit
To select the Speedometer unit.
䳜 Km/L, L/100Km
To select the Fuel economy unit.
Fuel Economy Unit
For more details, refer to "Trip information (trip com
puter)" on page 4-60.
䳜 C/ F
Temperature Unit
To select the Temperature unit.
䳜 N m, lbf ft
Torque Unit
To select the Torque Unit
4 58
Items Explanation
Turbo Boost Pressure 䳜 psi, kPa, bar
Unit To select the Turbo Boost Pressure Unit
䳜 psi, kPa, bar
Tire Pressure Unit
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
8. Reset
Items Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All
Reset menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory set 4
tings, except language and service interval.
9. Language
Items Explanation
Language To select language.
4 59
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
LCD displays (if equipped) Trip Modes

LCD displays show the following
information to drivers.
䳜 Trip information
䳜 LCD modes
䳜 Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)

The trip computer is a microcom
puter- controlled driver information
system that displays information
related to driving.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the bat
tery is disconnected.
1. for vehicle equipped with Idle Stop

and Go (ISG)
2. for vehicle equipped with dual
clutch transmission
To change the trip mode, scroll the
toggle the switch ( / ) on the
steering wheel.
4 60
Fuel economy 䳜 OFF - You may set to default

manually by using the trip switch
Average Fuel Economy (1) reset button.
䳜 After ignition - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once
4 hours pass after the Ignition is
in OFF.
䳜 After refueling - After refueling
more than 6 liters and driving
over 1 km/h, the vehicle will reset
to default automatically.
NOTICE
OSP2I049115 4
䳜 The average fuel economy is cal The average fuel economy is not
culated by the total driving dis displayed for more accurate calcula
tance and fuel consumption since tion if the vehicle does not drive
the last average fuel economy more than 10 seconds or 50 meters
reset. (0.03 miles) since the ignition switch
- Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 or ENGINE START/STOP button is
km/L, L/100 km or mpg turned to ON.
䳜 The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and auto
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
matically.
䳜 This mode displays the instant
Manual reset fuel economy during the last few
To clear the average fuel economy seconds when the vehicle speed is
manually, press the OK button on more than 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
the steering wheel for more than 1 - Fuel economy range:
second when the average fuel econ 0.0~30 km/L, L/100 km or 0.0 ~
omy is displayed. 50.0 mpg
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever
refueling, select the "Fuel economy
auto reset" mode in User Setting
menu of the LCD Windows (Refer to
"User settings mode" on page 4-55).
4 61
Accumulated driving information Drive Info display

mode This display shows the trip distance
This display shows the accumulated (1), the average fuel efficiency (2),
trip distance (1), the average fuel and the total driving time (3) infor
efficiency (2), and the total driving mation once per one ignition cycle.
time (3).
OSP2I049116
OSP2I049114
䳜 Fuel efficiency is calculated after
䳜 Accumulated information is calcu the vehicle has run for more than
lated after the vehicle has run for 300 meters.
more than 300 meters. 䳜 The Driving Information will be
䳜 If you press "OK" button for more reset 4 hours after ignition has
than 1 second after the Cumula been turned off. So, when the
tive Information is displayed, the vehicle ignition is turned on within
information will be reset. 4 hours, the information will not
䳜 If the engine is running, even be reset.
when the vehicle is not in motion, 䳜 If you press "OK" button for more
the information will be accumu than 1 second after the Driving
lated. Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
䳜 If the engine is running, even
when the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumu
lated.
4 62
Transmission temperature (dual Service in

clutch transmission) (if equipped) It calculates and displays when you
This mode displays the transmission need a scheduled maintenance ser
temperature. vice (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 1,500 km (900 miles) or 30
days, "Service in" message is dis
played for several seconds each
time you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
Service required 4
OSK3048118NR
If you do not have your vehicle ser
Digital speedometer viced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
This digital speedometer display
required" message is displayed for
shows the speed of the vehicle.
several seconds each time you set
the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP Button to the ON posi
tion.
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted
before:
䳜 Press the OK button (Reset) for
more than 1 second.
OSK3048331CR
NOTICE
Service mode If any of the following conditions
This mode reminds you of scheduled occurs, the mileage and days may
maintenance information. be incorrect.
䳜 The battery cable is disconnected.
䳜 The battery is discharged.
4 63
Driving info display LCD display messages

At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed. Door, hood, tailgate, sunroof open
OSP2I049116 OSP2I049117
This display shows the trip distance 䳜 This warning is displayed indicat
(1), average fuel economy (2), driv ing which door, the hood, the tail
ing time (3). gate or the sunroof is open.
This information is displayed for a

few seconds when you turn off the
Low Pressure warning display
vehicle, and then goes off automati
cally. The information is calculated
for each time the vehicle is turned
on.
NOTICE
䳜 If sunroof open warning is dis
played in the cluster, the Driving
Information message may not be
OSP2I049129
displayed.
䳜 To set the charging time and/or This warning message is displayed if
climate time, refer to a separately the tire pressure is low. The corre
supplied car navigation system sponding tire on the vehicle will be
manual for detailed information. illuminated.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
(TPMS) (if equipped)" on page 7-
10.
4 64
Sunroof open (if equipped) Wiper mode
OSP2I049104 OSP2I049118
䳜 This warning is displayed if you This indicator displays which wiper

turn off the engine when the sun speed is selected using the wiper 4
roof is open. control.
You can activate or deactivate
Lights mode Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
ter LCD display.
Engine has overheated

䳜 This warning message illumi
nates when the engine coolant
temperature is above 120 C (248
F). This mean that the engine is
overheated and may be damaged.
OSK3048123NR
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer
This indicator displays which exte to "If the engine overheats" on
rior light is selected using the light page 7-9.
ing control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
ter LCD display.
4 65
Low key battery (for smart key Press clutch pedal to start engine
system) (for smart key system and manual
䳜 This warning message illumi transmission)
nates if the battery of the smart 䳜 This warning message illumi
key is discharged when the nates if the ENGINE START/STOP
ENGINE START/STOP Button Button changes to the ACC posi
changes to the OFF position. tion twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing
Press START button while turning the clutch pedal.
wheel (for smart key system) 䳜 It means that you should depress
䳜 This warning message illumi the clutch pedal to start the
nates if the steering wheel does engine.
not unlock normally when the
ENGINE START/STOP Button is Key not in vehicle (for smart key
pressed. system)
䳜 It means that you should press 䳜 This warning message illumi
the ENGINE START/STOP Button nates if the smart key is not in
while turning the steering wheel the vehicle when you press the
right and left. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
䳜 It means that you should always
Steering wheel unlocked (for smart have the smart key with you.
key system)
䳜 This warning message illumi Key not detected (for smart key
nates if the steering wheel does system)
not lock when the ENGINE START/ 䳜 This warning message illumi
STOP Button changes to the OFF nates if the smart key is not
position. detected when you press the
ENGINE START/STOP Button.
Check steering wheel lock system
(for smart key system) Shift to P or N to start engine (for
䳜 This warning message illumi smart key system)
nates if the steering wheel does 䳜 This warning message illumi
not lock normally when the nates if you try to start the
ENGINE START/STOP Button engine with the shift lever not in
changes to the OFF position. the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi
tion.
4 66
Press brake pedal to start engine Press start button again (for smart
(for smart key system) key system)
䳜 This warning message illumi 䳜 This warning message illumi
nates if the ENGINE START/STOP nates if you can not operate the
Button changes to the ACC posi ENGINE START/STOP Button
tion twice by pressing the button when there is a problem with the
repeatedly without depressing ENGINE START/STOP Button sys
the brake pedal. tem.
䳜 It means that you should depress 䳜 It means that you could start the
the brake pedal to start the engine by pressing the Engine
engine. Start/ Stop Button once more.
䳜 If the warning illuminates each
Battery discharging due to external time you press the ENGINE
electrical devices (if equipped) START/STOP Button, have the 4
vehicle inspected by a profes
The vehicle can detect self-dis
sional workshop. Kia recom
charge of the battery due to over-
mends to visit an authorised Kia
current that is generated by unau
dealer/service partner.
thorized electrical devices such as
black box mounting during parking.
Press start button with key (for
Please note that functions such as smart key system)
ISG are limited and battery dis 䳜 This warning message illumi
charge problems may occur. nates if you press the ENGINE
If the warning continues even after START/STOP Button while the
external electrical devices are warning message "Key not
removed, have your vehicle detected" is illuminating.
inspected by a professional work 䳜 At this time, the immobilizer indi
shop. Kia recommends to contact an cator light blinks.
ner.
4 67
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
Warning and indicator lights Seat belt warning light

The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver This warning light informs the
should be careful and whether the driver that the seat belt is not fas
various functions are activated. tened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat
Warning lights belts" on page 3-18.
The warning light indicates situa

Parking brake & brake fluid warning
tions that require the driver to pay
light
attention.
This warning light illuminates:
NOTICE 䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
Warning lights or ENGINE START/STOP Button to
Make sure that all warning lights are the ON position.
OFF after starting the engine. If any - It illuminates for approximately
light is still ON, this indicates a situ 3 seconds
ation that needs attention. - It remains on if the parking
brake is applied.
䳜 When the parking brake is applied.
Air bag warning light 䳜 When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch - If the warning light illuminates
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to with the parking brake
the ON position. released, it indicates the brake
- It illuminates for approximately fluid level in reservoir is low.
6 seconds and then goes off.
䳜 When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
partner.
4 68
If the brake fluid level in the reser WARNING

voir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
location and stop your vehicle. Light
2. With the engine stopped, check Driving the vehicle with a warning
the brake fluid level immediately light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
and add fluid as required (For Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
more details, refer to "Brake/ illuminates with the parking brake
clutch fluid" on page 8-21). Then released, it indicates that the brake
check all brake components for fluid level is low.
fluid leaks. If any leak on the In this case, have the vehicle
brake system is still found, the inspected by a professional work
warning light remains on, or the shop. Kia recommends to visit an
brakes do not operate properly, authorized Kia dealer/service part 4
do not drive the vehicle. ner.
towed to a professional workshop
and inspected. Kia recommends to Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser warning light
vice partner.
Dual-diagonal braking system 䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
Your vehicle is equipped with dual- or ENGINE START/STOP button to
diagonal braking systems. This the ON position.
means you still have braking on two - It illuminates for approximately
wheels even if one of the dual sys 3 seconds and then goes off.
tems should fail. 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
With only one of the dual systems the ABS (The normal braking sys
working, more than normal pedal tem will still be operational with
travel and greater pedal pressure
out the assistance of the anti-
are required to stop the vehicle.
lock brake system).
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion In this case, have the vehicle
of the brake system working. inspected by a professional work
If the brakes fail while you are driv shop. Kia recommends to visit an
ing, shift to a lower gear for addi authorized Kia dealer/service
tional engine braking and stop the partner.
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
4 69
Electronic Power Steering (EPS) If there is a malfunction with either

warning light (if equipped) the alternator or electrical charging
system:
This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch location and stop your vehicle.
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to 2. Turn the engine off and check the
the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness
- This indicator light comes on or breakage.
after the ignition key is turned In this case, have the vehicle
to the ON position and then inspected by a professional work
goes out after approximately 3 shop. Kia recommends to visit an
seconds. authorized Kia dealer/service
䳜 When there is a malfunction with partner.
the EPS.
In this case, have the vehicle Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
authorized Kia dealer/service This warning light illuminates:
partner. 䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to
Charging System Warning Light the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch CAUTION
or ENGINE START/STOP button to Petrol Engine
the ON position.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
䳜 When there is a malfunction with
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
either the alternator or electrical
converter damage is possible which
charging system.
could result in loss of engine power.
shop as soon as possible. Kia recom
mends to visit an authorized Kia
4 70
CAUTION inspected by a professional work

shop as soon as possible. Kia rec
Diesel Engine ommends to visit an authorized
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Kia dealer/service partner.
(MIL) blinks, some error related to
the injection quantity adjustment CAUTION
occurs which could result in loss of
engine power, combustion noise and Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
poor emission. 䳜 If the engine does not stop imme
In this case, have the engine control diately after the Engine Oil Pres
system inspected by a professional sure Warning Light is illuminated,
workshop. Kia recommends to visit severe damage could result.
an authorized Kia dealer/service 䳜 If the warning light stays on while
partner. the engine is running, it indicates 4
that there may be serious engine
damage or malfunction. In this
Engine oil pressure warning light case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
This warning light illuminates: 2. Turn off the engine and check
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch the oil level. If the oil level is low,
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to fill the engine oil to the proper
the ON position. level.
- It remains on until the engine is 3. Start the engine again. If the
started. warning light stays on after the
䳜 When the engine oil pressure is engine is started, turn the
low. engine off immediately. In this
If the engine oil pressure is low: case, have the vehicle inspected
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe by a professional workshop. Kia
location and stop your vehicle. recommends to visit an autho
2. Turn the engine off and check the rized Kia dealer/service partner.
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine oil and filter (for
petrol)" on page 8-22). If the
level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not
available, have the vehicle
4 71
Fuel Filter Warning Light (Diesel Low Fuel Level Warning Light
Engine)
This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
the ON position. Add fuel as soon as possible.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off. CAUTION
䳜 When water has accumulated Low Fuel Level
inside the fuel filter. In this case,
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
remove the water from the fuel
warning light on or with the fuel
filter.
level below "E" can cause the engine
* For more details, refer to "Fuel Fil
to misfire and damage the catalytic
ter (for diesel)" on page 8-32
converter. (if equipped)
CAUTION
Fuel Filter Warning Light Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
䳜 When the Fuel Filter Warning (if equipped)
Light illuminates, engine power
(vehicle speed & idle speed) may This warning light illuminates:
decrease. 䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
䳜 If you keep driving with the warn or ENGINE START/STOP button to
ing light on, engine parts (injector, the ON position.
common rail, high pressure fuel - It illuminates for approximately
pump) may be damaged. If this 3 seconds and then goes off.
occurs, have the vehicle inspected 䳜 When one or more of your tires
by a professional workshop as are significantly under inflated.
soon as possible. Kia recommends (The location of the underinflated
to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ tires are displayed on the LCD dis
service partner. play).
* For more details, refer to "Tire
(TPMS) (if equipped)" on page 7-
10.
4 72
This warning light remains on after Master warning light

blinking for approximately 60 sec-
onds or repeats blinking on and off
at the intervals of approximately 3 This indicator light illuminates:
seconds: 䳜 This warning light informs the
䳜 When there is a malfunction with driver the following situations
the TPMS. - LED headlamp malfunction (if
In this case, have the vehicle equipped)
inspected by a professional work- - Lamp malfunction
shop. Kia recommends to visit an To identify the details of the warn-
authorized Kia dealer/service ing look at the LCD display.
partner. If the warning situation is solved,
* For more details, refer to "Tire the master warning light will turn
Pressure Monitoring System off.
(TPMS) (if equipped)" on page 7- 4
10.
Exhaust system (DPF) warning
WARNING light (for diesel engine) (if
Low tire pressure equipped)
䳜 Significantly low tire pressure This warning light illuminates:
makes the vehicle unstable and 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
can contribute to loss of vehicle Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
control and increased braking dis- system.
tances. 䳜 When this warning light illumi-
䳜 Continued driving or low pressure nates, it may turn off after driv-
tires will cause the tires to over- ing the vehicle:
heat and fail. - at more than 60km/h (37 mph),
or
WARNING - at more than 2nd gear with
Safe Stopping 1500 ~ 2000 engine rpm for a
certain time (for about 25 min-
䳜 The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage utes).
caused by external factors. If this warning light blinks in spite of
䳜 If you notice any vehicle instabil- the procedure (at this time the LCD
ity, immediately take your foot warning message will be displayed),
off the accelerator pedal, apply have the DPF system checked by a
the brakes gradually with light professional workshop. Kia recom-
force, and slowly move to a safe mends to visit an authorized Kia
position off the road. dealer/service partner.
4 73
CAUTION CAUTION
Diesel Engine with DPF (if equipped) Gasoline (Petrol) Engine with GPF/
If you continue to drive with the DPF PPF (if equipped)
warning light blinking for a long If you continue to drive with the
time, the DPF system can be dam- GPF/PPF warning light blinking for a
aged and fuel consumption can long time, the GPF/PPF system can
worsen. be damaged and fuel consumption
can worsen.
Exhaust system (GPF/PPF) warn-

ing light (for gasoline (petrol) LED headlamp warning light
engine) (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: 䳜 Once you set the ENGINE START/
䳜 When there is a malfunction with STOP button to the ON position.
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) - It illuminates for approximately
and Petrol Particulate Filter (PPF) 3 seconds and then goes off.
system. 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
䳜 When this warning light illumi- the LED headlamp.
nates, it may turn off after driv- In this case, have the vehicle
ing the vehicle: inspected by a professional work-
- The vehicle should be driven for shop. Kia recommends to visit an
more than 30 minutes at a authorised Kia dealer/service part-
speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and ner.
faster.
- Ensure the following conditions This warning light blinks:
are all met: safe road condi- 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
tions, transmission 3rd gear or a LED headlamp related part.
above, and engine speed of In this case, have the vehicle
1,500 - 4,000 rpm. inspected by a professional work-
If this warning light blinks in spite of shop. Kia recommends to visit an
the procedure (at this time the LCD authorised Kia dealer/service part-
warning message will be displayed), ner.
have the GPF system checked by a
professional workshop. Kia recom-
4 74
Indicator lights 䳜 When you deactivate the ESC

system by pressing the ESC OFF
Electronic stability control (ESC) button.
indicator light (if equipped) * For more details, refer to "Elec
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
tem (if equipped)" on page 6-51.
This indicator light illuminates:
䳜 Once you set the ignition switch Immobilizer Indicator Light (With
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to out Smart Key) (if equipped)
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately This indicator light illuminates:
3 seconds and then goes off. 䳜 When the vehicle detects the
䳜 When there is a malfunction with immobilizer in your key properly
the ESC system. while the ignition switch is ON. 4
In this case, have the vehicle - At this time, you can start the
inspected by a professional work engine.
shop. Kia recommends to visit an - The indicator light goes off
authorized Kia dealer/service after starting the engine.
partner.
This indicator light blinks:
This indicator light blinks: 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
While the ESC is operating. the immobilizer system.
* For more details, refer to "Elec In this case, have the vehicle
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys inspected by a professional work
tem (if equipped)" on page 6-51.
Electronic stability control (ESC) partner.
OFF indicator light (if equipped)

䳜 Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP Button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
4 75
Immobilizer Indicator Light (With This indicator light blinks:

Smart Key) (if equipped) 䳜 When the battery of the smart
key is weak.
This indicator light illuminates for
- At this time, you can not start
up to 30 seconds:
the engine. However, you can
䳜 When the vehicle detects the start the engine if you press
smart key in the vehicle properly the ENGINE START/STOP But
while the ENGINE START/STOP ton with the smart key. (For
Button is ACC or ON. more details, refer to "Immobi
- At this time, you can start the lizer system" on page 4-7).
engine. 䳜 When there is a malfunction with
- The indicator light goes off the immobilizer system.
after starting the engine. In this case, have the vehicle
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
䳜 When the smart key is not in the partner.
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start
Turn signal indicator light
the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
This indicator light illuminates for 2
䳜 When you turn the turn signal
seconds and goes off:
light on.
䳜 When the vehicle can not detect
If any of the following occurs, there
the smart key which is in the may a malfunction with the turn
vehicle while the ENGINE START/ signal system. In this case, have the
STOP Button is ON. vehicle inspected by a professional
In this case, have the vehicle workshop. Kia recommends to visit
inspected by a professional work an authorized Kia dealer/service
shop. Kia recommends to visit an partner.
authorized Kia dealer/service 䳜 The indicator light does not blink
partner. but illuminates.
䳜 The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
䳜 The indicator light does not illumi
nate at all.
4 76
Low beam indicator light (if - The engine can be started after
equipped) the glow indicator light goes
off.
This indicator light illuminates: - The illumination time varies
䳜 When the headlights are on. with the engine coolant tem
perature, air temperature, and
battery condition.
High beam indicator light
If the indicator light remains on or
blinks after the engine has warmed
up or while driving, there may a
䳜 When the headlights are on and in malfunction with the engine pre
the high beam position. heating system.
䳜 When the turn signal lever is In this case, have the vehicle
pulled into the Flash-to-Pass inspected by a professional work 4
position. shop. Kia recommends to visit an
ner.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light illuminates: NOTICE

䳜 When the tail lights or headlights Engine Preheating
are on. If the engine does not start within
10 seconds after the preheating is
Front fog indicator light (if completed, set the ignition switch or
equipped) ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
LOCK or OFF position for 10 seconds
This indicator light illuminates: and then to the ON position in order
䳜 When the front fog lights are on. to preheat the engine again.
Glow Indicator Light (for diesel Cruise indicator light (if

engine) equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

䳜 When the engine is being pre 䳜 When the cruise control system is
heated with the ignition switch or enabled.
ENGINE START/STOP Button in * For more details, refer to "Cruise
the ON position. control system (if equipped)" on
page 6-60.
4 77
Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if 䳜 The head up display image on the

equipped) HUD screen may be invisible
when:
The head up display is a transparent - Sitting posture is bad.
display which projects a shadow of - Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
some information of the instrument - There is an object on the cover
cluster and navigation on the HUD of the head up display.
screen. - Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned
on inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the out
side.
- Wearing an inadequate glasses
to your eyesight.
䳜 If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height,
rotation or illumination of the
OSP2I049039 head up display in the cluster.
The hidden screen will go up when 䳜 When the head up display needs
you press the screen operation inspection or repair, Kia recom
switch on the left side of the lower mends to visit an authorized Kia
part of crash pad and if you press dealer/service partner.
the switch again, the screen will
return to its original hidden position. WARNING
Head-Up Display
䳜 Do not place any accessories on
the Head Up Display shutter. It
might fall into Head Up Display
and can damage to Head Up Dis
play.
OSP2I049040
4 78
Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head Up Display Information Head up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as fol
lows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content selection
5. Speedometer size
6. Speedometer color
041*44 * For more details, refer to "LCD dis
1. Turn By Turn navigation informa play modes" on page 4-53.
tion 4
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
NOTICE
Road Signs and Turn By Turn navi
gation information are available
depending on the region.
4 79
Features of your vehicle Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance Warn WARNING

ing (PDW) (if equipped)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system is a supplementary function
system assists the driver when the only. The operation of Reverse
vehicle is moving in reverse by chim Parking Distance Warning system
ing if any object is detected within a can be affected by several factors
distance of 120 cm behind the vehi (including environmental condi
cle. tions). It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the area
behind the vehicle before and while
backing up.
Operation of Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning system
Operating condition
䳜 This system will activate when
OSP2I049043
backing up with the ENGINE
This system is a supplemental sys START/STOP button ON.
tem and it is not intended to nor If the vehicle is moving at a speed
does it replace the need for extreme over 5 km/h, the system may not
care and attention of the driver. The be activated correctly.
sensing range and objects detect 䳜 The sensing distance while the
able by the back sensors (1) are lim back-up warning system is in
ited. Whenever backing-up, pay as operation is approximately 120
much attention to what is behind cm from the central area of the
you as you would in a vehicle with rear bumper and 60 cm from the
out a Reverse Parking Distance side area of the rear bumper.
Warning system 䳜 When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
4 80
Types of warning sound There is rain or water spraying

nearby.
Warning
Distance from object Wireless transmitters or mobile
indicator
When an object is 60 cm to phones are within range of the
120 cm (24 in. to 47 in.) sensor.
from the rear bumper: The sensor is covered with snow.
Buzzer beeps intermittently Trailer towing
When an object is 30 cm to
60 cm (12 in. to 24 in.) from The detecting range may decrease
the rear bumper: Buzzer when:
beeps more frequently. The sensor is covered with foreign
When an object is within matter such as snow or water.
30 cm (12 in.) of the rear (The sensing range will return to
bumper: Buzzer beeps
continuously. normal when removed.) 4
Outside air temperature is
Non-operational conditions of extremely hot or cold.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system
The following objects may not be
Reverse Parking Distance Warning recognized by the sensor:
system may not operate properly Sharp or slim objects such as
when: ropes, chains or small poles.
Moisture is frozen to the sensor. Objects which tend to absorb the
(It will operate normally once the frequency emitted by the sensor
moisture clears.) such as clothes, sound absorbent
The sensor is covered with foreign material or snow.
matter, such as snow or water, or There are undetectable objects
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will smaller than 1 m in height and
operate normally when the mate narrower than 14 cm in diameter.
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.) Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Driving on uneven road surfaces system precautions
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, The sound of Reverse Parking
gradient). Distance Warning system may
Objects generating excessive change depending on the speed
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor and shape of the objects
cycle engines, or truck air brakes) detected.
are within range of the sensor.
4 81
䳜 Reverse Parking Distance Warning WARNING

system may malfunction if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor Pay close attention when the vehicle
installation has been modified or is driven close to objects on the
damaged. Any non-factory road, particularly pedestrians, and
installed equipment or accesso especially children. Be aware that
ries may also interfere with the some objects may not be detected
sensor performance. by the sensors, due to the object's
䳜 The sensor may not recognize distance, size or material, all of
objects less than 40 cm from the which can limit the effectiveness of
sensor, or it may sense an incor the sensor. Always perform a visual
rect distance. Use caution. inspection to make sure the vehicle
䳜 When the sensor is frozen or cov is clear of all obstructions before
ered with snow, dirt, or water, the moving the vehicle in any direction.
sensor may be inoperative until
the material is removed using a
Self-diagnosis
soft cloth.
䳜 To prevent damage, do not push, If you don't hear an audible warning
scratch or strike the sensor. sound or if the buzzer sounds inter
mittently when shifting the gear to
NOTICE the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in Reverse
This system can only sense objects
Parking Distance Warning system. If
within the range and location of the
this occurs, have your vehicle
sensors; It can not detect objects in
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
other areas where sensors are not
as soon as possible.
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be WARNING
detected by the sensors. Your new vehicle warranty does not
Always visually check behind the cover any accidents or damage to
vehicle when backing up. the vehicle or injuries to its occu
Be sure to inform any drivers of the pants due to a Reverse Parking Dis
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with tance Warning system malfunction.
the system regarding the systems Always drive safely and cautiously.
capabilities and limitations.
4 82
Features of your vehicle Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis The sensing range and objects

tance Warning (PDW) (if detectable by the sensors (1) are
equipped) limited. Whenever moving while
using Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance tance Warning system, pay as much
Warning system assists the driver attention to what is in front and
during movement of the vehicle by behind you as you would in a vehicle
chiming if any object is sensed without Forward/Reverse Parking
within the distance of 100 cm in Distance Warning system.
front and 120 cm behind the vehicle.
Rear WARNING
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system should only be con 4
sidered as a supplementary func
tion. The driver must check the
front and rear view. The operational
function of Forward/Reverse Park
ing Distance Warning system can be
affected by many factors and con
ditions of the surroundings, so the
OSP2I049043 responsibility rests always with the
Front driver.
OSP2I049042
4 83
(PDW)
Operation of Forward/Reverse 䳜 When more than two objects are

Parking Distance Warning system sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
Operating condition first.
䳜 The side sensors are activated
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
䳜 If the vehicle speed is above 20
km/h, the system automatically
turns off. To activate again, push
the button.
NOTICE
OSP2I049044 It may not operate if it's distance
䳜 This system activates when the from the object is already less than
Parking Distance Warning system approximately 25 cm when the sys
button is pressed with the tem is ON.
ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
䳜 The indicator of the Parking Dis
tance Warning system button
turns on automatically and acti
vates Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system when
you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
䳜 The sensing distance while back
ing up is approximately 120 cm
when you are driving less than 10
km/h.
䳜 The sensing distance while mov
ing forward is approximately 100
cm when you are driving less than
10 km/h.
4 84
(PDW)
Type of warning indicator and sound
Distance from Warning indicator

Warning sound
object When driving forward When driving reverse
60 ~100 cm Front - Buzzer beeps intermittently
60 ~120 cm Rear - Buzzer beeps intermittently
Front Buzzer beeps frequently

30~60 cm
Rear - Buzzer beeps frequently

4
Front Buzzer beeps continuously
30 cm
Rear - Buzzer beeps continuously
NOTICE NOTICE
䳜 The actual warning sound and 䳜 This system can only sense
indicator may differ from the objects within the range and loca
illustration depending on the tion of the sensors; it cannot
objects or sensor status. detect objects in other areas
䳜 Do not wash the vehicle's sensor where sensors are not installed.
with high pressure water. Also, small or slim objects, such as
poles or objects located between
sensors may not be detected by
the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
䳜 Be sure to inform any drivers of
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the system regarding the
system's capabilities and limita
tions.
4 85
(PDW)
Non-operational conditions of For There is a possibility of Forward/

ward/Reverse Parking Distance Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Warning system malfunction when:
䳜 Driving on uneven road surfaces
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance such as unpaved roads, gravel,
Warning system may not operate
bumps, or gradient.
normally when:
䳜 Objects generating excessive
䳜 Moisture is frozen to the sensor. noise such as vehicle horns, loud
(It will operate normally when motorcycle engines, or truck air
moisture melts.) brakes can interfere with the
䳜 Sensor is covered with foreign sensor.
matter, such as snow or water, or 䳜 Heavy rain or water spray.
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will 䳜 Wireless transmitters or mobile
operate normally when the mate phones present near the sensor.
rial is removed or the sensor is no 䳜 Sensor is covered with snow.
longer blocked.)
䳜 Sensor is stained with foreign Detecting range may decrease
matter such as snow or water. when:
(Sensing range will return to nor 䳜 Outside air temperature is
mal when removed.) extremely hot or cold.
䳜 The Parking Distance Warning 䳜 There are undetectable objects
system button is off. smaller than 1 m and narrower
than 14 cm in diameter.
The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:
䳜 Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
䳜 Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
4 86
(PDW)
NOTICE NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound con This system can only sense objects
sistently depending on the speed within the range and location of the
and shapes of the objects sensors; it cannot detect objects in
detected. other areas where sensors are not
2. Forward/Reverse Parking Dis installed. Also, small or slim objects,
tance Warning system may mal or objects located between sensors
function if the vehicle bumper may not be detected.
height or sensor installation has Always visually check in front and
been modified. Any non-factory behind the vehicle when driving. Be
installed equipment or accesso sure to inform any drivers in the
ries may also interfere with the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
sensor performance. the system regarding the systems 4
3. Sensor may not recognize objects capabilities and limitations.
less than 30 cm from the sensor,
or it may sense an incorrect dis
tance. Use with caution. WARNING
4. When the sensor is frozen or Pay close attention when the vehicle
stained with snow or water, the is driven close to objects on the
sensor may be inoperative until road, particularly pedestrians, and
the stains are removed using a especially children. Be aware that
soft cloth. some objects may not be detected
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the by the sensors, due to the objects
sensor with any hard objects that distance, size or material, all of
could damage the surface of the which can limit the effectiveness of
sensor. Sensor damage could the sensor. Always perform a visual
occur. inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
4 87
Features of your vehicle Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Self-diagnosis Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if

When you shift the gear to the R equipped)
(Reverse) position and if one or Rear View Monitor system is a sup
more of the below occurs you may plemental system that shows the
have a malfunction in Forward/ area behind the vehicle on the mul
Reverse Parking Distance Warning timedia system screen to assist you
system. when parking or backing up.
䳜 You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently.
䳜 (blinks) is displayed.
If this occurs, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
WARNING
OSP2I049045
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu
pants. Always drive safely and cau
tiously.
OSP2I049046
Rear View Monitor system with

parking guidance will activate when
the engine is running and the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
4 88
Features of your vehicle Rear View Monitor (RVM)
WARNING NOTICE
䳜 This system is a supplementary No guidelines will be shown when
function only. It is the responsibil the DRVM is switched ON. The RVM
ity of the driver to always check system has higher priority com
the inside/outside rearview mirror pared to the DRVM system.
and the area behind the vehicle
before and while backing up
because there is a dead zone that
can't be seen through the camera.
䳜 Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with for
eign matter, the camera may not
operate normally. 4
Driving rear view monitoring

(DRVM) system (if equipped)
The driving rear view monitoring You can turn off the DRVM by doing
(DRVM) system is used to switch on one of following:
the rear view camera when driving Press any hardware button on the
forward. head unit.
Press the back button on the
You can turn on the system in
DRVM output screen.
DRVM menu in AVN screen.
If an automatic transmission is
equipped, change the gear to the
P position.
If a manual transmission is
equipped, engage the parking
brake.
4 89

JG
FRVJQQFE
1. The 0 Degree Camera

0 Degree Camera system is system button (SVM button)
(1, indicator ON) is pressed.
Features of your vehicle Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
䳜 If the system is not operating Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)

normally, the system should be (if equipped)
checked by a professional work
Blind-Spot View Monitor system
authorized Kia dealer/service displays the driver's and passenger's
partner. side rear view area including some
blind area which cannot be viewed
from RVM system.
WARNING
The system is a supplementary
driving assist system. Make sure to
check the vehicle's surroundings
yourself for safety. Do not solely
rely on what is displayed on the 4
screen. What you see on the screen
may differ from the actual vehicle's
location.
OSP2I049098
NOTICE
To turn on BVM
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally When BVM is enabled in the set
if the lens is covered with foreign tings.
material. 1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. The turn signal is activated.
To turn off BVM

1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position.
2. The turn signal is deactivated.
3. Other warning screen pops up and
takes priority over BVM.
4 91
Features of your vehicle Lighting
WARNING Lighting
Like all assistance system, BVM This vehicle is equipped with a vari
system has limitations. Sole-reli ety of lights to illuminate the inte
ance on the system may result in a rior and exterior of the vehicle.
collision.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being
WARNING
discharged, do not leave the head
䳜 ALWAYS look around your vehicle light and interior light on for a pro
to make sure there are no objects longed time while the engine is not
or obstacles before moving the running.
vehicle in any direction to prevent
a collision.
䳜 Objects are closer than they Battery saver function
appear. Failure to visually confirm The purpose of this feature is to
that is safe to change the lane prevent the battery from being dis
before doing so may result in charged if the lights are left in the
crash and serious injury or death. ON position. The system automati
䳜 Always keep the camera lens cally shuts off the position lamp 30
clean. The camera may not work seconds after the vehicle is turned
normally if the lens is covered off and the driver's door is opened
with foreign material. and closed.
With this feature, the position lamp
will turn off automatically if the
driver parks on the side of the road
at night and opens the driver's side
door.
If necessary, to keep the position
lamp on when the vehicle is turned
off, perform the following:
1. Open the driver-side door.
2. Turn the position lamp OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
4 92
Daytime Running Light (DRL) (if To operate the lights, turn the knob
equipped) at the end of the control lever to
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) one of the following positions:
can make it easier for others to see 1. OFF position
the front of your vehicle during the 2. Auto light position
day. 3. Position & Tail lamp
4. Headlight position
The DRL can be helpful in many dif
ferent driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and Position & Tail lamp
before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
䳜 The headlight switch is on. 4
䳜 The vehicle is off.
䳜 The front fog light is on.
䳜 Engaging the Parking Brake.
Lighting control
OSP2I049049
The light switch has a headlight and
When the light switch is in the posi
a position lamp position.
tion lamp position, the front position
lamp and auxiliary lamp (if
equipped), tail, license light will turn
ON.
NOTICE
Auxiliary lamp will be ON only in
position lamp condition.
OSP2I049048
4 93
Head light (Low Beam) Auto light (if equipped)
OSP2I049051
OSP2I049050
When the light switch is in the head When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, head light (low beam), light position, the taillights and
tail, license light will turn ON. headlights will turn ON or OFF auto
matically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the CAUTION
ON position to turn on the head
lights. 䳜 Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the instru
ment panel as this will ensure
better auto-light system control.
䳜 Don't clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
䳜 If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work prop
erly.
4 94
Operating high beam
OSP2I049053
OSP2I049052 It will return to the normal (low

To turn on the high beam headlamp: beam) position when released.
The headlight switch does not 4
䳜 Push the lever away from you.
need to be on to use this flashing
The lever will return to its original
feature.
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams Operating turn signals and lane
are switched on. change signals
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles. Using high beam
could obstruct the other driver's
vision.
To flash the headlights:

䳜 Pull the lever towards you.
OSP2I049054
The ENGINE START/STOP button

must be on for the turn signals to
function.
To turn on the turn signals:
䳜 Move the lever up or down (A).
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating.
4 95
They will self-cancel after a turn Operating front fog light (if
is completed. If the indicator con equipped)
tinues to flash after a turn, man
ually return the lever to the OFF Fog lights are designed to provide
position. improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
To signal a lane change:
䳜 Move the turn signal lever slightly
and hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF
position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replace
ment.
OSP2I049055
One-touch lane change function The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the
To activate a one-touch lane change
on position after the headlight is
function, move the turn signal lever
turned on.
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 To turn off the fog lights:
times. 䳜 Turn the fog light switch (1) to
the ON position.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
CAUTION
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) by selecting "User Settings → When in operation, the fog lights
Lights → One Touch Turn signal". consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec
tion in the circuit.
4 96
Headlight leveling device

Switch
Loading condition
position
Driver only 0
Driver + Front passenger 0
Full passengers (including
1
driver)
Full passengers (including
driver) + Maximum permis 2
sible loading
OSP2I049056 Driver + Maximum permissi
3
To adjust the headlight beam level ble loading
according to the number of the pas 4
sengers and loading weight in the
luggage area, turn the beam leveling
switch.
The higher the number of the
switch position, the lower the head
light beam level. Always keep the
headlight beam at the proper level
ing position, or headlights may daz
zle other road users.
Listed below are the examples of
proper switch settings. For loading
conditions other than those listed
below, adjust the switch position so
that the beam level may be the
nearest as the condition obtained
according to the list.
4 97
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers B: Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment
The wipers and washers remove
foreign substances from the wind C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
shield and rear window, helping to D: Rear wiper/washer control
maintain visibility. 䳜 HI 䳍 Continuous wipe
Front windshield wiper/washer 䳜 LO 䳍 Intermittent wipe
䳜 OFF 䳍 Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or
ice is removed before using the
OSP2I049057
windshield wipers to ensure proper
Rear windshield wiper/washer operation. If you do not remove the
snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and wash-er, it may damage
the wiper and washer system.
OSP2I049061
A: Wiper speed control (front)

䳜 MIST 䳍 Single wipe
䳜 OFF 䳍 Off
䳜 INT 䳍 Intermittent wipe
AUTO* 䳍 Rain sensing wipe
䳜 LO 䳍 Low wiper speed
䳜 HI 䳍 High wiper speed
4 98
3BJO TFOTJOH XJQFST 䳜 Do not touch the upper end of the

DPOUSPM JG FRVJQQFE
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
䳜 Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or
wet cloth.
䳜 Do not put pressure on the wind
shield glass.
CAUTION
䳜 When washing the vehicle, set the
OSP2I049062
wiper switch in the OFF position
The rain sensor (A) located on the to stop the auto wiper operation. 4
upper end of the windshield glass The wiper may operate and be
senses the amount of rainfall and damaged if the switch is set in the
controls the wiping cycle for the AUTO mode while washing the
proper interval. The more it rains, vehicle.
the faster the wiper operates. When 䳜 Do not remove the sensor cover
the rain stops, the wiper stops. located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
To vary the speed setting, turn the Damage to system parts could
speed control knob (1). occur and may not be covered by
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO your vehicle warranty.
mode when the ignition switch is 䳜 When starting the vehicle in win
ON, the wiper will operate once to ter, set the wiper switch in the
OFF position. Otherwise, wipers
perform a self-check of the system.
may operate and ice may damage
Set the wiper to OFF position when
the windshield wiper blades.
the wiper is not in use.
Always remove all snow and ice
and defrost the windshield prop
CAUTION erly prior to operating the wind
shield wipers.
When the ignition switch is ON and
䳜 When tinting the windshield, be
the windshield wiper switch is
careful of any fluid getting into
placed in the AUTO mode, use cau
the sensor located in the top cen
tion in the following situations to
ter of the front windshield. It may
avoid any injury to the hands or
damage the related parts.
other parts of the body:
4 99
Operating windshield washers WARNING

Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
CAUTION
OSP2I049093
䳜 To prevent possible damage to
1. Move the wiper speed control the wipers or windshield, do not
switch to In OFF position. operate the wipers when the
2. Pull the lever gently toward you windshield is dry.
to spray washer fluid on the
䳜 To prevent damage to the wiper
windshield and to run the wipers
blades, do not use petrol, kero
1-3 cycles. Use this function
when the windshield is dirty. The sene, paint thinner, or other sol
spray and wiper operation will vents on or near them.
continue until you release the 䳜 To prevent damage to the wiper
lever. arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
If the washer does not work, check
manually.
the washer fluid level. If the fluid
䳜 To prevent possible damage to
level is not sufficient, you will need
the wipers and washer system,
to add appropriate non-abrasive
use anti-freezing washer fluids in
windshield washer fluid to the
the winter season or cold
washer reservoir.
weather.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the motor compart
ment on the passenger side. Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
CAUTION The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
To prevent possible damage to the
wiper and washer switch lever.
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
4 100
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
䳜 Turn the switch to the desired Interior lights

position to operate the rear wiper
This vehicle is equipped with lights
and washer.
throughout the vehicle to illuminate
the interior.
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
OSP2I049094
WARNING 4
䳜 HI / 2 - Normal wiper operation
䳜 LO / 1 - Intermittent wiper Do not use the interior lights when
operation (if equipped) driving in the dark. Accidents could
䳜 OFF / O - Wiper is not in opera happen because the view may be
tion obscured by interior lights.
䳜 Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run
the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. Automatic turn off function (if
equipped)
The interior lights automatically
turn off approximately 20 minutes
after the ENGINE START/STOP but
ton is turned off, if the lights are in
the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior
lights automatically turn off
OSP2I049095 approximately 5 seconds after the
The spray and wiper operation will system is armed.
continue until you release the lever.
4 101
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
Map lamp long as the doors are not

Type A opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp
will stay on for approximately
20 minutes if a door is opened
with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF posi
tion.
will stay on continuously if the
door is opened with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON
OSP2I049099
position.
Type B - The map lamp and room lamp
will go out immediately if the
changed to the ON position or
all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode,
press the DOOR button (2) once
again (not pressed).
䳜 (3): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps on
OSP2I049058
and off.
䳜 Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp. NOTICE
To turn the map lamp OFF press The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
the lens (1) again. can not be selected at a time.
䳜 (2): DOOR mode
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approx
imately 30 seconds.
come on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are
unlocked with a smart key as
4 102
Features of your vehicle Welcome system
Room lamp Welcome system (if equipped)

The welcome system is a function
that illuminates the surroundings or
the interior when the driver
approaches or exits the vehicle.
Headlight (headlamp) escort func

tion
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 min
OBDC049059RE
utes after the vehicle is turned off.
䳜 (1): The light stays on at all times. However, if the driver's door is
opened and closed, the headlights 4
Luggage room lamp (if equipped) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the
smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlight or
Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
OSP2I049059
tailgate) are locked and closed, the
The luggage room lamp comes on
room lamp will come on for 30 sec
when the tailgate is opened.
onds if any of the following occurs:
䳜 With the smart key system
CAUTION - When the door unlock button is
The luggage room lamp comes on as pressed on the smart key.
long as the tailgate opens. To pre - When the button of the outside
vent unnecessary charging system door handle is pressed.
drain, close the tailgate securely At this time, if you press the door
after using the luggage room. lock button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
4 103
Features of your vehicle Defroster
%FGSPTUFS JG FRVJQQFE
The vehicle is equipped with a

defroster for removing frost or fog
from the rear window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conduc
tors bonded to the inside surface of OSP2I049325
the rear window, never use sharp
To activate the rear window
instruments or window cleaners
defroster:
containing abrasives to clean the
䳜 Press the rear window defroster
window.
button located in the heater con
trol panel.
If you want to defrost and defog the The indicator on the rear window
front windshield, refer to "Wind defroster button illuminates
shield defrosting and defogging" on when the defroster is ON.
page 4-122. The rear window defroster auto
matically turns off after approxi
Operating rear window defroster mately 20 minutes or when the
The defroster heats the window to turned off.
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
To turn off the defroster:
the rear window, while the engine is
䳜 Press the rear window defroster
on.
button again.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
4 104
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
Climate control system Operation tips

The climate control system uses 䳜 To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
cooling and heating to help maintain from entering the vehicle through
a pleasant environment inside the the ventilation system, tempo
vehicle. rarily set the air intake control to
the recirculated air position. Be
sure to return the control to the
System operation
fresh air position when the irrita
tion has passed to keep fresh air
Ventilation in the vehicle. This will help keep
1. Set the mode to the position. the driver alert and comfortable.
2. Set the air intake control to the 䳜 Air for the heating/cooling system
outside (fresh) air position. is drawn in through the grilles just
4
3. Set the temperature control to at the base of the windshield.
the desired position. Care should be taken that these
4. Set the fan speed control to the are not blocked by leaves, snow,
desired speed. ice or other obstructions.
䳜 To prevent fog from forming on
Heating the inside of the windshield:
- Set the air intake control to the
1. Set the mode to the position.
fresh air position and the fan
2. Set the air intake control to the
speed to the desired position.
outside (fresh) air position.
- Turn on the air conditioning
3. Set the temperature control to
system, and adjust the tem
the desired position.
perature control to desired
4. Set the fan speed control to the
temperature.
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system
on.
䳜 If the windshield fogs up, set
the mode to the or
position.
4 105
Air conditioning (A/C) Air conditioning system operation

All Kia air conditioning systems are tips
filled with R-134a refrigerant. 䳜 If the vehicle has been parked in
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C direct sunlight during hot
button. weather, open the windows for a
short time to let the hot air inside
2. Set the mode to the position.
the vehicle escape.
3. Set the air intake control to the 䳜 To help reduce moisture inside of
outside-air or recirculated air the windows on rainy or humid
position. days, decrease the humidity
4. Adjust the fan speed control and inside the vehicle by operating the
temperature control to maintain air conditioning system.
maximum comfort. 䳜 During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
CAUTION notice a slight change in vehicle
Excessive Air conditioning Use speed as the air conditioning
When using the air conditioning sys compressor cycles. This is a nor
tem, monitor the temperature mal characteristic of system
gauge closely while driving up hills or operation.
in heavy traffic when outside tem 䳜 To ensure maximum system per
peratures are high. Air conditioning formance, the air conditioning
system operation may cause vehicle system should be ran for a few
overheating. Continue to use the minutes each month.
blower fan but turn the air condi 䳜 When using the air conditioning
tioning system off if the tempera system, you may notice clear
ture gauge indicates vehicle water dripping (or even puddling)
overheating. on the ground under the passen
ger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal characteristic of system
CAUTION operation.
䳜 Operating the air conditioning
The air conditioning system should
system in the recirculated air
only be used with the windows and
position provides maximum cool
sunroof closed to prevent conden
ing; however, continual operation
sation inside the vehicle that may
in this mode may cause the air
cause damage to electrical compo
inside the vehicle to become stale.
nents.
䳜 During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air
4 106
flow because of rapid cooling and If dust or other pollutants accumu

humid air intake. This is a normal late in the filter over a period of
characteristic of system opera time, the air flow from the air vents
tion. may decrease. This leads to mois
ture accumulating on the inside of
Climate control air filter the windshield even when the out
The climate control air filter side (fresh) air position is selected. If
installed behind the glove box filters this happens, have the climate con
the dust or other pollutants that trol air filter replaced by a profes
come into the vehicle from the out sional workshop. Kia recommends to
side through the heating and air visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser
conditioning system. vice partner.
4
NOTICE
䳜 Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air condi
tioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
ODEEV068230NR
䳜 When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system
A: Outside air
checked by a professional work
B: Recirculated air shop. Kia recommends to visit an
C: Climate control air filter authorized Kia dealer/service
partner.
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
Checking the amount of air condi
F: Heater core tioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air
conditioning system.
4 107
Therefore, if abnormal operation is correct type and amount of oil and

found, have the system inspected refrigerant is used.
by a professional workshop. Kia rec Otherwise, it may cause damage to
ommends to visit an authorized Kia the vehicle and personal injury.
WARNING Air conditioning refrigerant label

Example
The oil and refrigerant in your vehi
cle's air conditioning system is
under very high pressure. If proper
service procedures are not followed
an explosion may result. To reduce
the risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced by
trained and certified Kia technicians.
OSP2I049091
CAUTION * The actual air conditioning refrig
It is important that the correct type erant label in the vehicle may dif
and amount of oil and refrigerant is fer from the illustration.
used, otherwise, damage to the
Each symbol and specification on
vehicle may occur. To prevent dam
the air conditioning refrigerant label
age, the air conditioning system in
is represented below:
your vehicle should only be serviced
1. Classification of refrigerant
by trained and certified Kia techni
2. Amount of refrigerant
cians.
3. Classification of Compressor lubri
cant
WARNING Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page
Vehicles equipped with R-134a* 9-12 for more detail on the location
of air conditioning refrigerant label.
Because the refrigerant is at
very high pressure, the air
conditioning system should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that the
4 108
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system
Manual climate control system (if equipped)

The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help main
tain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
4
OSP2I049300
1. Fan speed control knob

2. Air intake control button
3. Mode selection knob
4. Temp control knob
5. Air conditioning (A/C) button
6. Rear window defroster (if equipped)
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the igni
tion switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to dis
charge. Operate the blower when
4 109
Heating and air conditioning
OSP2I049301
1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
䳜 Heating:
䳜 Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
4 110
Mode selection Floor-Level (A, C, D, F)

The mode selection buttons control
the direction of the air flow through Most of the air flow is directed to
the ventilation system. the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the wind
shield, side window defrosters and
side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to

the floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters and side air 4
OSP2I049302
vents.
Air can be directed to the floor, Defrost-Level (A, D)
dashboard outlets, or windshield.
Five symbols are used to represent Most of the air flow is directed to
Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost the windshield with a small amount
and Defrost air position. of air directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the Instrument panel vents

upper body and face. Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.
OSP2I049303
You can adjust the direction of air

delivered from these vents using the
vent control lever as shown.
4 111
Temperature control To change the air intake control

The temperature control knob position.
allows you to control the tempera 䳜 Push the desired control button
ture of the air flowing from the ven
Recirculated air position
tilation system.
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when
the recirculated air posi
tion is selected.
With the recirculated air position
selected, air from the passenger
compartment will be drawn through
the heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
OSP2I049304
Outside (fresh) air position
To change the air temperature in
The indicator light on the
the passenger compartment, turn button will turn off when
the knob to the right for warm and the outside (fresh) air
hot air or to the left for cooler air. position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air position
Controlling air intake selected, air enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
The air intake control is used to
according to the function selected.
select the outside (fresh) air posi
tion or recirculated air position.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and make the air in the
passenger compartment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
OSP2I049306
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
4 112
WARNING
䳜 Continue using the climate control
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure
visibility.
䳜 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or OSP2I049307
death due to a drop in the oxygen 䳜 Setting the fan speed control
level and/or body temperature. knob to the "0" position turns off
䳜 Continue using the climate control the fan. 4
position can cause drowsiness or Turning off the blowers
sleepiness, and loss of vehicle To turn off the blowers:
control. Set the air intake control 䳜 Turn the fan speed control knob
to the outside (fresh) air position to the "0" position.
as much as possible while driving.
Controlling fan speed

The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the
air flowing from the ventilation sys
tem.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position for fan OSP2I049308
operation.
To change the fan speed:
䳜 Turn the knob to the right for
higher speed or left for lower
speed.
4 113
Air conditioning (A/C)
OSP2I049309
䳜 Press the A/C button to turn the

air conditioning system on (indi
cator light will illuminate).
䳜 Press the button again to turn the
air conditioning system off.
4 114
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)

The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help
maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
4
OSP2I049310
1. Driver's temperature control button

2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front windshield defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning (A/C) button
6. Air intake control button
7. OFF button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10.Climate control display
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the igni
tion switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to dis
charge. Operate the blower when
4 115
Heating and air conditioning auto - Front windshield defroster but

matically ton (Press the button one more
1. Press the AUTO button. time to deselect the front
The modes, fan speeds, air intake windshield defroster function.
and air-conditioning will be con The AUTO sign will illuminate on
trolled automatically by setting the information display once
the temperature. again.)
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be con
trolled manually while other func
tions operate automatically.
䳜 For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature
to 22 C (72 F).
OSP2I049311
2. Turn the temperature control

switch to the desired tempera NOTICE
ture. Never place anything over the sen
sor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
OSP2I049312
NOTICE
䳜 To turn the automatic operation OSP2049044
off, select any button or switch of

the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
4 116
Heating and air conditioning manually

The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing but
tons other than the AUTO button.
OSP2I049301
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of but
tons selected.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
䳜 Heating:
䳜 Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to fully automatic control of the sys
tem.
4 117
Mode selection Floor-Level (A, C, D, F)

The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through Most of the air flow is directed to
the ventilation system. the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the wind
shield, side window defrosters and
side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, F)

the floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters and side air
OSP2I049313
vents.
The air flow outlet ports are
switched in the following sequence: Defrost-Level (A, D)
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the

upper body and face. Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
OSP2I049314
Bi-Level (B, C, D, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face the windshield with a small amount
and the floor. of air directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
4 118
Instrument panel vents temperature setting, the air condi

tioning will operate continuously.
Changing temperature scale

You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahren
heit as follows:
䳜 While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 sec
onds or more.
OSP2I049303 The display will change from Centi
You can adjust the direction of air grade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahr
delivered from these vents using the enheit to Centigrade. If the battery 4
vent control lever as shown. has been discharged or discon
nected, the temperature mode dis
Temperature control play will reset to Centigrade.
Controlling air intake

This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
OSP2I049312
The temperature will increase to the

maximum (HI) by rotating the knob
clockwise direction.
The temperature will decrease to
OSP2I049315
the minimum (Lo) by rotating the
knob anti clock wise direction. To change the air intake control
position:
When rotating the knob, the tem
䳜 Push the desired control button.
perature will increase or decrease
by 0.5 C. When set to the lowest
4 119
Recirculated air position WARNING

With the recirculated air
position selected, air from 䳜 Continued climate control system
the passenger compart operation in the recirculated air
ment will be drawn through the position may allow humidity to
heating system and heated or increase inside the vehicle which
cooled according to the function may fog the glass and obscure
selected. visibility.
䳜 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
Outside (fresh) air position air conditioning or heating system
With the outside (fresh) air on. It may cause serious harm or
position selected, air death due to a drop in the oxygen
enters the vehicle from level and/or body temperature.
outside and is heated or cooled 䳜 Continued climate control system
according to the function selected. operation in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness or
NOTICE sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
Prolonged operation of the heater in control. Set the air intake control
the recirculated air position (without to the outside (fresh) air position
air conditioning selected) may cause as much as possible while driving.
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the pas
senger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
4 120
Controlling fan speed 䳜 Press the button again to turn the

air conditioning system off.
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button. Turning off the front air climate
control
To change the fan speed:
䳜 Press button right for higher
speed, or press button left for
lower speed.
OSP2I049318
䳜 Press the OFF button to turn off

the air climate control system.
However, you can still operate the
OSP2I049316
mode and air intake buttons as
To turn the fan speed control off: long as the ENGINE START/STOP
䳜 Press the OFF button. button is in the ON position.
Air conditioning (A/C)
OSP2I049317
䳜 Press the A/C button to turn the

air conditioning system on (indi
cator light will illuminate).
4 121
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and 䳜 Clear all snow and ice from the
defogging hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
When the windshield is covered with efficiency and to reduce the prob
frost or moisture, the front view is ability of fogging up the inside of
blurred, so you should remove the the windshield.
frost and moisture.
Defogging inside windshield with
WARNING manual climate control system
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The dif
ference between the temperature
of the outside air and the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position and OSP2I049319
fan speed control to the lower 1. Select any fan speed except "0"
speed. position.
2. Select desired temperature.
䳜 For maximum defrosting, set the 3. Select the or position.
temperature control to the 4. The outside (fresh) air and air
extreme right/hot position and conditioning will be selected auto
the fan speed control to the high matically.
est speed. If the air conditioning and outside
䳜 If warm air to the floor is desired (fresh) air position are not selected
while defrosting or defogging, set automatically, press the corre
the mode to the floor-defrost sponding button manually.
position.
䳜 Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win
dow, outside rear view mirrors,
and all side windows.
4 122
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
Defrosting outside windshield with 4. The outside (fresh) air position

manual climate control system will be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambi
ent temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corre
sponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan
OSP2I049320 speed.
1. Set the fan speed to the highest 4
(extreme right) position. Defrosting outside windshield with
2. Set the temperature to the automatic climate control
extreme hot position.
3. Select the position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning will be selected auto
matically.
Defogging inside windshield with

the automatic climate control
OSP2I049322
1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position
will be selected automatically and
OSP2I049321 the air conditioning will turn on
1. Set the fan speed to the desired according to the detected ambi
position. ent temperature.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4 123
Features of your vehicle Storage compartment
Storage compartment Center console storage

These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
CAUTION
䳜 To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
䳜 Always keep the storage com
OSP2I049066
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place To open the center console storage:
so many items in the storage 䳜 Pull up the cover.
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close Glove box
securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store, propane cylinders or
other flammable/explosive materi
als in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehi
cle is exposed to hot temperatures OSP2I049067
for extended periods. To open the glove box:

䳜 Pull the handle and the glove box
will automatically open.
Close the glove box after use.
4 124
WARNING WARNING
Glove Box 䳜 Do not keep objects except sun
To reduce the risk of injury in an glasses inside the sunglass holder.
accident or sudden stop, always Such objects can be thrown from
keep the glove box door closed while the holder in the event of a sud
driving. den stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
CAUTION 䳜 Do not open the sunglass holder
Do not keep food in the glove box while the vehicle is moving. The
for a long time. rear view mirror of the vehicle can
be blocked by an opened sunglass
holder. 4
Sunglass holder 䳜 Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder to prevent
breakage or deformation of the
glasses. It may cause personal
injury if you try to open it forcibly
when the glasses are jammed in
the holder.
OSP2I049068
To open the sunglass holder:

䳜 Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open.
Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out. To close the sun
glass holder push it up.
4 125
Luggage board Interior features

You can place first aid kit, reflector There are various features inside
triangle, etc. under the luggage the vehicle for the convenience of
board. the occupants.
Ambient light and Sound mood

lamp (if equipped)
The Ambient light and Sound mood
lamps (if equipped) are applied to
the front passenger's crash pad and
front door speakers.
OSP2I049070
1. Grasp the lift strap on the top of

the cover and lift it.
2. Fold the rear part of luggage
board frontward.
3. Lift up luggage board frontward
(Luggage board stand itself) OSP2I049423
OSP2I049422
When the headlamp light is on, the

ambient light is on at the same time
Sound mood lamps (if equipped)
could be set in the audio or infotain-
ment menu.
4 126
Features of your vehicle Interior features
Cup holder
WARNING
Front
Hot liquids
䳜 Do not place uncovered cups with
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you burn yourself.
Such a burn to the driver could
lead to loss of control of the vehi
cle.
䳜 To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden stop
OSP2I049073
or collision, do not place uncov
Rear (if equipped) ered or unsecured bottles, 4
glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct
sun light and do not put them in a
vehicle that is heated up. It may
OSP2I049074 explode.
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
NOTICE
䳜 Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec
tronic system and damage elec
trical/ electronic parts.
䳜 When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder at high
temperature. This may damage
the cup holder.
4 127
Sliding armrest (if equipped) 7FOUJMBUFE TFBU JG FRVJQQFE
Front seat
OSP2049090
To move forward: OSP2I049075
䳜 Grab the front portion of the The temperature setting of the seat
armrest (1) and pull it forward changes according to the switch
position.
WARNING 䳜 To ventilate your seat cushion,
press the switch.
Do not grab the front portion of the
Each time you press the switch,
armrest (1) when moving the arm
the airflow will change as follows:
rest rearward. It may pinch your
fingers.
To move rearward:
䳜 Push the armrest rearward with The seat warmer (with air ventila
your palm. tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned on.
CAUTION
Seat damage
䳜 When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and petrol. Doing so may dam
age the ventilated seat.
4 128
Sun visor Front

Use the sun visor to shield direct
light through the front or side win
dows.
OSP2I049077
The devices should draw less than

10 amps with the vehicle on. 4
OSP2I049076
䳜 To use the sun visor, pull it down WARNING

ward. 䳜 Use the power outlet only when
䳜 To use the sun visor for the side the vehicle is on and remove the
window, pull it downward, unsnap accessory plug after use. Using
it from the bracket (1) and swing
the accessory plug for prolonged
it to the side (2).
periods of time with the vehicle
off could cause the battery to
Power outlet
discharge.
The power outlet is designed to 䳜 Only use 12 V electric accessories
provide power for mobile tele which are less than 10 A in elec
phones or other devices designed to tric capacity.
operate with vehicle electrical sys 䳜 Adjust the air-conditioner or
tems. heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
䳜 Close the cover when not in use.
䳜 Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle's power
outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and mal
functions in other electronic sys
tems or devices used in your
vehicle.
4 129
䳜 Push the plug in as far as it will USB charger (if equipped)

go. If good contact is not made, The USB car charger allows drivers
the plug may overheat and the to charge their digital devices like
fuse may open. smartphone, and PC tablets.
䳜 Plug in battery equipped elec
tronic devices with reverse cur Front
rent protection. The current from
the battery may flow into the
vehicle's electrical/electronic sys
tem and cause system malfunc
tion.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign OSP2I049078
object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet Rear

and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
OSP2I049079
Connect the cable to the USB port,

charging will begin.
The USB car charger is available
with either the ACC state or the
ignition on. But we recommend you
to connect the USB port and digital
devices with the engine starting.
See the display screen of the device
to check its charging process com
4 130
pletion. Your smartphone or table CAUTION

PC could get heated up while
charging. This is no reason to worry, 䳜 Used the USB car charger with the
as it doesn't impact life or functions ignition on. Otherwise, Vehicle
of the device. For the safety reason, battery can be discharged.
charging can be stopped if the bat 䳜 Use the official USB cable of the
tery gets heated up to a certain manufacturer of the digital device
point of temperature that the to be charged.
devices can be negatively affected. 䳜 Make sure that any foreign object,
drinks, and water do not come
Charging some digital devices is not
into contact with the USB car
available or requires special dedi
charger. Water or foreign object
cated adapters if their charging
can damage the USB charger.
methods don't fit the way the USB
䳜 Do not use the device those cur 4
car charger works. Quick Charge 2.0
rent consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
is available on the smartphone or
䳜 Do not connect an electrical
the table PC equipped with fast
device that generates excessive
charging capabilities. The applicable
electromagnetic noise to the USB
is as follows: (https://www.qual
car port. If you do so, noise can be
comm.com/documents/quick-
caused or vehicle electronic
charge-device-list)
devices can be interrupted while
The smartphone or PC tablet with audio or AV is on.
out fast charging is charged at a 䳜 If the charger is connected incor
regular speed. rectly, it can cause serious dam
Rated output: age on the devices. Please note
that damages due to incorrect
䳜 Digital devices with fast charging:
usage are not covered by war
- 9.0 V, 1.67 A
ranty service.
䳜 Digital devices with normal
charging:
- 5.0 V, 2.1 A
4 131
Wireless smart phone charging WARNING

system (if equipped)
If any metallic object such as coins is
A wireless smart phone charging
located between the wireless
system is located in front of the
charging system and the smart
center console.
phone, the charging may be dis
rupted. Also, the metallic object may
heat up.
Wireless smart phone charging

1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
OSP2I049406
smart phone, the wireless
charging function may not oper
Firmly close all doors, and turn the ate properly.
ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start 2. Place the smart phone on the
wireless charging, place the smart center of the wireless charging
phone equipped with wireless pad.
charging function on the wireless 3. The indicator light will change to
charging pad. orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
For best wireless charging results, plete, the orange light will change
place the smart phone on the center to green.
of the charging pad. 4. You can choose to turn the wire
The wireless charging system is less charging function to either
ON or OFF by selecting the USM
designed for one smart phone
on the instrument cluster. (Please
equipped with QI only. Please refer
refer to "Instrument cluster" on
to the smart phone accessory cover page 4-46 for details).
or the smart phone manufacturer
If the wireless charging does not
homepage to check whether your
work, gently move your smart
smart phone supports QI function.
phone around the pad until the
charging indicator light turns yellow.
Depending on the smart phone, the
charging indicator light may not
4 132
turn green even after the charging CAUTION

is complete.
䳜 When the interior temperature of
If the wireless charging is not func the wireless charging system
tioning properly, the orange light rises above a set temperature,
will blink and flash for ten seconds the wireless charging will cease to
then turn off. In such cases, remove function. After the interior tem
the smart phone from the pad and perature drops below the thresh
replace it on the pad again, or dou old, the wireless charging function
ble check the charging status. will resume.
If you leave the smart phone on the 䳜 If there is any metallic object
charging pad when the vehicle igni between the smart phone and the
tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert wireless charging pad, immedi
you through warning messages and ately remove the smart phone. 4
sound (applicable for vehicles with Remove the metallic object after
voice guidance function) after the it has completely cooled down.
'Good bye' function on the instru 䳜 The wireless charging may not
ment cluster ends. function properly when there is a
heavy accessory cover on the
smart phone.
NOTICE
䳜 The wireless charging will stop
For some manufacturers' smart when using the wireless smart
phones, the system may not warn key search function to prevent
you even though the smart phone is radio wave disruption.
left on the wireless charging unit. 䳜 The wireless charging will stop
This is due to the particular charac when the smart key is moved out
teristic of the smart phone and not of the vehicle with the ignition in
a malfunction of the wireless ON.
charging. 䳜 The wireless charging will stop
when any of the doors is opened
(applicable for vehicles equipped
with smart keys).
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
when the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wire
less charging pad.
4 133
䳜 Items equipped with magnetic charging pad. It does not affect

components such as credit card, your vehicle or the smart phone in
telephone card, bankbook, any any way.
transportation ticket and such 䳜 The wireless cellular phone
may become damaged during charging system may not support
wireless charging. certain cellular phones, which are
䳜 Place the smart phone on the not verified for the Qi specifica
center of the charge pad for best tion ( ).
results. The smart phone may not
䳜 For certain cellular phones with
charge when placed near the rim
their own protection, the wireless
of the charging pad. When the
charging speed may decrease and
smart phone does get charged, it
the wireless charging may stop.
may heat up excessively.
䳜 For smart phones without builtin
wireless charging system, an Coat hook (if equipped)
appropriate accessory has to be
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab
equipped.
handle.
䳜 Smart phones of some manufac
turers may display messages on
weak current. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and does not imply a
malfunction on wireless charging
function.
䳜 The indicator light of some manu
facturers' smart phones may still
be yellow after the smart phone
is fully charged. This is due to the OSP2I049080
particular characteristic of the * This actual feature may differ

smart phone and not a malfunc from the illustration.
tion of the wireless charging.
䳜 When any smart phone without a
CAUTION
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the Hanging clothing
charging pad, a small noise may Do not hang heavy clothes, since
sound. This small sound is due to they may damage the hook.
the vehicle discerning compatibil
ity of the object placed on the
4 134
WARNING When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches
Do not hang other objects such as to the floor mat anchor(s) in your
hangers or hard objects except vehicle. This keeps the floor mat
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, from sliding forward.
sharp or breakable objects in the
clothing's pockets. In an accident or
WARNING
when the curtain air bag is inflated,
it may cause vehicle damage or After market floor mat
body injury. Do not install after market floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere 4
with pedal operation.
The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
䳜 Ensure that the floor mats are
ODEEV068209NR
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driv
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) ing the vehicle.
䳜 Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
䳜 Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g., all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted
floor mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each posi
tion.
OSP2I049081
4 135
Cargo area cover (if equipped) Side curtain (if equipped)

Use the cargo area cover to hide
items stored in the cargo area.
Removal and installation

To remove the cargo area cover:
1. Remove straps from both sides of
the cargo area cover.
OSP2I049082
To use the side curtain:

1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
If the curtain is hung on one side,
the curtain may be wrinkled.
OSP2049061
CAUTION
2. While lifting the cover up, hold the
area near the front slots. Then, 䳜 Do not hang any other object
pull up the cover at approximately except the side curtain on the
45 angle. hooks.
䳜 If you pull the door curtain or
WARNING apply force to return the curtain
to its original position after use,
Do not place objects on the cargo you may find the curtain wrinkled
area cover. Such objects may be or out of shape. To lower the door
thrown about inside the vehicle and curtain, be sure to put the handle
possibly injure vehicle occupants downward and slowly return the
during an accident or when braking. curtain to its original position.
䳜 Curtains may not work properly if
foreign objects (coins, toys, cook
CAUTION
ies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be
Since the cargo area cover may be careful that the foreign objects do
damaged or malformed, do not put not get into the door.
luggage on it when it is used.
4 136
Features of your vehicle Exterior features
Exterior features may need to be repositioned if

wind noise is detected.
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you CAUTION
can load cargo on top of your vehi
䳜 When carrying cargo on the roof
cle.
rack, take the necessary precau
tions to make sure the cargo does
not damage the roof of the vehi
cle.
䳜 When carrying large objects on
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length
4
or width.
䳜 When you are carrying cargo on
the roof rack, do not operate the
OSP2I049087 sunroof. (if equipped)
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from WARNING
an authorized Kia dealer/service 䳜 The following specification is the
partner or other qualified shop. maximum weight that can be
loaded onto the roof rack. Distrib
NOTICE ute the load as evenly as possible
across the crossbars (if equipped)
䳜 The crossbars (if equipped) should
and roof rack and secure the load
be placed in the proper load car
firmly.
rying positions prior to placing
items onto the roof rack. 70 kg
ROOF RACK
䳜 If the vehicle is equipped with a EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
sunroof, be sure not to position
Loading cargo or luggage in
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
excess of the specified weight
way that it could interfere with
limit on the roof rack may dam
sunroof operation.
age your vehicle.
䳜 When the roof rack is not being
used to carry cargo, the crossbars
4 137
Features of your vehicle Exterior features
䳜 The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
䳜 Always drive slowly and turn cor
ners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. Severe
wind updrafts, caused by passing
vehicles or natural causes, can
cause sudden upward pressure on
items loaded on the roof rack.
This is especially true when car
rying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off
the roof rack and cause damage
to your vehicle or others around
you.
䳜 To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check fre
quently before or while driving to
make sure the items on the roof
rack are securely fastened.
4 138
Infotainment system 5
Infotainment system
Audio system............................................................................. 5-3

䳜 Antenna.................................................................................... 5-3
䳜 USB port................................................................................... 5-3
䳜 How vehicle radio works........................................................ 5-4
Audio (Without Touch Screen) ................................................ 5-7
䳜 System layout 䳍 control panel ............................................. 5-7
䳜 System layout 䳍 steering wheel remote control .............. 5-9
䳜 Turning the system on or off............................................. 5-11
䳜 Turning the display on or off.............................................. 5-12
䳜 Getting to know the basic operations .............................. 5-12
䳜 Adjusting the settings ......................................................... 5-13
Radio ......................................................................................... 5-13
䳜 Turning on the radio ............................................................ 5-13
䳜 Changing the radio mode .................................................... 5-14
䳜 Scanning for available radio stations ................................ 5-15
䳜 Searching for radio stations ............................................... 5-15
䳜 Saving radio stations ........................................................... 5-15
䳜 Listening to saved radio stations ......................................5-16
䳜 FM/AM Mode ......................................................................... 5-16
Media Player ............................................................................ 5-16
䳜 Using the media player ....................................................... 5-16
䳜 Using the USB mode ............................................................ 5-17
Bluetooth ................................................................................. 5-21
䳜 Connecting Bluetooth devices ............................................ 5-21
䳜 Using a Bluetooth audio device .......................................... 5-24
䳜 Using a Bluetooth phone..................................................... 5-26
System status icons............................................................... 5-31
Infotainment system specifications.................................... 5-32
5 Infotainment system
䳜 USB..........................................................................................5-32
䳜 Bluetooth ...............................................................................5-33
Trademarks..............................................................................5-34
Infotainment system Audio system
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM USB port

You can use an USB port to plug in
Audio system an USB.
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
Antenna
Shark fin antenna (if equipped) OSP2I049090
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device 5
connected to the power outlet,
noise may occur during playback. If
this happens, use the power source
of the portable audio device.
OSP2I049088
The shark fin antenna will receive

the transmitted data.
5 3
How vehicle radio works AM reception
FM reception
ODEEV068217NR
AM broadcasts can be received at

ODEEV068216NR greater distances than FM broad
AM and FM radio signals are broad casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers waves are transmitted at low fre
located around your city. They are quencies. These long distance, low
intercepted by the radio antenna on frequency radio waves can follow
your vehicle. This signal is then pro the curvature of the earth rather
cessed by the radio and sent to your than traveling straight. In addition,
vehicle speakers. they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear. FM radio station
This can be due to factors, such as

the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio sta
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions
in the area.
ODEEV068219NR
5 4
FM broadcasts are transmitted at 䳜 Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals

high frequencies and do not bend to or large obstructions between the
follow the earth's surface. Because transmitter and your radio can
of this, FM broadcasts generally disturb the signal causing static or
begin to fade within short distances fluttering noises to occur. Reduc
from the station. Also, FM signals ing the treble level may lessen
are easily affected by buildings, this effect until the disturbance
mountains, and obstructions. This clears.
can lead to undesirable or unpleas 䳜 Station Swapping - As an FM sig
ant listening conditions which might nal weakens, another more pow
lead you to believe a problem exists erful signal near the same
with your radio. frequency may begin to play. This
is because your radio is designed
The following conditions are normal
to lock onto the clearest signal. If
and do not indicate radio trouble:
this occurs, select another station
䳜 Fading - As your vehicle moves
with a stronger signal.
away from the radio station, the
5
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select
another station with a stronger
signal.
ODEEV068220NR
䳜 Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio

signals being received from sev
eral directions can cause distor
tion or fluttering. This can be
caused by a direct and reflected
OSK3048403NR
signal from the same station, or
by signals from two stations with
close frequencies. If this occurs,
select another station until the
condition has passed.
5 5
Using a cellular phone or a two-

way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does
not mean that something is wrong
with the audio equipment. In such a
case, try to operate mobile devices
as far from the audio equipment as
possible.
CAUTION
When using a communication sys
tem such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa
rate external antenna must be fit
ted. When a cellular phone or a radio
set is used with only the internal
antenna, it may interfere with the
vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation
of the vehicle.
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
5 6
Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen)
Audio (Without Touch Screen)
System layout 䳍 control panel

With Bluetooth Wireless Technology
* The system's actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the
car model and specification.
1. SEEK/TRACK button 3. TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER but 5
䳜 Change the station/track/file. ton
䳜 While listening to the radio, 䳜 While listening to the radio, turn
press and hold to search for a to adjust the frequency.
station. 䳜 While playing media, turn to
䳜 While playing media, press and search for a track/file (except
hold to rewind or fast forward for the Bluetooth audio mode).
(except for the Bluetooth audio 䳜 While searching by turning the
mode). knob, press to select the cur
2. MENU button/CLOCK button rent track/file (except for the
䳜 Press to access the menu Bluetooth audio mode).
screen for the current mode.
䳜 Press and hold to access the
time setup screen.
5 7
With Bluetooth Wireless Technology
* The system's actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the
car model and specification.
4. AUDIO button 7. POWER button/VOL knob
䳜 Press to display the radio/ 䳜 Press to turn the system on or
media mode selection window. off.
䳜 When the mode selection win 䳜 Turn to the left or right to
dow displays, turn the [TUNE] adjust the system sound vol
knob to select the desired mode ume.
and then press the knob. 8. Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)
䳜 When the Mode popup is not 䳜 While listening to the radio,
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] ▶ press to listen to a saved radio
Mode popup, press the [AUDIO] station.
button on the control panel to 䳜 While listening to the radio,
change the mode. Each time
press and hold to save the cur
you press the [AUDIO] button
rent radio station to the preset.
on the control panel, the mode
䳜 In the USB/Bluetooth audio
switches to radio ▶ media in
modes, press the [1 RPT] but
order.
ton to change the repeat mode.
5. PHONE button
Press the [2 SHFL] button to
䳜 Press to start connecting a
mobile phone via Bluetooth. change the shuffle mode.
䳜 After a Bluetooth phone con 䳜 Press the [4 BACK] button to
nection is made, press to access return to the previous screen
the Bluetooth phone menu. (except for the radio preset
6. FAV button list).
䳜 While listening to the radio,
press to move to next page of
the preset list.
5 8
System layout 䳍 steering wheel 3. Volume lever

remote control 䳜 Push up or down to adjust the
Bluetooth equipped model volume.
4. Up/Down lever
䳜 Change the station/track/file.
push to listen to the previous/
next saved radio station.
push and hold to search for a
station.
䳜 While playing media, push and
hold to rewind or fast forward
* The system's actual appearance (except for the Bluetooth audio
and layout may differ depending mode).
䳜 While playing media push to lis
on the vehicle model and specifica
ten to the previous/next song. 5
tion.
5. Call/Answer button
1. MUTE button
䳜 Press to start connecting a
䳜 Press to mute or unmute the
mobile phone via Bluetooth.
system.
䳜 After a Bluetooth phone con
䳜 During a call, press to mute or
nection is made, press to access
unmute the microphone.
your call history. Press and hold
䳜 While playing media, press to
to dial the most recent phone
pause or resume playback. (if
number. When a call comes in,
equipped)
press to answer the call.
2. MODE button
䳜 During a call, press to switch
䳜 Press to switch between radio
between the active call and the
and media modes.
held call. Press and hold to
䳜 If no media is connected, each
switch the call between the
time this is pressed, it toggles
system and the mobile phone.
between the radio modes (FM
䳜 In 3-way call, swaps between
▶ AM ▶ FM).
calls.
䳜 Press and hold to turn the sys
6. Call end button
tem on or off.
䳜 When a call comes in, reject the
call.
䳜 During a call, end the call.
5 9
WARNING WARNING
About driving About handling the system
Do not operate the system while 䳜 Do not disassemble or modify the
driving. Driving while distracted system. Doing so may result in an
may result in a loss of vehicle accident, fire, or electric shock.
control, potentially leading to an 䳜 Do not allow liquids or foreign
accident, severe personal injury, substances to enter the system.
or death. Instead, use the steering
Liquids or foreign substances may
mounted controls to avoid
cause noxious fumes, a fire, or a
distraction. The driver's primary
responsibility is the safe and legal system malfunction.
operation of a vehicle, and any 䳜 Stop using the system if it mal
handheld devices, equipment, or functions, such as no audio output
vehicle systems which divert the or display. If you continue using
driver's attention from this the system when it is malfunc
responsibility should never be used tioning, it may lead to a fire, elec
during operation of the vehicle. tric shock, or system failure.
䳜 Avoid watching the screen while 䳜 Do not touch the antenna during
driving. Driving while distracted thunder or lightning because such
may lead to a traffic accident. an act may cause electric shock.
Stop your vehicle in a safe loca
tion before using functions that
require multiple operations. NOTICE
䳜 Stop your vehicle first before About operating the system
using your mobile phone. Using a 䳜 Use the system with the engine
mobile phone while driving may running. Using the system for a
lead to a traffic accident. If neces long time when the engine is
sary, use the Bluetooth Hands stopped may discharge the bat
free feature to make calls and tery.
keep the call as short as possible. 䳜 Do not install unapproved prod
䳜 Keep the volume low enough to ucts. Using unapproved products
hear external sounds. Driving may cause an error while using
without the ability to hear exter the system. System errors
nal sounds may lead to a traffic caused by installing unapproved
accident. Listening to a loud vol products are not covered under
ume for a long time may cause the warranty.
hearing damage.
5 10
SP2i_RHD.book Page 11 Monday, July 8, 2019 2:07 PM
NOTICE Turning the system on or off

To turn on the system, start the
About handling the system
engine.
䳜 Do not apply excessive force to
䳜 If you do not want to use the sys-
the system. Excessive pressure
tem while driving, you can turn
on the screen may damage the off the system by pressing the
LCD panel or the touch panel. [POWER] button on the control
䳜 When cleaning the screen or but- panel. To use the system again,
ton panel, make sure to stop the press the [POWER] button again.
engine and use a soft, dry cloth.
After you have turned off the
Wiping the screen or buttons with
engine, the system will automati-
a rough cloth or using solvents
cally turn off after a while or as
(alcohol, benzene, paint thinner,
soon as you open the driver's door.
etc.) may scratch or chemically
䳜 Depending on the vehicle model or
damage the surface.
specifications, the system may
If you attach a liquid-type air
turn off as soon as you turn off
freshener to the air conditioning 5
vents, the keyboard surface the engine.
underneath those vents may be 䳜 When you turn back on the sys-
deformed if the perfume spills tem, the previous mode and set-
on it. tings will remain intact.
䳜 If you want to change the position
of the installed device, please WARNING
inquire with your place of pur-
chase or service maintenance 䳜 Some functions may be disabled
centre. Technical expertise is for safety reasons while the vehi-
required to install or disassemble cle is moving. They work only
the device. when the vehicle stops. Park your
vehicle in a safe location before
NOTICE using any of them.
䳜 If you experience any problems 䳜 Stop using the system if it mal-
with the system, contact your functions, such as no audio output
place of purchase or dealer. or display. If you continue using
䳜 Placing the infotainment system the system when it is malfunc-
within an electromagnetic envi- tioning, it may lead to a fire, elec-
ronment may result in noise tric shock, or system failure.
interference.
5 11
NOTICE Getting to know the basic opera

tions
You can turn on the system when
You can select an item or adjust the
the key ignition switch is placed in
settings by using the number but
the "ACC" or "ON" position. Using the
tons and the [TUNE] knob on the
system for an extended period
control panel.
without the engine running drains
the battery. If you plan on using the
system for a long time, start the Selecting an item
engine.
Numbered items
Turning the display on or off

To prevent glare, you can turn off
the screen. The screen can be
turned off only while the system is
on.
1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
䳜 Press the corresponding number
select Display off, and then press
button.
the knob.
䳜 To turn the screen back on,
press any of the control panel Numberless items
buttons.
䳜 Turn the [TUNE] knob to choose

the desired item, and then press
the knob to select the item.
5 12
Infotainment system Radio
Adjusting the settings Radio
Turning on the radio

[AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window
䳜 Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
the value, and then press the select the desired radio mode and
knob to save changes. then press the knob.
䳜 Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right
to increase the value and turn the FM/AM Mode
[TUNE] knob to the left to
decrease the value.
5
1. Current radio mode
2. Radio station information
3. Preset list
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the fol
lowing menu options:
䳜 Autostore: Save radio stations to
the preset list.
䳜 Scan: The system searches for
radio stations with strong radio
signals and plays each radio sta
tion for about five seconds.
䳜 Sound settings: You can change
the settings related to sounds,
such as location where sound will
be concentrated and the output
level for each range.
- Position: Select a location
where sound will be concen
trated in the vehicle. Select
Fader or Balance, turn the
5 13
[TUNE] knob to select the 䳜 Date/Time: You can change the

desired position, and then press date and time that are shown on
the knob. To set sound to be the system display.
centred in the vehicle, select - Set date: Set date to display on
Centre. the system display.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output - Set time: Set time to display on
level for each sound tone mode. the system display.
- Sound experience: Select the - Time format: Select to display
location where sound is focused time in the 12 hour format or
in the vehicle between the the 24 hour format.
driver's seat and all other seats. - Display (Power Off): Set to dis
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the play the clock when the system
volume to be adjusted auto power is off.
matically according to your 䳜 Language: You can change the
driving speed. display language.
NOTICE Changing the radio mode

䳜 Depending on vehicle models or 1. On the control panel, press the
specifications, available options [AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window
may vary.
䳜 Depending on the system or
select the desired radio mode and
amplifier specifications applied to then press the knob.
your vehicle, available options 䳜 Each time you press the
may vary. [MODE] button on the steering
䳜 Mode popup: Set to display mode wheel, the radio mode switches
selection window when the to FM ▶ AM in order.
[AUDIO] button is pressed on the
control panel.
䳜 Bluetooth remote lock: Even if
Bluetooth remote control applica
tion is connected, if Set Lock
remote controls is enabled. Sys
tem cannot be operated via smart
phone application.
5 14
NOTICE Searching for radio stations

To search for the previous or next
When the Mode popup is not
available radio station, press the [<
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] ▶ Mode
SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button on
popup, press the [AUDIO] button on
the control panel.
the control panel to change the
radio mode. 䳜 You can also press and hold the [<
SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button
Each time you press the [AUDIO] to search for frequencies quickly.
button on the control panel, the When you release the button, a
radio mode switches to FM ▶ AM in radio station with a strong signal
order. is selected automatically.
If you know the exact frequency of
Scanning for available radio sta the radio station you want to listen
tions to, turn the [TUNE] knob on the
control panel to change the fre
You can listen to each radio station
quency.
for a few seconds to test the recep 5
tion and select the one you want.
1. From the radio screen, press the Saving radio stations
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the You can save your favourite radio
control panel. stations and listen to them by
2. When the option selection window selecting them from the preset list.
select Scan, and then press the
Saving the current radio station
knob.
䳜 The system searches for radio While listening to the radio, press
stations with strong radio sig and hold the desired number button
nals and plays each radio sta on the control panel.
tion for about five seconds. 䳜 The radio station you are listening
3. When you find the radio station to will be added to the selected
you want to listen to, press the number.
[TUNE] knob. 䳜 To save the next page of the pre
䳜 You can continue listening to set list, press the [FAV] button.
the selected station.
5 15
Infotainment system Media Player
NOTICE Media Player

䳜 You can save up to 12 radio sta Using the media player
tions in each mode.
You can play music stored in various
䳜 If a station is already saved to the
media storage devices, such as USB
selected preset number, the sta
storage devices, smartphones.
tion will be replaced by the station
1. Connect a device to the USB port
you are listening to.
in your vehicle.
䳜 Playback may start immedi
Using the auto save function ately depending on the device
that you connect to the sys
You can search for radio stations in
tem.
your area where there is a strong
signal. The results of your search [AUDIO] button.
can be saved to the preset list auto 3. When the mode selection window
matically. displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
1. From the radio screen, press the select the desired mode and then
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the press the knob.
control panel.
2. When the option selection window NOTICE
select Autostore, and then press 䳜 To start the media player, press
the knob. the [AUDIO] button on the control
panel.
Listening to saved radio stations 䳜 You can also change the mode by
press the [MODE] button repeat
FM/AM Mode edly on the steering wheel.
䳜 Make sure to connect or discon
1. Confirm the preset number for
the radio station you want to lis nect external USB devices with
ten to. the system power turned off.
䳜 To view the next page of the 䳜 When the Mode popup is not
preset list, press the [FAV] but selected in [MENU/CLOCK] ▶
Mode popup, press the [AUDIO]
ton.
button on the control panel to
change the media player.
desired number button.
䳜 Alternatively, Push the Up/ Each time you press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel, the
Down lever on the steering
media mode switches to USB ▶
wheel to change the station.
Bluetooth audio in order.
5 16
䳜 Depending on vehicle models and

specifications, available buttons
or the appearance and layout of
the USB port in your vehicle may
vary.
䳜 Do not connect a smartphone or
an MP3 device to the system via 1. Current file number and total
multiple methods such as USB number of files
and Bluetooth simultaneously. 2. Playback time
Doing so may cause a distorted 3. Information about the song cur
noise or a system malfunction. rently playing
䳜 When the equaliser function of Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the connected device and Equal the control panel to access the fol
iser settings of the system are lowing menu options:
both activated, the effects may 䳜 List: Access the file list.
interfere with each other and
䳜 Folder list: Access the folder list.
may lead to sound degradation or
䳜 Information: Display information 5
distortion. Deactivate the device's
about the song currently playing.
equaliser function if possible.
Using the USB mode the settings related to sounds,
- Position: Select a location
compatible USB storage devices and
file specifications before using the where sound will be concen
USB mode under "Infotainment trated in the vehicle. Select
system specifications" section on Fader or Balance, turn the
page -2. [TUNE] knob to select the
desired position, and then press
Connect your USB device to the USB
the knob. To set sound to be
port in the vehicle.
centred in the vehicle, select
䳜 Playback starts immediately.
Centre.
䳜 Press the [AUDIO] button on the
- Equaliser: Adjust the output
control panel to display the mode
selection window, turn the [TUNE] level for each sound tone mode.
knob to select USB and then press
the knob.
5 17
- Sound experience: Select the 䳜 Date/Time: You can change the

location where sound is focused date and time that are shown on
in the vehicle between the the system display.
driver's seat and all other seats. - Set date: Set date to display on
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the the system display.
volume to be adjusted auto - Set time: Set time to display on
matically according to your the system display.
driving speed. - Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or
NOTICE the 24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to dis
䳜 Depending on vehicle models or
play the clock when the system
specifications, available options
power is off.
may vary.
䳜 Language: You can change the
䳜 Depending on the system or
display language.
amplifier specifications applied to
your vehicle, available options
may vary. Rewinding/Fast forwarding
䳜 On the control panel, press and
䳜 Song information: Select informa hold the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK
tion such as Folder/File or Artist/ >] button. to rewind/fast forward
Title/Album to display when play of playing track
ing MP3 files. 䳜 You can also push and hold the
䳜 Mode popup: Set to display mode Up/down lever on the steering
selection window when the wheel.
control panel. Restarting the current playback
䳜 Bluetooth remote lock: Even if 䳜 On the control panel after the
Bluetooth remote control applica song has played for 2 seconds,
tion is connected, if Set Lock press the [< SEEK] button.
remote controls is enabled. Sys 䳜 You can also push the Up lever
tem cannot be operated via smart on the steering wheel.
phone application.
5 18
Playing the previous or next song Playing in random order

䳜 To play the previous song on the 䳜 On the control panel, press the [2
control panel within the first 2 SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is
seconds of the current song, activated or deactivated each
press the [< SEEK] button. To play time you press it. When you acti
the next song, press the [TRACK vate the shuffle mode, the corre
>] button on the control panel. sponding mode icon will be
䳜 If more than 2 seconds of play displayed on the screen. When
back have elapsed, press the [< shuffle is active, the available
SEEK] button on the control songs will be played randomly.
panel twice to play the previous
song. NOTICE
䳜 You can also push the Up/down Depending on the connected Blue
lever on the steering wheel. tooth device or mobile phone, RPT &
SHFL features may not be sup
NOTICE ported.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on 5
the control panel to display the
Searching folders
mode selection window, turn the
[TUNE] knob to find the desired
[MENU/CLOCK] button.
song and press the knob to play the
2. When the option selection window
file. displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the Folder list and then
press the knob.
Playing repeatedly 3. Navigate to the desired folder in
䳜 On the control panel, press the [1 the Folder list and then press the
RPT] button. The corresponding [TUNE] knob.
mode icon will be displayed on the 䳜 The first song in the selected
screen and the playing song will folder will be played.
be repeated.
5 19
NOTICE NOTICE
䳜 Start the engine of your vehicle 䳜 When connecting a USB storage
before connecting a USB device to device, do not use an extension
your system. Starting the engine cable. Connect it directly to the
with a USB device connected to USB port. If you use a USB hub or
the system may damage the USB an extension cable, the device
device. may not be recognized.
䳜 Be careful of static electricity 䳜 Fully insert a USB connector into
when connecting or disconnecting the USB port. Failure to do so may
a USB device. A static discharge cause a communication error.
may cause a system malfunction. 䳜 When you disconnect a USB stor
䳜 Be careful not to let your body or age device, a distorted noise may
external objects contact the USB occur.
port. Doing so may cause an acci 䳜 The system can play only files
dent or a system malfunction. encoded in a standard format.
䳜 Do not connect and disconnect a 䳜 The following types of USB
USB connector repeatedly in a devices may not be recognised or
short time. Doing so may cause work correctly:
an error in the device or a system - Encrypted MP3 players
malfunction. - USB devices not recognised as
䳜 Do not use a USB device for pur removable disks
poses other than playing files. 䳜 A USB device may not be rec
Using USB accessories for ognised depending on its condi
charging or heating may cause tion.
poor performance or a system 䳜 Some USB devices may be incom
malfunction. patible with your system.
䳜 Depending on the USB device's
type, capacity, or the format of
files, USB recognition time may be
longer.
䳜 Image and video playback are not
supported.
5 20
Infotainment system Bluetooth
Bluetooth 䳜 Depending on the connected

Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
Connecting Bluetooth devices some functions may not be sup
ported.
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless
䳜 If the system is not stable due to
networking technology. Via Blue
a vehicle-Bluetooth device com
tooth, you can connect nearby
munication error, delete the
mobile devices wirelessly to send
paired devices and connect the
and receive data between connected
Bluetooth devices again.
devices. This enables you to use
䳜 If Bluetooth connection is not sta
your devices effectively. ble, follow these steps to try
To use Bluetooth, you must first again.
connect a Bluetooth-enabled device 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reac
to your system, such as a mobile tivate it on the device. Then,
phone or an MP3 player. Ensure that reconnect the device.
the device you want to connect sup 2. Turn the device off and on.
ports Bluetooth. Then, reconnect it. 5
3. Remove the battery from the
WARNING device and reinstall it. Then,
turn the device on and recon
Park your vehicle in a safe location nect it.
before connecting Bluetooth 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pair
devices. Distracted driving can cause ing on both the system and the
a traffic accident and lead to per device and then re-register and
sonal injury or death. connect them.
䳜 The Bluetooth connection is
unavailable when the device's
NOTICE
Bluetooth function is turned off.
䳜 On your system, you can use only Be sure to turn on the device's
Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio Bluetooth function.
features. Connect a mobile device
that supports both features.
䳜 Some Bluetooth devices may
cause malfunctions to the Info
tainment system or make inter
ference noises. In this case,
storing the device in a different
location may resolve the problem.
5 21
Pairing devices with your system 䳜 If the 6-digit passkey is dis

For Bluetooth connections, first pair played on the Bluetooth device
your device with your system to add screen, ensure that the Blue
it to the system's list of Bluetooth tooth passkey displayed on the
devices. You can register up to five Bluetooth device is the same as
devices. the passkey on the system
1. From the control panel, press the screen and confirm the connec
[PHONE] button, and then select tion from the device.
Phone settings ▶ Add new device.
䳜 If you are pairing a device with NOTICE
your system for the first time
䳜 The screen image in this manual is
or if there are no connected
an example. Check your system
devices you can press the Call/
screen for the exact vehicle name
Answer button on the steering
and Bluetooth device name.
wheel to initiate pairing.
䳜 The default passkey is '0000'.
2. On the Bluetooth device you want
䳜 It may take a while for the sys
to connect, activate Bluetooth,
tem to connect with the device
search for your vehicle's system,
and then select it. after you permit the system to
䳜 Check the system's Bluetooth access the device. When a con
name, which is displayed in the nection is made, the Bluetooth
new registration pop-up win status icon appears at the top of
dow on the system screen. the screen.
䳜 You can change the permission
settings via the mobile phone's
Bluetooth settings menu. For
more information, refer to your
mobile phone's user guide.
䳜 To register a new device, repeat
3. Enter or confirm the passkey to steps 1 to 3.
confirm the connection. 䳜 If you use the automatic Blue
䳜 If the passkey input screen is
tooth connection function, a call
displayed on the Bluetooth may be switched to the vehicle's
device screen, enter the pass Handsfree when you are taking on
key '0000' which is displayed on the phone near the vehicle while
the system screen. the vehicle's engine is on. If you do
not want the system to connect
with the device automatically,
5 22
deactivate Bluetooth on your 䳜 Depending on auto connection

device. priority, connection to a device
䳜 When a device is connected to the may take time.
system via Bluetooth, the device's
battery may discharge faster.
Disconnecting a device
If you want to stop using a Blue
Connecting a paired device tooth device or connect another
To use a Bluetooth device on your device, disconnect your currently
system, connect the paired device connected device.
to the system. Your system can 1. From the control panel, press the
connect with only one device at a [PHONE] button, and then select
time. Phone settings ▶ Paired devices.
1. From the control panel, press the 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
[PHONE] button, and then select your currently connected device
Phone settings ▶ Paired devices. and then press the knob.
䳜 If there is no connected device, 3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select 5
you can press the Call/Answer Yes.
button on the steering wheel to
start pairing. Deleting paired devices
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select If you no longer want a Bluetooth
the device to connect, and then device paired or if you want to con
press the knob. nect a new device when the Blue
䳜 If another device is already con tooth device list is full, delete paired
nected to your system, discon devices.
nect it. Select the connected 1. From the control panel, press the
device to disconnect. [PHONE] button, and then select
Phone settings ▶ Delete devices.
NOTICE 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
the device to delete, and then
䳜 If a connection ends because a press the knob.
device is out of the connection 3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select
range or a device error occurs, the Yes.
connection will be restored auto
matically when the device enters
the connection range or when the
error is cleared.
5 23
NOTICE - Position: Select a location

where sound will be concen
䳜 When you delete a paired device, trated in the vehicle. Select
the Call history and Contacts Fader or Balance, turn the
stored in the system are also [TUNE] knob to select the
deleted. desired position, and then press
䳜 To re-use a deleted device, you the knob. To set sound to be
must pair the device again. centred in the vehicle, select
Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output
Using a Bluetooth audio device
level for each sound tone mode.
You can listen to music stored in the - Sound experience: Select the
connected Bluetooth audio device location where sound is focused
via your vehicle's speakers. in the vehicle between the
1. On the control panel, press the driver's seat and all other seats.
[AUDIO] button. - Speed dependent vol.: Set the
2. When the mode selection window volume to be adjusted auto
matically according to your
select Bluetooth audio and then
driving speed.
press the knob.
NOTICE
䳜 Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options
may vary.
1. Information about the song 䳜 Depending on the system or
currently playing amplifier specifications applied to
your vehicle, available options
1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button
may vary.
on the control panel to access the
following a menu option. 䳜 Mode popup: Set to display mode
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select selection window when the
option and then press the knob.
control panel.
the settings related to sounds,
䳜 Bluetooth remote lock: Even if
Bluetooth remote control applica
tion is connected, if Set Lock
remote controls is enabled. Sys
5 24
tem cannot be operated via smart Playing in random order

phone application. 䳜 On the control panel, press the [2
䳜 Date/Time: You can change the SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is
date and time that are shown on activated or deactivated each
the system display. time you press it. When you acti
- Set date: Set date to display on vate the shuffle mode, the corre
the system display. sponding mode icon will be
displayed on the screen. When
- Set time: Set time to display on
shuffle is active, the available
the system display.
songs will be played randomly.
- Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or
NOTICE
the 24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to dis Depending on the connected Blue
play the clock when the system tooth device or mobile phone, RPT &
power is off. SHFL features may not be sup
䳜 Language: You can change the ported.
display language. 5
NOTICE
Pausing/Resuming playback
䳜 To pause playback, press the 䳜 Depending on the connected
[TUNE] knob on the control panel. Bluetooth device, mobile phone,
To resume playback, press the or the music player you are using,
[TUNE] knob again. playback controls may differ.
䳜 You can also press the Mute 䳜 Depending on the music player
button on the steering wheel you are using, streaming may not
remote control. be supported.
䳜 Depending on the connected
Playing repeatedly Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
䳜 On the control panel, press the [1 some functions may not be sup
RPT] button. The corresponding ported.
mode icon will be displayed on the 䳜 If a Bluetooth enabled phone is
screen and the playing song will being used to play music and it
be repeated. receives or makes a phone call,
the music will stop.
䳜 Receiving an incoming call or
making an outgoing call while
playing Bluetooth audio may
result in audio interference.
5 25
䳜 If you use the Bluetooth phone ing. Use of a mobile phone may
mode while using Bluetooth audio, distract your attention, making it
playback may not automatically difficult to recognize external
resume after you end the call conditions and reducing the ability
depending on the connected to cope with unexpected situa
mobile phone. tions, which may lead to an acci
䳜 Moving the track up/down while dent. If necessary, use the
playing Bluetooth audio mode Bluetooth Handsfree feature to
may result in pop noises with make calls and keep the call as
some mobile phones. short as possible.
䳜 The Rewinding/Fast forwarding
function is not supported in the
Bluetooth audio mode. NOTICE
䳜 The playlist feature is not sup 䳜 You cannot access the Phone
ported in the Bluetooth audio screen if there is no connected
mode. mobile phone. To use the Blue
䳜 If the Bluetooth device is discon tooth phone function, connect a
nected, Bluetooth audio mode will mobile phone to the system.
end. 䳜 The Bluetooth Handsfree function
may not work when you are pass
ing out of the cellular service cov
Using a Bluetooth phone erage area, such as when you are
You can use Bluetooth to talk on the in a tunnel, underground, or in a
phone hands free. View call infor mountainous area.
mation on the system screen, and 䳜 Call quality may be degraded in
make or receive calls safely and the following environments:
conveniently via the vehicle's built-in - The reception of the mobile
microphone and speakers. phone is poor.
- The inside of the vehicle is
WARNING noisy.
- The mobile phone is placed near
䳜 Park your vehicle in a safe loca
metallic objects, such as a bev
tion before connecting Bluetooth
erage can.
devices. Distracted driving can
䳜 Depending on the connected
cause a traffic accident and lead
mobile phone, the volume and
to personal injury or death.
sound quality of the Bluetooth
䳜 Never dial a phone number or pick
Handsfree may vary.
up your mobile phone while driv
5 26
Making a call 3. Press the [1 RPT] button, and

select the desired phone number.
If your mobile phone is connected to
the system, you can make a call by
selecting a name from your call his Using the favourites list
tory or contacts list. 1. From the Phone screen, turn the
1. On the control panel, press the [TUNE] knob on the control panel
[PHONE] button. to select Favourites, and then
䳜 Alternatively, press the Call/ press the knob.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
Answer button on the steering
the desired contact, and then
wheel. press the knob to make a phone
2. Select a phone number. call.
䳜 To select a phone number from
your favourites list, select
Favourites.
your call history, select Call his
tory. 5
the contacts list downloaded
lowing menu options:
from the connected mobile
䳜 Add new favourites: Add a fre
phone, select Contacts.
quently used phone number to
3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]
button on the control panel. favourites.
䳜 Alternatively, press the Call end 䳜 Delete items: Delete a selected
button on the steering wheel. favourites item.
䳜 Delete all: Delete all favourites
items.
Registering the favourites list
You can more easily use Bluetooth NOTICE
to talk on the phone hands-free by
registering phone numbers as your 䳜 You can register up to 20 favour
favourites. ites for each device.
1. On the Phone screen, turn the 䳜 You must first download the con
[TUNE] knob on the control panel tacts to the system to register
to select Favourites and press the favourites.
knob. 䳜 The favourites list saved on the
2. Select [MENU/CLOCK] ▶ Add new mobile phone is not downloaded
favourites. to the system.
5 27
䳜 Even if the contact information on 䳜 Missed calls: View only missed

the mobile phone is edited, the calls.
favourites on the system are not
automatically edited. Delete and NOTICE
add the item to favourites again.
䳜 Some mobile phones may not
䳜 When you connect a new mobile
support the download function.
phone, your favourites set for the
䳜 The call history is accessed only
previous mobile phone will not be
after downloading the call history
displayed, but they will remain in
when the mobile phone is con
your system until you delete the
nected to the system.
previous phone from the device
䳜 Calls from restricted IDs are not
list.
saved on the call history list.
䳜 Up to 50 call records will be down
Using your call history loaded per individual list.
1. From the Phone screen, turn the 䳜 Call duration and time information
[TUNE] knob on the control panel will not be displayed on the sys
to select Call history, and then tem screen.
press the knob. 䳜 Permission is required to down
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select load your call history from the
the desired entry, and then press mobile phone. When you attempt
the knob to make a phone call. to download data, you may need
to permit the download on the
mobile phone. If the download
fails, check the mobile phone
screen for any notification or the
mobile phone's permission set
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on ting.
the control panel to access the fol 䳜 When you download your call his
lowing menu options: tory, any old data will be deleted.
䳜 Download: Download your call his
tory.
䳜 All calls: View all call records.
䳜 Dialled calls: View only dialled
calls.
䳜 Received calls: View only received
calls.
5 28
Using the contacts list 䳜 Depending on the system's speci

1. From the Phone screen, turn the fications, some of the do
[TUNE] knob on the control panel wnloaded contacts may be lost.
to select Contacts, and then press 䳜 Contacts stored both in the phone
the knob. and in the SIM card are down
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select loaded. With some mobile phones,
the desired group of alphanumeric contacts in the SIM card may not
characters, and then press the
be downloaded.
knob.
䳜 Special characters and figures
3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
used in the contact name may not
the desired contact, and then
press the knob to make a phone be displayed properly.
call. 䳜 Permission is required to down
load contacts from the mobile
phone. When you attempt to
download data, you may need to
permit the download on the
mobile phone. If the download 5
fails, check the mobile phone
screen for any notification or the
mobile phone's permission set
lowing a menu option:
ting.
䳜 Download: Download your mobile
䳜 Depending on the mobile phone
phone contacts.
type or status, downloading may
take longer.
NOTICE 䳜 When you download your con
䳜 Contacts can be viewed only when tacts, any old data will be deleted.
the Bluetooth device is connected. 䳜 You cannot edit or delete your
䳜 Only contacts in the supported contacts on the system.
format can be downloaded and 䳜 When you connect a new mobile
displayed from the Bluetooth phone, your contacts downloaded
device. Contacts from some appli from the previous mobile phone
cations will not be included. will not be displayed, but they will
䳜 Up to 2,000 contacts can be remain in your system until you
downloaded from your device. delete the previous phone from
䳜 Some mobile phones may not the device list.
support the download function.
5 29
Answering calls Using options during a call

When a call comes in, a notification During a call, you will see the call
pop-up window of the incoming call screen shown below. Press a button
appears on the system screen. to perform the function you want.
䳜 To answer the call, press the [1 䳜 To switch the call to your mobile
RPT] button on the control panel. phone, press the [1 RPT] button
䳜 Alternatively, press the Call/ on the control panel.
Answer button on the steering 䳜 Alternatively, press and hold
wheel. the Call/Answer button on the
䳜 To reject the call, press the [2 steering wheel.
SHFL] button on the control panel. 䳜 To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]
䳜 Alternatively, press the Call end button on the control panel.
button on the steering wheel. 䳜 Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
NOTICE Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
䳜 Depending on the mobile phone the control panel to access the fol
type, call rejection may not be lowing a menu option:
supported. 䳜 Microphone Volume: Adjust the
Once your mobile phone is con- microphone volume or turn off
nected to the system, the call the microphone so the other
sound may be output through the party cannot hear you.
vehicle's speakers even after you
exit the vehicle if the phone is
within the connection range and
the system is in ON condition.
To end the connection, disconnect
the device from the system or
deactivate Bluetooth on the
device.
5 30
Infotainment system System status icons
NOTICE System status icons

䳜 If the caller information is saved in Status icons appear at the top of
your contacts list, the caller's the screen to display the current
name and phone number will be system status.
displayed. If the caller information Familiarise yourself with the status
is not saved in your contacts list, icons that appear when you per
only the caller's phone number form certain actions or functions
will be displayed. and their meanings.
䳜 You cannot switch to any other
screen, such as the audio screen
or the settings screen, during a
Bluetooth call.
type, call quality may vary. On
some phones, your voice may be
Bluetooth
less audible to the other party. 5
Icon Description
type, the phone number may not
be displayed. Battery level of connected
䳜 Depending on the mobile phone Bluetooth device
type, the call switching function Mobile phone or audio device
may not be supported. connected via Bluetooth
Bluetooth call in progress
Microphone turned off

during Bluetooth call
Downloading call history
from a mobile phone con
nected via Bluetooth to the
system
Downloading contacts from
a mobile phone connected
via Bluetooth to the system
Displayed when Bluetooth
remote control is connected
via smartphone applications
5 31
Infotainment system Infotainment system specifications
Signal strength Infotainment system specifica

tions
Icon Description
Signal strength of the USB
mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth Supported audio formats
䳜 Audio file specification
NOTICE - WAVeform audio format
䳜 The battery level displayed on the - MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3
screen may differ from the bat - Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/
tery level displayed on the con 8.X
nected device. 䳜 Bit rates
䳜 The signal strength displayed on - MPEG1 (Layer3):
the screen may differ from the 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/
signal strength displayed on the 128/160/192/224/256/320
connected mobile phone. kbps
䳜 Depending on vehicle models and - MPEG2 (Layer3):
specifications, some status icons 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/
may not be displayed. 96/112/128/144/160 kbps
- MPEG2.5 (Layer3):
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/
96/112/128/144/160 kbps
- WMA (High Range):
48/64/80/96/128/160/192
kbps
䳜 Bits Per Sample
- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit
- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit
- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit
䳜 Sampling frequency
- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000
Hz
- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000
Hz
- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000
Hz
- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz
5 32
Infotainment system Infotainment system specifications
- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz 䳜 Japanese or Simplified Chinese

䳜 Maximum length of folder/file characters in folder or file names
names (Based on Unicode): 40 may not be displayed properly.
English or Korean characters
䳜 Supported characters for folder/
file names (Unicode support): Supported USB storage devices
2,604 Korean characters, 94 䳜 Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less
alphanumeric characters, 4,888 䳜 Format system: FAT12/16/32
Chinese characters in common (recommended), exFAT/NTFS
use, 986 special characters
䳜 Maximum number of folders: NOTICE
1,000
䳜 Operation is guaranteed only for a
䳜 Maximum number of files: 5,000
metal cover type USB storage
device with a plug type connector.
NOTICE - USB storage devices with a
䳜 Files that are not in a supported plastic plug may not be rec
ognised. 5
format may not be recognised or
played, or information about - USB storage devices in memory
them, such as the file name, may card types, such as CF card or
not be displayed properly. SD cards, may not be rec
䳜 Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav ognised.
extensions can be recognised by 䳜 USB hard disk drives may not be
the system. If the file is not in recognised.
supported format, change the file 䳜 When you use a large capacity
format by using the latest encod USB storage device with multiple
ing software. logical drives, only files stored on
䳜 The device will not support files the first drive will be recognised.
locked by DRM (Digital Rights 䳜 If an application program is loaded
Management). on a USB storage device, the cor
䳜 For MP3/WMA compression files responding media files may not
and WAV file, differences in sound play.
quality will occur depending on 䳜 Use USB 2.0 devices for better
the bitrate. (Music files with a compatibility.
higher bitrate have a better sound
quality.)
Bluetooth
䳜 Aerial power: Max 3 mW
5 33
Infotainment system Trademarks
Trademarks
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective own
ers.
䳜 The Bluetooth word mark and
logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by KIA is
under licence.
5 34
Driving your vehicle 6
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. ........................ 6-3

Before driving ............................................................................ 6-4
Key positions ............................................................................. 6-6
䳜 Ignition switch position.......................................................... 6-6
䳜 Starting the engine ................................................................ 6-7
䳜 Stopping the petrol engine/diesel engine
(Manual Transmission)......................................................... 6-10
ENGINE START/STOP button ................................................ 6-10
䳜 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ......................... 6-10
䳜 ENGINE START/STOP button position............................... 6-10
䳜 Starting the engine .............................................................. 6-13
Manual transmission .............................................................. 6-17
䳜 Manual transmission operation ......................................... 6-17
䳜 Good driving practices ......................................................... 6-20
Automatic transmission ........................................................ 6-21
䳜 Automatic transmission operation ................................... 6-21
䳜 Shift lock system.................................................................. 6-25
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) ............................................ 6-27
䳜 Dual clutch transmission operation .................................. 6-28
䳜 DCT warning messages....................................................... 6-29
䳜 Transmission ranges............................................................ 6-33
䳜 Shift lock system.................................................................. 6-36
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT) ................................ 6-38
䳜 Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) operation .......... 6-39
6 Driving your vehicle
䳜 Shift lock system..................................................................6-43

䳜 Good driving practices .........................................................6-43
Brake system ..........................................................................6-45
䳜 Power brakes ........................................................................6-45
䳜 Parking brake ........................................................................6-47
䳜 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...........................................6-49
䳜 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system ........................6-51
䳜 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system .................6-54
䳜 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)............................................6-56
䳜 Good braking practices ........................................................6-56
Drive mode integrated control system...............................6-58
䳜 Traction control.....................................................................6-59
Cruise control system ............................................................6-60
䳜 Cruise control switch ...........................................................6-61
䳜 Setting cruise control speed ...............................................6-61
䳜 Increasing cruise control set speed ...................................6-62
䳜 Decreasing the cruising speed............................................6-63
䳜 Accelerating temporarily with the cruise control on......6-63
䳜 Cancelling cruise control......................................................6-63
䳜 Resuming cruising speed at more than approximately
30 km/h ..................................................................................6-64
䳜 Turning cruise control off....................................................6-64
Economical operation .............................................................6-64
Special driving conditions ......................................................6-66
Winter driving ..........................................................................6-70
Vehicle weight .........................................................................6-74
Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE WARNING

Open tailgate
Be sure the exhaust system
Do not drive with the tailgate open.
does not leak. Poisonous exhaust gases can enter
The exhaust system should be the passenger compartment. If you
checked whenever the vehicle is must drive with the tailgate open
raised to change the oil or for any proceed as follows:
other purpose. 1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
If you hear a change in the sound of
3. Set the air intake control at
the exhaust or if you drive over
"Fresh", the air flow control at
something that strikes the under
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan at
neath side of the vehicle, have the
the highest speed.
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho
rized Kia dealer/service partner.
WARNING
6
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged time.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon mon
oxide, a colorless, odorless gas that
can cause unconsciousness and
death by asphyxiation.
6 3
Driving your vehicle Before driving
Before driving WARNING

Before getting into the vehicle, you Distracted driving
should examine the car and its sur
Focus on the road while driving. The
roundings. After getting into the driver's primary responsibility is in
vehicle, you should check a number the safe and legal operation of the
of things before driving. vehicle. Use of any handled devices,
other equipment or vehicle systems
Before entering vehicle that distract the driver should not
䳜 Be sure that all windows, outside be used during vehicle operation.
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
䳜 Check the condition of the tires. Before starting
䳜 Check under the vehicle for any 䳜 Close and lock all doors.
sign of leaks. 䳜 Position the seat so that all con
䳜 Be sure there are no obstacles trols are easily reached.
behind you if you intend to back 䳜 Buckle your seat belt.
up. 䳜 Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
Necessary inspections 䳜 Be sure that all lights work.
䳜 Check all gauges.
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
䳜 Check the operation of warning
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
lights when the ENGINE START/
washer fluid should be checked on a
STOP button is turned to the ON
regular basis, at the exact interval
position.
depending on the fluid. Further
䳜 Release the parking brake and
details are provided in "Mainte
make sure the brake warning light
nance" on page 8-5.
is not on.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
6 4
Driving your vehicle Before driving
WARNING WARNING
Fire risk Driving while intoxicated
When you intend to park or stop the Do not drive while intoxicated.
vehicle with the engine on, be care Drinking and driving is dangerous.
ful not to depress the accelerator Even a small amount of alcohol will
pedal for a long period of time. It affect your reflexes, perceptions
may overheat the engine or exhaust and judgment.
system and cause fire. Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas WARNING
near your vehicle for people, espe Proper footwear
cially children, before putting a vehi Always wear appropriate shoes
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere
WARNING with your ability to use the brake 6
Loose objects and accelerator pedals.
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or
turn the steering wheel rapidly,
loose objects may drop on the floor
and it could interfere with the oper
ation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
6 5
Driving your vehicle Key positions
Key positions ON (3)

The warning lights can be checked
Ignition switch position before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after
the engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON
if the engine is not running to pre
vent battery discharge.
START (4)
Turn the ignition switch to the
START position to start the engine.
OSK3058160NR
The engine will crank until you
release the key; then it returns to
LOCK (1)
the ON position. The brake warning
The steering wheel locks to protect light can be checked in this position.
against theft. The ignition key can
be removed only in the LOCK posi
WARNING
tion.
Ignition switch
ACC (Accessory) (2) 䳜 Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is
The steering wheel is unlocked and moving. This would result in loss
electrical accessories are operative. of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
NOTICE accident.
If difficulty is experienced turning 䳜 The anti-theft steering column
the ignition switch to the ACC posi lock is not a substitute for the
tion, turn the key while turning the parking brake. Before leaving the
steering wheel right and left to driver's seat, always make sure
release the tension. the shift lever is engaged in 1st
gear for the manual transmission,
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions
are not taken.
6 6
䳜 Never reach for the ignition Starting the petrol engine

switch, or any other controls Manual Transmission
through the steering wheel while 1. Make sure the parking brake is
the vehicle is in motion. The pres applied.
ence of your hand or arm in this 2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and
area could cause a loss of vehicle shift the transmission into Neu
control, an accident and serious tral. Keep the clutch pedal and
bodily injury or death. brake pedal depressed while turn
䳜 Do not place any movable objects ing the ignition switch to the start
around the driver's seat as they position.
may move while driving, interfere 3. Turn the ignition switch to START
with the driver and lead to an and hold it there until the engine
accident. starts (a maximum of 10 sec
onds), then release the key.
It should be started without
Starting the engine
depressing the accelerator pedal.
4. Do not wait for the engine to
WARNING warm up while the vehicle
䳜 Always wear appropriate shoes remains stationary. Start driving
when operating your vehicle. at moderate engine speeds. 6
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski (Steep accelerating and deceler
boots, etc.) may interfere with ating should be avoided.)
your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedal, and the clutch. %VBM DMVUDI USBOTNJTTJPO
(if equipped) IOUFMMJHFOU WBSJBCMF USBOTNJTTJPO
䳜 Do not start the vehicle with the
1. Make sure the parking brake is
accelerator pedal depressed. The
applied.
vehicle can move and lead to an
2. Place the transmission shift lever
accident.
in P (Park). Depress the brake
䳜 Wait until the engine rpm is nor
pedal fully.
mal. The vehicle may suddenly
You can also start the engine
move if the brake pedal is
when the shift lever is in the N
released when the rpm is high.
(Neutral) position.
6 7
3. Turn the ignition switch to START 4. If the glow indicator light goes
and hold it there until the engine out, turn the ignition switch to
starts (a maximum of 10 sec the START position and hold it
onds), then release the key. there until the engine starts (a
It should be started without maximum of 10 seconds), then
depressing the accelerator pedal. release the key.
warm up while the vehicle Automatic Transmission
remains stationary. Start driving
1. Make sure the parking brake is
at moderate engine speeds.
applied.
(Steep accelerating and deceler
2. Place the transmission shift lever
ating should be avoided.)
in P (Park). Depress the brake
pedal fully.
Starting the diesel engine You can also start the engine
To start the diesel engine when the when the shift lever is in the N
engine is cold, it has to be pre- (Neutral) position.
heated before starting the engine 3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
and then have to be warmed up position to pre-heat the engine.
before starting to drive. Then the glow indicator light will
illuminate.
Manual Transmission
1. Make sure the parking brake is Glow indicator light
applied.
2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and W-60
shift the transmission into Neu
4. If the glow indicator light goes
tral. Keep the clutch pedal and
out, turn the ignition switch to
brake pedal depressed.
the START position and hold it
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
there until the engine starts (a
position to pre-heat the engine.
maximum of 10 seconds), then
Then the glow indicator light will
release the key.
illuminate.
Glow indicator light
W-60
6 8
NOTICE CAUTION
䳜 If the engine does not start within If the engine stalls while you are in
10 seconds after the preheating is motion, do not attempt to move the
completed, turn the ignition key shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
once more to the LOCK position traffic and road conditions permit,
for 10 seconds, and then to the you may put the shift lever in the N
ON position, in order to preheat (Neutral) position while the vehicle is
again. still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
Starting and stopping the engine
for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the CAUTION
engine immediately after start 䳜 Do not engage the starter for
ing. more than 10 seconds. If the
If the engine is cold, idle for sev engine stalls or fails to start, wait
eral seconds before sufficient 5 to 10 seconds before re-engag
lubrication is ensured in the tur ing the starter. Improper use of
bocharger unit. the starter may damage it.
2. After high speed or extended 6
䳜 Do not turn the ignition switch to
driving, requiring a heavy engine the START position with the
load, idle the engine about 1 min engine running. It may damage
ute before turning it off. the starter.
This idle time will allow the turbo
charger to cool prior to shutting
the engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immedi
ately after it has been subjected to
a heavy load. Doing so may cause
severe damage to the engine or tur
bocharger unit.
6 9
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
Stopping the petrol engine/die ENGINE START/STOP button

sel engine (Manual Transmission)
1. Make sure the vehicle is com Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
pletely stopped and keep the button
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed.
2. Shift the transmission into Neu
tral while depressing the clutch
pedal and brake pedal.
3. Engage the parking brake while
depressing the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK
position and remove it.
OSP2I059002
The light will go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when
the theft-alarm system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button posi

tion
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
OFF
With manual transmission

To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi
tion), stop the vehicle then press the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
6 10
With automatic transmission / dual NOTICE

clutch transmission / Intelligent
variable transmission If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
To turn off the engine (START/RUN properly, the ENGINE START/STOP
position) or vehicle power (ON posi button will not work. Press the
tion), press the ENGINE START/ ENGINE START/STOP button while
STOP button with the shift lever in turning the steering wheel right and
the P (Park) position. When you left to release the tension.
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
ton without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/ NOTICE
STOP button will not change to the
You are able to turn off the engine
OFF position but to the ACC position.
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
Vehicles equipped with anti-theft only when the vehicle is not in
steering column lock motion.
The steering wheel locks when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position to protect you CAUTION
against theft. In an emergency situation while the
It locks when the door is opened. vehicle is in motion, you are able to 6
If the steering wheel is not locked turn the engine off and to the ACC
properly when you open the driver's position by pressing the ENGINE
door, the warning chime will sound.
START/STOP button for more than 2
Try locking the steering wheel again.
seconds or 3 times successively
If the problem is not solved, have
the system checked by a profes within 3 seconds.
sional workshop. Kia recommends to If the vehicle is still moving, to
visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser restart the vehicle:
vice partner. 䳜 Manual transmission - Press the
In addition, if the ENGINE START/ ENGINE START/STOP button with
STOP button is in the OFF position shift lever in neutral and clutch
after the driver's door is opened, the pedal depressed.
steering wheel will not lock and the
䳜 Automatic transmission / Dual
warning chime will sound. In such a
situation, close the door. Then the
steering wheel will lock and the variable transmission - Press the
warning chime will stop. ENGINE START/STOP button when
vehicle speed is 5 km/h or over.
6 11
ACC (Accessory) ON
With manual transmission

Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
ton when the button is in the ACC
position without depressing the
clutch pedal.
With automatic transmission / dual

variable transmission
OSK3048131NR Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
ton while it is in the ACC position
With manual transmission without depressing the brake pedal.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but The warning lights can be checked
ton when the button is in the OFF before the engine is started. Do not
position without depressing the leave the ENGINE START/STOP but
clutch pedal. ton in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
With automatic transmission / dual because the engine is not running.
variable transmission START/RUN
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
ton while it is in the OFF position With manual transmission
without depressing the brake pedal. To start the engine, depress the
The steering wheel unlocks and clutch pedal and brake pedal, then
electrical accessories are opera press the ENGINE START/STOP but
tional. ton with the shift lever in the N
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is (Neutral) position.
in the ACC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off auto With automatic transmission / dual
matically to prevent battery dis clutch transmission / Intelligent
charge. variable transmission
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N (Neu
tral) position. For your safety, start
the engine with the shift lever in the
P (Park) position.
6 12
NOTICE and shut the engine off. Unex

pected and sudden vehicle move
If you press the ENGINE START/ ment may occur if these
STOP button without depressing the precautions are not taken.
clutch pedal for manual transmis 䳜 Never reach for the engine start /
sion vehicles or without depressing stop button or any other controls
the brake pedal for automatic through the steering wheel while
transmission / dual clutch transmis the vehicle is in motion. The pres
sion / Intelligent variable transmis ence of your hand or arm in the
sion vehicles, the engine will not area could cause loss of vehicle
start and the ENGINE START/STOP control, an accident and serious
button changes as follow: bodily injury or death.
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC 䳜 Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
NOTICE with the driver and lead to an
If you leave the ENGINE START/ accident.
STOP button in the ACC or ON posi
tion for a long time, the battery will
discharge. Starting the engine
6
WARNING
WARNING 䳜 Do not start the vehicle with the
䳜 Never press the ENGINE START/ accelerator pedal engaged. The
STOP button while the vehicle is in vehicle can move and lead to an
motion. This would result in loss accident.
of directional control and braking 䳜 Wait until the engine rpm is nor
function, which could cause an mal. The vehicle may suddenly
accident and severe damage to move if the brake pedal is
the intelligent variable transmis released when the rpm is high.
sion.
䳜 The anti-theft steering column
lock is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the
driver's seat, always make sure
the shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake fully
6 13
Starting the engine with smart key CAUTION

At the time that the vehicle doors
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
are opened or when the ENGINE
is in motion, do not attempt to
START/STOP button is pressed the
move the shift lever to the P (Park)
vehicle will check for the smart key.
position. If the traffic and road con
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, ditions permit, you may put the
the " " indicator and a message shift lever in the N (Neutral) position
"Key is not in the vehicle" will appear while the vehicle is still moving and
on the instrument cluster and LCD press the ENGINE START/STOP but
window. And if all doors are closed, ton in an attempt to restart the
the chime will sound for 5 seconds. engine.
The indicator or warning will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never
allow children or any person who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the OSP2I059003
ENGINE START/STOP button or

related parts. Pushing the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the smart
key is in the vehicle may result in
unintended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
6 14
NOTICE Starting the petrol engine

1. Carry the smart key or leave it
䳜 If the battery is weak or the inside the vehicle.
smart key does not work cor 2. Make sure the parking brake is
rectly, you can start the engine by firmly applied.
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP 3. Manual Transmission - Depress
button with the smart key. the clutch pedal fully and shift the
When you press the ENGINE transmission into Neutral. Keep
START/STOP button directly with the clutch pedal and brake pedal
the smart key, the smart key depressed while starting the
should contact the button at a engine.
right angle. Automatic transmission / Dual
䳜 When the stop lamp fuse is blown, clutch transmission / Intelligent
you cannot start the engine nor variable transmission - Place the
mally. transmission shift lever in P
Replace the fuse with a new one. (Park). Depress the brake pedal
If it is not possible, you can start fully.
the engine by pressing the engine You can also start the engine
start/ stop button for 10 seconds when the shift lever is in the N
while it is in the ACC position. The (Neutral) position.
engine can start without pressing 6
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP
the brake pedal. But for your button.
safety always press the brake It should be started without
pedal before starting the engine. depressing the accelerator pedal.
warm up while the vehicle
CAUTION
remains stationary. Start driving
䳜 Do not press the ENGINE START/ at moderate engine speeds.
STOP button for more than 10 (Steep accelerating and deceler
seconds except when the stop ating should be avoided.)
lamp fuse is blown.
䳜 Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the
engine running. It may damage
the starter.
6 15
Starting the diesel engine CAUTION

To start the diesel engine when the
䳜 Recommend to wait for the diesel
engine is cold, it has to be pre-
engine to warm up while the vehi
heated before starting the engine
cle remains stationary in winter
and then have to be warmed up
for a while and drive.
before starting to drive. 䳜 Recommend to use diesel fuel in a
1. Make sure the parking brake is high altitude mountain or country
applied. where you visit in winter.
2. Manual Transmission - Depress
the clutch pedal fully and shift the
transmission into Neutral. Keep NOTICE
the clutch pedal and brake pedal
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is
depressed while pressing the
pressed once more while the engine
ENGINE START/STOP button to
is pre-heating, the engine may
the START position.
start.
Automatic Transmission / Dual
clutch transmission - Place the
transmission shift lever in P Starting and stopping the engine
(Park). Depress the brake pedal for turbocharger intercooler
fully. 1. Do not race or accelerate the
You can also start the engine engine immediately after start
when the shift lever is in the N ing.
(Neutral) position. If the engine is cold, idle for sev
Glow indicator light eral seconds before sufficient
lubrication is ensured in the tur
bocharger unit.
W-60
2. After high speed or extended
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP driving, requiring a heavy engine
button while depressing the brake load, idle the engine about 1 min
pedal. ute before turning it off.
4. Continue depressing the brake This idle time will allow the turbo
pedal until the illuminated glow charger to cool prior to shutting
indicator goes off. (approxi the engine off.
mately 5 seconds)
5. The engine starts running when
the glow indicator goes off.
6 16
Driving your vehicle Manual transmission
CAUTION Manual transmission (if

equipped)
Do not turn the engine off immedi
ately after it has been subjected to The manual transmission has 6 for
a heavy load. Doing so may cause ward gears.
severe damage to the engine or tur
bocharger unit. Manual transmission operation
Stopping the petrol engine/ die

sel engine (Manual Transmission)
1. Make sure the vehicle is com
pletely stopped and keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed.
2. Shift the transmission into Neu
tral while depressing the clutch
pedal and brake pedal. OSP2I059015
3. Engage the parking brake while The shift lever can be moved
depressing the brake pedal. without pulling the button (1).
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK 6
The button (1) should be
position and remove it.
pressed when moving the shift lever
into reverse.
This shift pattern is imprinted on
the shift knob. The transmission is
fully synchronized in all forward
gears so shifting to either a higher
or a lower gear is easily accom
plished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully
while shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition lock switch, the engine will
not start when starting the engine
without depressing the clutch pedal.
(if equipped)
6 17
The shift lever must be returned to 䳜 During cold weather, shifting may
the neutral position before shifting be difficult until the transmission
into R (Reverse). lubricant is warmed up. This is
normal and not harmful to the
Push the button located immedi
transmission.
ately below the shift knob and pull
䳜 If you've come to a complete stop
the gearshift lever to the left suffi
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R
ciently, and then shift into reverse
(Reverse), leave the shift lever at
(R) gear position.
N (Neutral) position and release
Make sure the vehicle is completely the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
stopped before shifting into R back down, and then shift into 1st
(Reverse). or R (Reverse) gear position.
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. CAUTION
䳜 To avoid premature clutch wear
CAUTION and damage, do not drive with
䳜 When downshifting from fifth your foot resting on the clutch
gear to fourth gear, caution pedal. Also, don't use the clutch to
should be taken not to inadver hold the vehicle stopped on an
tently press the shift lever side uphill grade, while waiting for a
ways in such a manner that the traffic light, etc.
second gear is engaged. Such a 䳜 Do not use the shift lever as a
drastic downshift may cause the handrest during driving, as this
engine speed to increase to the can result in premature wear of
point that the tachometer will the transmission shift forks.
enter the red-zone. Such over- 䳜 To prevent possible damage to
revving of the engine and trans the clutch system, do not start
mission may possibly cause with the 2nd (second) gear
engine damage. engaged except when you start
䳜 Do not downshift more than 2 on a slippery road.
gears or downshift the gear when
the engine is running at high
speed (5,000 rpm or higher). Such
a downshifting may damage the
engine, clutch and the transmis
sion.
6 18
WARNING CAUTION
䳜 Before leaving the driver's seat, When operating the clutch pedal,
always set the parking brake fully press the clutch pedal down fully. If
and shut the engine off. Then you don't press the clutch pedal
make sure the transmission is fully, the clutch may be damaged or
shifted into 1st gear when the noise may occur.
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade. WARNING
Unexpected and sudden vehicle Using the clutch
movement can occur if these pre Depress the clutch pedal as far as
cautions are not followed in the possible. Be aware not to apply the
order identified. pedal again before it returns to the
䳜 Do not use the engine brake normal position.
(shifting from a high gear to
If the pedal is repeatedly depressed
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
before returning to its normal posi
roads.
tion, the clutch system might be
The vehicle may slip causing an
damaged.
accident.
Do not overload the vehicle. Starting 6
or driving a vehicle in this situation
Using the clutch generates too much frictional heat
to the clutch disk which might cause
The clutch should be pressed all the
damage to the clutch cover and disk.
way to the floor before shifting,
When starting the vehicle or driving
then released slowly. The clutch
backwards, releasing the clutch
pedal should always be fully
pedal too soon after shifting the
released while driving. Do not rest
lever might turn off the engine and
your foot on the clutch pedal while
lead to an accident.
driving. This can cause unnecessary
wear. Do not partially engage the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an
incline. This causes unnecessary
wear. Use the foot brake or parking
brake to hold the vehicle on an
incline. Do not operate the clutch
pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
6 19
Downshifting 䳜 Exercise extreme caution when

When you must slow down in heavy driving on a slippery surface. Be
traffic or while driving up steep hills, especially careful when braking,
downshift before the engine starts accelerating or shifting gears. On
to labor. Downshifting reduces the a slippery surface, an abrupt
chance of stalling and gives better change in vehicle speed can cause
acceleration when you again need to the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of con
increase your speed. When the vehi
trol.
cle is traveling down steep hills,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed and prolongs brake life. WARNING
䳜 Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
Good driving practices unbelted occupant is significantly
䳜 Never take the vehicle out of gear more likely to be seriously injured
and coast down a hill. This is or killed than a properly belted
extremely hazardous. Always occupant.
leave the vehicle in gear. 䳜 Avoid high speeds when cornering
䳜 Don't "ride" the brakes. This can or turning.
cause them to overheat and mal 䳜 Do not make quick steering wheel
function. Instead, when you are movements, such as sharp lane
driving down a long hill, shift to a changes or fast, sharp turns.
lower gear. When you do this, 䳜 The risk of rollover is greatly
engine braking will help slow down increased if you lose control of
the vehicle. your vehicle at highway speeds.
䳜 Slow down before shifting to a 䳜 Loss of control often occurs if two
lower gear. This will help avoid or more wheels drop off the road
over-revving the engine, which way and the driver oversteers to
can cause damage. reenter the roadway.
䳜 Slow down when you encounter 䳜 In the event your vehicle leaves
cross winds. This gives you much the roadway, do not steer
better control of your vehicle. sharply. Instead, slow down
䳜 Be sure the vehicle is completely before pulling back into the travel
stopped before you attempt to lanes.
shift into reverse. The transmis 䳜 Never exceed posted speed limits.
sion can be damaged if you do
not.
6 20
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission (if WARNING

equipped)
Automatic transmission
䳜 Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo
ple, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
䳜 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then set
the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and
OSP2I059004
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
Automatic transmission operation
followed in the order identified.
The automatic transmission has 6 䳜 Do not use the engine brake
forward speeds and one reverse (shifting from a high gear to
speed. The individual speeds are lower gear) rapidly on slippery
selected automatically, depending roads.
on the position of the shift lever. 6
accident.
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehi
cle, if the battery has been discon
nected, may be somewhat abrupt.
This is a normal condition, and the
shifting sequence will adjust after
shifts are cycled a few times by the
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
For smooth operation, depress the

brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
6 21
CAUTION 䳜 Do not use the P (Park) position in

place of the parking brake. Always
䳜 To avoid damage to your trans make sure the shift lever is
mission, do not accelerate the latched in the P (Park) position
engine in R (Reverse) or any for and set the parking brake fully.
ward gear position with the 䳜 Never leave a child unattended in
brakes on. a vehicle.
䳜 When stopped on an incline, do
not hold the vehicle stationary
with engine power. Use the ser CAUTION
vice brake or the parking brake.
The transmission may be damaged
䳜 Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
if you shift into P (Park) while the
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
R (Reverse)
Transmission ranges Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
The indicator in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever posi
tion when the ignition switch is in
CAUTION
the ON position. Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
P (Park) (Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R while
Always come to a complete stop
the vehicle is in motion, except as
before shifting into P (Park). This
explained in "Rocking the vehicle" on
position locks the transmission and
page 6-67.
prevents the front wheels from
rotating.
N (Neutral)
WARNING The wheels and transmission are
䳜 Shifting into P (Park) while the not engaged. The vehicle will roll
vehicle is in motion will cause the freely even on the slightest incline
drive wheels to lock which will unless the parking brake or service
cause you to lose control of the brakes are applied.
vehicle.
6 22
WARNING CAUTION
Do not drive with the shift lever in N 䳜 With the exception of parking in
(Neutral). neutral gear, always park the
The engine brake will not work and vehicle in "P" (Park) for safety and
lead to an accident. engage the parking brake.
䳜 Before parking in "N" (Neutral)
gear, first make sure the parking
Parking in N (Neutral) gear ground is level and flat. Do not
Follow below steps when parking park in "N" gear on any slopes or
and you want the vehicle to move gradients.
when pushed. If parked and left in "N", the vehi
1. After parking your vehicle, step on cle may move and cause serious
the brake pedal and move the damage and injury.
shift lever to "P" with the ignition
button in "ON" or while the engine
D (Drive)
is running.
2. If the parking brake is applied This is the normal forward driving
unlock the parking brake. position. The transmission will auto
3. While pressing the brake pedal, matically shift through a 6-gear
turn the ignition button "OFF". sequence, providing the best fuel 6
䳜 For smart key equipped vehi economy and power.
cles, the ignition switch can be
moved to "OFF" only when the For extra power when passing
another vehicle or climbing grades,
shift lever is in "P".
depress the accelerator fully, at
4. Change the gear shift lever to "N"
which time the transmission will
(Neutral) while pressing the brake
automatically downshift to the next
pedal and pushing "SHIFT LOCK
lower gear.
RELEASE" button or inserting,
pressing down a tool (e.g., flat
head screw-driver) into the NOTICE
"SHIFT LOCK RELEASE" access Always come to a complete stop
hole at the same time. Then, the before shifting into D (Drive).
vehicle will move when external
force is applied.
6 23
Sports mode NOTICE

䳜 In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care
to keep the engine speed below
the red zone.
䳜 In sports mode, only the 6 for
ward gears can be selected. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
OSP2I059005 or P (Park) position as required.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or 䳜 In sports mode, downshifts are
in motion, sports mode is selected made automatically when the
by pushing the shift lever from the vehicle slows down. When the
D (Drive) position into the manual vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto
gate. To return to D (Drive) range matically selected.
operation, push the shift lever back 䳜 In sports mode, when the engine
into the main gate.
rpm approaches the red zone
In sports mode, moving the shift
shift points are varied to upshift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rap automatically.
idly. In contrast to a manual trans 䳜 To maintain the required levels of
mission, the sports mode allows vehicle performance and safety,
gearshifts with the accelerator the system may not execute cer
pedal depressed. tain gearshifts when the shift
䳜 Up (+): Push the lever forward lever is operated.
once to shift up one gear. 䳜 When driving on a slippery road,
䳜 Down (-): Pull the lever backwards push the shift lever forward into
once to shift down one gear. the +(up) position. This causes the
transmission to shift into the 2nd
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side
to shift back to the 1st gear.
6 24
Shift lock system Shift-lock override

For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the trans
mission from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the igni OSP2I059006
tion switch to the ON position. If the shift lever cannot be moved

3. Move the shift lever. from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
pedal depressed, continue depress
depressed and released with the
ing the brake, then do the following:
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
1. Place the ignition switch in the
chattering noise near the shift lever
LOCK/OFF position.
may be heard. This is a normal con
2. Apply the parking brake.
dition. 6
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov
ering the shift-lock release access
WARNING hole.
Always fully depress the brake 4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw
pedal before and while shifting out driver) into the access hole and
of the P (Park) position into another press down on the tool.
position to avoid inadvertent motion 5. Move the shift lever.
of the vehicle which could injure per 6. Remove the tool from the shift
sons in or around the vehicle. lock override access hole then
install the cap.
7. Have the system inspected by a
ommends to visit an authorized
6 25
Ignition key interlock system (if especially careful when braking,

equipped) accelerating or shifting gears. On
The ignition key cannot be removed a slippery surface, an abrupt
unless the shift lever is in the P change in vehicle speed can cause
the drive wheels to lose traction
(Park) position.
trol.
Good driving practices 䳜 Optimum vehicle performance
䳜 Never move the shift lever from P and economy is obtained by
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other smoothly depressing and releas
position with the accelerator ing the accelerator pedal.
pedal depressed.
䳜 Never move the shift lever into P WARNING
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion. 䳜 Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
䳜 Be sure the vehicle is completely unbelted occupant is significantly
stopped before you attempt to more likely to be seriously injured
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). or killed than a properly belted
䳜 Never take the vehicle out of gear occupant.
and coast down a hill. This may be 䳜 Avoid high speeds when cornering
extremely hazardous. Always or turning.
leave the vehicle in gear when 䳜 Do not make quick steering wheel
moving. movements, such as sharp lane
䳜 Do not "ride" the brakes. This can changes or fast, sharp turns.
cause them to overheat and mal 䳜 The risk of rollover is greatly
function. Instead, when you are increased if you lose control of
driving down a long hill, slow down your vehicle at highway speeds.
and shift to a lower gear. When 䳜 Loss of control often occurs if two
you do this, engine braking will or more wheels drop off the road
help slow down the vehicle.
way and the driver oversteers to
䳜 Slow down before shifting to a
reenter the roadway.
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
䳜 In the event your vehicle leaves
gear may not be engaged.
the roadway, do not steer
䳜 Always use the parking brake. Do
sharply. Instead, slow down
not depend on placing the trans
mission in P (Park) to keep the before pulling back into the travel
vehicle from moving. lanes.
䳜 Exercise extreme caution when 䳜 Never exceed posted speed limits.
driving on a slippery surface. Be
6 26
Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
WARNING Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

(if equipped)
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for
ward of backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
OSP2I059004
Depress the brake pedal and

Moving up a steep grade from a the lock release button when shift
standing start ing.
To move up a steep grade from a Press the lock release button
standing start, depress the brake when shifting.
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
The shift lever can be shifted 6
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and freely.
steepness of the grade, and release * To move the shift lever from/to P
the parking brake. Depress the (Parking) or between R (Reverse)
accelerator gradually while releasing and D (Drive), you must depress
the service brakes. the brake pedal for the vehicle to
When accelerating from a stop on a stand still.
steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards. Shifting
the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear)
will help prevent the vehicle from
rolling backwards.
6 27
Dual clutch transmission operation 䳜 To avoid damage to your trans

The dual clutch transmission has 7 mission, do not try to accelerate
forward speeds and one reverse with the shift lever in R (Reverse)
speed. or any forward gear position with
the brake engaged.
The individual speeds are selected 䳜 When stopped on a slope, do not
automatically in the D (Drive) posi hold the vehicle with accelerator
tion. pedal. Engage the service brake or
the parking brake.
WARNING
䳜 The Dual Clutch Transmission
To reduce the risk of serious injury gives the driving feel of a manual
or death: transmission, yet provides the
䳜 ALWAYS check the surrounding ease of a fully automatic trans
areas near your vehicle for peo mission. Unlike a traditional auto
ple, especially children, before matic transmission, the gear
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or shifting can be felt (and heard) on
R (Reverse). the dual clutch transmission
䳜 Before leaving the driver's seat, - Think of it as an automatically
always make sure the shift lever shifting manual transmission.
is in the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if
these precautions are not fol
lowed.
䳜 When using Manual Shift Mode,
use caution when shifting from a
higher gear to a lower gear on
slippery roads. This could cause
the tires to slip and may result in
an accident.
6 28
DCT warning messages 䳜 Ignoring the warnings can lead to

This warning message is displayed damage to the transmission.
when vehicle is driven slowly on a Transmission high temperature
grade and the vehicle detects that
the brake pedal is not applied.
OSP2I049121
䳜 Under certain conditions, such as

OSK3048135NR repeated stop-and-go launches
on steep grades, sudden take off
Steep grade or acceleration, or other harsh
Driving up hills or on steep grades: driving conditions, the transmis
䳜 To hold the vehicle on an incline sion clutch temperatures will
increase excessively. Finally the 6
use the foot brake or the parking
brake. clutch in transmission could be
䳜 When in stop-and-go traffic on an overheated.
incline, keep some distance ahead
before moving the vehicle for
ward. Then hold the vehicle on the NOTICE
incline with the foot brake. When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
䳜 If the vehicle is held on a hill by in stop condition, to reduce the driv-
applying the accelerator pedal or ing stress and have better trans
by creeping with brake pedal dis mission operations move the shift
engaged, the clutch and trans lever to N (Neutral) or P (Parking)
mission may overheat which can position.
result in damage. At this time, a
warning message will appear on
the LCD display.
䳜 If the LCD warning is active, the
foot brake must be applied.
6 29
䳜 When the clutch is overheated, Transmission overheated

the safe protection mode
engages and the gear position
indicator on the cluster blinks
with a chime. At this time, "Trans
mission temp. is high! Stop safely"
warning message will appear on
the LCD display and driving may
not be smooth.
䳜 If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
OSP2I059018
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to
cool.
䳜 If you ignore this warning, the
driving condition may become
worse. You may experience
abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or
jerkiness. To return to the normal
driving condition, stop the vehicle
and apply the foot brake or shift OSP2I049122
into P (Park).
Then allow the transmission to
cool for a few minutes with
engine on, before driving off.
䳜 When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
OSP2I049123
6 30
䳜 If the vehicle continues to be Transmission ranges

driven and the clutch tempera The indicator in the instrument
tures reach the maximum tem cluster displays the shift lever posi
perature limit, the " Transmission tion when the ignition switch is in
Hot! Park with engine on" warning the ON position.
will be displayed. When this
occurs the clutch is disabled until
P (Park)
the clutch cools to normal tem
peratures. Always come to a complete stop
䳜 The warning will display a time to before shifting into P (Park).
wait for the transmission to cool. To shift from P (Park), you must
䳜 If this occurs, pull over to a safe depress firmly on the brake pedal
location, stop the vehicle with the and make sure your foot is off the
engine running, apply the brakes accelerator pedal.
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to The shift lever must be in P (Park)
cool. before turning the engine off.
䳜 When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving." appears you can WARNING
continue to drive your vehicle. 䳜 Shifting into P (Park) while the 6
䳜 When possible, drive the vehicle vehicle is in motion may cause
smoothly. you to lose control of the vehicle.
If any of the warning messages in 䳜 After the vehicle has stopped,
the LCD display continue to blink, for always make sure the shift lever
your safety, We recommend have is in P (Park), apply the parking
the system checked by an autho brake, and turn the engine off.
rized Kia dealer. 䳜 Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.
6 31
R (Reverse) Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Use this position to drive the vehicle Follow below steps when parking
backward. and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
CAUTION 1. After parking your vehicle, step on
the brake pedal and move the
before shifting into or out of R
button in "ON" or while the engine
(Reverse); you may damage the
is running.
transmission if you shift into R
2. If the parking brake is applied
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
unlock the parking brake.
motion.
3. While pressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button "OFF".
N (Neutral) 䳜 For smart key equipped vehi
cles, the ignition switch can be
The wheels and transmission are moved to "OFF" only when the
not engaged. shift lever is in "P".
4. Change the gear shift lever to "N"
WARNING (Neutral) while pressing the brake
Do not shift into gear unless your pedal and pushing "SHIFT LOCK
foot is firmly on the brake pedal. RELEASE" button or inserting,
Shifting into gear when the engine is pressing down a tool (e.g., flat
running at high speed can cause the head screw-driver) into the
vehicle to move very rapidly. You "SHIFT LOCK RELEASE" access
could lose control of the vehicle and hole at the same time. Then, the
hit people or objects. vehicle will move when external
force is applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
6 32
CAUTION Sports mode
䳜 With the exception of parking in

neutral gear, always park the
vehicle in "P" (Park) for safety and
engage the parking brake.
ground is level and flat. Do not
park in "N" gear on any slopes or
gradients.
If parked and left in "N", the vehi OSP2I059005
cle may move and cause serious Whether the vehicle is stationary or
damage and injury. in motion, sports mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
D (Drive) gate. To return to D (Drive) range
This is the normal driving position. operation, push the shift lever back
The transmission will automatically into the main gate.
shift through a 7 gear sequence, SPORT mode manages the driving 6
providing the best fuel economy and dynamics by automatically adjusting
power. the steering effort, and the engine
For extra power when passing and transmission control logic for
another vehicle or driving uphill enhanced driver performance.
depress the accelerator pedal fur In sports mode, moving the shift
ther until you feel the transmission lever backwards and forwards will
downshift to a lower gear. allow you to make gearshifts rap
To stop the vehicle during driving, idly. In contrast to a manual trans
please press brake pedal fully to mission, the sports mode allows
prevent unintended movement. gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
䳜 Up (+): Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
䳜 Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
6 33
NOTICE length of time even after

releasing the accelerator.
䳜 In sports mode, the driver must - Upshifts are delayed when
execute upshifts in accordance accelerating.
with road conditions, taking care 䳜 In SPORT mode, the fuel effi
to keep the engine speed below ciency may decrease.
the red zone.
䳜 In sports mode, only the 7 for
ward gears can be selected. To Shift lock system (if equipped)
reverse or park the vehicle, move For your safety, the Dual clutch
transmission has a shift lock system
or P (Park) position as required.
which prevents shifting the trans
䳜 In sports mode, downshifts are
mission from P (Park) into R
made automatically when the
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
vehicle slows down. When the
depressed.
vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto
matically selected. To shift the transmission from P
䳜 In sports mode, when the engine (Park) into R (Reverse):
rpm approaches the red zone 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
shift points are varied to upshift 2. Start the engine or turn the igni
automatically. tion switch to the ON position.
䳜 To maintain the required levels of 3. Move the shift lever.
vehicle performance and safety, If the brake pedal is repeatedly
the system may not execute cer depressed and released with the
tain gearshifts when the shift shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
lever is operated. chattering noise & vibration near
䳜 When driving on a slippery road, the shift lever may be heard. This is
push the shift lever forward into a normal condition.
the + (up) position. This causes
the transmission to shift into the WARNING
2nd gear which is better for
Always fully depress the brake
smooth driving on a slippery road.
pedal before and while shifting out
Push the shift lever to the -
of the P (Park) position into another
(down) side to shift back to the
position to avoid inadvertent motion
1st gear.
of the vehicle which could injure per
䳜 When SPORT mode is activated:
sons in or around the vehicle.
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
6 34
Good driving practices and the vehicle to go out of con

䳜 Never move the shift lever from P trol.
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other 䳜 Optimum vehicle performance
position with the accelerator and economy is obtained by
pedal depressed. smoothly depressing and releas
䳜 Never move the shift lever into P ing the accelerator pedal.
motion. WARNING
䳜 Be sure the car is completely
䳜 Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
stopped before you attempt to
unbelted occupant is significantly
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
more likely to be seriously injured
䳜 Never take the car out of gear
or killed than a properly belted
and coast down a hill. This may be
occupant.
extremely hazardous. Always
䳜 Avoid high speeds when cornering
leave the car in gear when mov
or turning.
ing.
䳜 Do not make quick steering wheel
䳜 Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
movements, such as sharp lane
cause them to overheat and mal
changes or fast, sharp turns.
function. Instead, when you are
䳜 The risk of rollover is greatly
driving down a long hill, slow down 6
increased if you lose control of
and shift to a lower gear. When
your vehicle at highway speeds.
you do this, engine braking will
䳜 Loss of control often occurs if two
help slow the car.
or more wheels drop off the road
䳜 Slow down before shifting to a
way and the driver oversteers to
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
reenter the roadway.
gear may not be engaged.
䳜 In the event your vehicle leaves
䳜 Always use the parking brake. Do
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
mission in P (Park) to keep the car
before pulling back into the travel
from moving.
lanes.
䳜 Exercise extreme caution when
䳜 Never exceed posted speed limits.
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On
a slippery surface, an abrupt
change in vehicle speed can cause
6 35
Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
WARNING Intelligent variable transmission

(IVT) (if equipped)
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may The Intelligent Variable Transmis
attempt to rock the vehicle free by sion (IVT) automatically shifts
moving it forward and backward. Do depending on speed, accelerate
not attempt this procedure if people pedal position. The individual speeds
or objects are anywhere near the are selected automatically, depend
vehicle. During the rocking operation ing on the position of the shift lever.
the vehicle may suddenly move for
ward of backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
OSP2I059004
Depress the brake pedal and

the lock release button when shift
ing.
Press the lock release button
when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
6 36
Intelligent Variable Transmission CAUTION

(IVT) operation
䳜 To avoid damage to your trans
For smooth operation, depress the
mission, do not accelerate the
brake pedal when shifting from N
engine in R (Reverse) or any for
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
ward gear position with the
gear.
brakes on.
䳜 When stopped on an incline, do
WARNING not hold the vehicle stationary
Intelligent Variable Transmission with engine power. Use the ser
(IVT) vice brake or the parking brake.
䳜 Always check the surrounding 䳜 Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
areas near your vehicle for peo (Park) into D (Drive), or R
ple, especially children, before (Reverse) when the engine is
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R above idle speed.
(Reverse).
䳜 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever Transmission ranges
is in the P (Park) position; then set The indicator in the instrument
the parking brake fully and shut cluster displays the shift lever posi
6
the engine off. Unexpected and tion when the ignition switch is in
sudden vehicle movement can the ON position.
occur if these precautions are not
followed in the order identified. P (Park)
䳜 Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
before shifting into P (Park). This
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
position locks the transmission and
roads.
prevents the front wheels from
rotating.
accident.
6 37
WARNING R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
䳜 Shifting into P (Park) while the
backward.
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the CAUTION
vehicle. Always come to a complete stop
䳜 Do not use the P (Park) position in before shifting into or out of R
place of the parking brake. Always (Reverse); you may damage the
make sure the shift lever is transmission if you shift into R while
latched in the P (Park) position the vehicle is in motion, except as
and set the parking brake fully. explained in "Rocking the vehicle" on
䳜 Never leave a child unattended in page 6-67.
a vehicle.
N (Neutral)
CAUTION The wheels and transmission are
The transmission may be damaged not engaged. The vehicle will roll
if you shift into P (Park) while the freely even on the slightest incline
vehicle is in motion. unless the parking brake or service
brakes are applied.
CAUTION
WARNING
The RPM (revolution per minute)
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
may increase or decrease when
performing the Intelligent Variable (Neutral).
Transmission (IVT) self-diagnosis. The engine brake will not work and
Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1. After parking your vehicle, step on
the brake pedal and move the
6 38
button in "ON" or while the engine D (Drive)

is running. This is the normal forward driving
2. If the parking brake is applied position. The transmission will auto
unlock the parking brake. matically shift, providing the best
3. While pressing the brake pedal, fuel economy and power.
turn the ignition button "OFF".
䳜 For smart key equipped vehi For extra power when passing
cles, the ignition switch can be another vehicle or climbing grades,
moved to "OFF" only when the depress the accelerator fully, at
shift lever is in "P". which time the transmission will
4. Change the gear shift lever to "N" automatically downshift to the next
(Neutral) while pressing the brake lower gear.
pedal and pushing "SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE" button or inserting, NOTICE
pressing down a tool (e.g., flat Always come to a complete stop
head screw-driver) into the before shifting into D (Drive).
"SHIFT LOCK RELEASE" access
hole at the same time. Then, the
vehicle will move when external Sports mode
force is applied.
6
CAUTION
䳜 With the exception of parking in
neutral gear, always park the
vehicle in "P" (Park) for safety and
engage the parking brake.
ground is level and flat. Do not OSP2I059005
park in "N" gear on any slopes or Whether the vehicle is stationary or

gradients. in motion, sports mode is selected
If parked and left in "N", the vehi by pushing the shift lever from the
cle may move and cause serious
D (Drive) position into the manual
damage and injury.
gate. To return to D (Drive) range
operation, push the shift lever back
into the main gate.
6 39
SPORT mode manages the driving 䳜 In sports mode, when the engine
dynamics by automatically adjusting rpm approaches the red zone
the steering effort, and the engine shift points are varied to upshift
and transmission control logic for automatically.
enhanced driver performance. 䳜 To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
In sports mode, moving the shift
the system may not execute cer
lever backwards and forwards will
tain gearshifts when the shift
allow you to make gearshifts rap
lever is operated.
idly. In contrast to a manual trans
䳜 When driving on a slippery road,
mission, the sports mode allows
push the shift lever forward into
gearshifts with the accelerator
the + (up) position. This causes
pedal depressed.
the transmission to shift into the
䳜 Up (+): Push the lever forward
2nd gear which is better for
once to shift up one gear.
smooth driving on a slippery road.
䳜 Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
Push the shift lever to the -
once to shift down one gear.
(down) side to shift back to the
1st gear.
NOTICE 䳜 When SPORT mode is activated:
䳜 In sports mode, the driver must - The engine rpm will tend to
execute upshifts in accordance remain raised over a certain
with road conditions, taking care length of time even after
to keep the engine speed below releasing the accelerator.
the red zone. - Upshifts are delayed when
䳜 In sports mode, only the 8 for accelerating.
ward gears can be selected. To 䳜 In SPORT mode, the fuel effi
reverse or park the vehicle, move ciency may decrease.
or P (Park) position as required.
䳜 In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto
matically selected.
6 40
Shift lock system (if equipped) Good driving practices

For your safety, the Intelligent Vari 䳜 Never move the shift lever from P
able Transmission (IVT) has a shift (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
lock system which prevents shifting position with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
the transmission from P (Park) into
䳜 Never move the shift lever into P
R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
motion.
To shift the transmission from P 䳜 Be sure the vehicle is completely
(Park) into R (Reverse): stopped before you attempt to
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
2. Start the engine or turn the igni 䳜 Never take the vehicle out of gear
tion switch to the ON position. and coast down a hill. This may be
3. Move the shift lever. extremely hazardous. Always
If the brake pedal is repeatedly leave the vehicle in gear when
depressed and released with the moving.
䳜 Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
cause them to overheat and mal
chattering noise near the shift lever
function. Instead, when you are
may be heard. This is a normal con
driving down a long hill, slow down
dition. and shift to a lower gear. When 6
you do this, engine braking will
WARNING help slow down the vehicle.
Always fully depress the brake 䳜 Slow down before shifting to a
pedal before and while shifting out lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
of the P (Park) position into another gear may not be engaged.
position to avoid inadvertent motion 䳜 Always use the parking brake. Do
of the vehicle which could injure per
mission in P (Park) to keep the
sons in or around the vehicle.
vehicle from moving.
䳜 Exercise extreme caution when
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On
a slippery surface, an abrupt
change in vehicle speed can cause
trol.
6 41
䳜 Optimum vehicle performance WARNING

and economy is obtained by
smoothly depressing and releas If your vehicle becomes stuck in
ing the accelerator pedal. snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
WARNING
not attempt this procedure if people
䳜 Always buckle-up! In a collision, an or objects are anywhere near the
unbelted occupant is significantly vehicle. During the rocking operation
more likely to be seriously injured the vehicle may suddenly move for
or killed than a properly belted ward or backward as it becomes
occupant. unstuck, causing injury or damage
䳜 Avoid high speeds when cornering to nearby people or objects.
or turning.
䳜 Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane Moving up a steep grade from a
changes or fast, sharp turns. standing start
䳜 The risk of a rollover is greatly To move up a steep grade from a
increased if you lose control of standing start:
your vehicle at highway speeds. 1. Depress the brake pedal, shift
䳜 Losing control often occurs if two the shift lever to D (Drive).
or more wheels drop off the road 2. Select the appropriate gear
way and the driver oversteers to depending on load weight and
reenter the roadway. steepness of the grade, and
䳜 In the event your vehicle leaves release the parking brake.
the roadway, do not steer 3. Depress the accelerator gradually
sharply. Instead, slow down while releasing the service brakes.
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
䳜 Never exceed posted speed limits.
6 42
Driving your vehicle Brake system
Brake system WARNING

Your vehicle has power-assisted Steep hill braking
brakes, parking brake, and various
Avoid continuous application of the
braking systems for safe driving. brakes when descending a long or
steep hill by shifting to a lower gear.
Power brakes Continuous brake application will
Your vehicle has power-assisted cause the brakes to overheat and
brakes that adjust automatically could result in a temporary loss of
through normal usage. braking performance.
In the event that the power-
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
assisted brakes lose power because
ability to safely slow down; the
of a stalled engine or some other
vehicle may also pull to one side
reason, you can still stop your vehi
when the brakes are applied. Apply
cle by applying greater force to the
ing the brakes lightly will indicate
brake pedal than you normally
whether they have been affected in
would. The stopping distance, how
this way. Always test your brakes in
ever, will be longer.
this fashion after driving through
When the engine is not running, the deep water. To dry the brakes, apply
6
reserve brake power is partially them lightly while maintaining a
depleted each time the brake pedal safe forward speed until brake per
is applied. Do not pump the brake formance returns to normal.
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con
trol on slippery surfaces.
CAUTION
Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormally high brake tempera
tures which can cause excessive
brake lining and pad wear.
6 43
In the event of brake failure If none are found and the condition
If service brakes fail to operate persists, have your vehicle towed to
while the vehicle is in motion, you an authorized Kia dealer and
can make an emergency stop with inspected.
the parking brake. The stopping dis
tance, however, will be much Disc brakes wear indicator
greater than normal. When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
WARNING a high-pitched warning sound from
Parking brake your front brakes or rear brakes.
You may hear this sound come and
Avoid applying the parking brake to
go or it may occur whenever you
stop the vehicle while it is moving
press the brake pedal.
except in an emergency situation.
Applying the parking brake while the Please remember that some driving
vehicle is moving at normal speeds conditions or climates may cause a
can cause a sudden loss of control brake squeal when you first apply
of the vehicle. If you must use the (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is
parking brake to stop the vehicle, normal and does not indicate a
use great caution in applying the problem with your brakes.
brake.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply Your rear drum brakes do not have
steady and firm pressure to the wear indicators. Therefore, have the
brake pedal to slow the vehicle and rear brake linings inspected if you
reduce engine power. hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also
have your rear brakes inspected
If you experience this condition, take
each time you change or rotate
the following steps:
your tires and when you have the
1. Apply the brakes and bring your
front brakes replaced.
vehicle to a safe stop.
2. Move the transmission to P
(Park), switch the engine off and
apply the parking brake.
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference.
6 44
CAUTION Parking brake

After parking the vehicle, apply the
Replace brake pads
parking brake to prevent the vehicle
Do not continue to drive with worn
from being moved by the external
brake pads. Continuing to drive with
force.
worn brake pads can damage the
braking system and result in costly Applying the parking brake
brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you will
eventually lose braking perfor
mance, which could lead to a serious
OSP2I059021
accident.
To engage the parking brake:
1. Apply the foot brake and then pull
up the parking brake lever as far 6
NOTICE
as possible.
Brake dust may accumulate on the
In addition it is recommended that
wheels, even under normal driving
when parking the vehicle on a
conditions. Some dust is inevitable
incline, the shift lever should be in a
as the brakes wear and does con
low gear on manual transmission
tribute to brake noise.
vehicles.
CAUTION
䳜 Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
䳜 Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the vehicle system and
make endanger driving safety.
6 45
Releasing the parking brake 䳜 Under some conditions your park

ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most
likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a
risk that the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shift lever in
first or reverse gear (manual
OSP2I059022
transmission) and block the rear
To release the parking brake: wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
1. Apply the foot brake and pull up Then release the parking brake.
the parking brake lever slightly. 䳜 Do not hold the vehicle on the
2. Depress the release button (1)
upgrade with the accelerator
and lower the parking brake lever
pedal. This can cause the trans
(2) while holding the button.
mission to overheat. Always use
If the parking brake does not release the brake pedal or parking brake.
or does not release all the way, have
the system checked by a profes
WARNING
sional workshop. Kia recommends to
visit an authorized Kia dealer. 䳜 Never allow a passenger to touch
䳜 Be cautious when parking on a hill. the parking brake. If the parking
Firmly engage the parking brake brake is released unintentionally,
and place the shift lever in first or serious injury may occur.
reverse gear (manual transmis 䳜 All vehicles should always have
sion). If your vehicle is facing the parking brake fully engaged
downhill, turn the front wheels when parking to avoid inadvertent
into the curb to help keep the movement of the vehicle which
vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle can injure occupants or pedestri
is facing uphill, turn the front ans.
wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling.
If there is no curb or if it is
Check the brake warning light by
required by other conditions to
turning the ignition switch ON (do
keep the vehicle from rolling,
not start the engine). This light will
block the wheels.
6 46
be illuminated when the parking should be driven at reduced speeds

brake is applied with the ignition in the following circumstances:
switch in the START or ON position. 䳜 When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
Before driving, be sure the parking
䳜 When driving with tire chains
brake is fully released and the brake
installed
warning light is off.
䳜 When driving on roads where the
If the brake warning light remains road surface is pitted or has dif
on after the parking brake is ferent surface heights.
released while engine is running,
Driving in these conditions increases
there may be a malfunction in the
the stopping distance for your vehi
brake system. Immediate attention
cle.
is necessary.
The ABS continuously senses the
If at all possible, cease driving the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
vehicle immediately. If that is not
are going to lock, the ABS repeat
possible, use extreme caution while
edly modulates the hydraulic brake
operating the vehicle and only con
pressure to the wheels.
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair When you apply your brakes under
shop. conditions which may lock the 6
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
brake pedal. This is normal and it
prevents the wheels from locking.
means your ABS is active.
So the vehicle remains stable and
can still be steered. In order to obtain the maximum
benefit from your ABS in an emer
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci
gency situation, do not attempt to
dents due to improper or dangerous
modulate your brake pressure and
driving maneuvers. Even though
do not try to pump your brakes.
vehicle control is improved during
Press your brake pedal as hard as
emergency braking, always main
possible to allow the ABS to control
tain a safe distance between you
the force being delivered to the
and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
brakes.
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
6 47
NOTICE problem with your ABS. Contact an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as
A click sound may be heard in the possible.
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the When you drive on a road having
vehicle is started. These conditions poor traction, such as an icy road,
are normal and indicate that the and have operated your brakes con
Anti-lock Brake System is function tinuously, the ABS will be active
ing properly. continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi
Even with the Anti-lock Brake Sys cle over to a safe place and stop the
tem, your vehicle still requires suffi vehicle.
cient stopping distance. Always Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
maintain a safe distance from the warning light goes off, then your
vehicle in front of you. ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may
Always slow down when cornering. have a problem with the ABS. Con
The Anti-lock Brake System cannot tact an authorized Kia dealer as
prevent accidents resulting from soon as possible.
excessive speeds.
NOTICE
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the Anti-lock Brake When you jump start your vehicle
System may result in a longer stop because of a drained battery, the
ping distance than for vehicles vehicle may not run as smoothly
equipped with a conventional brake and the ABS warning light may turn
system. on at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
The ABS warning light will stay on does not mean your ABS has mal
for approximately 3 seconds after functioned.
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
䳜 Do not pump your brakes!
ON.
䳜 Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
During that time, the ABS will go

through selfdiagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
6 48
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) WARNING

system (if equipped)
Never drive too fast for the road
The Electronic Stability Control
conditions or too quickly when cor
(ESC) is designed to stabilize the
nering. Electronic stability Control
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
(ESC) will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can still result in serious
accidents. Only a safe and attentive
driver can prevent accidents by
avoiding maneuvers that cause the
vehicle to lose traction. Even with
ESC installed, always follow all the
normal precautions for driving -
including driving at safe speeds for
OSP2I059008
the conditions.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the The ESC system is an electronic
vehicle management system to sta system designed to help the driver
bilize the vehicle. maintain vehicle control under 6
ESC will not prevent accidents. adverse conditions. It is not a sub
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt stitute for safe driving practices.
maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet Factors including speed, road condi
surfaces can still result in serious tions and driver steering input can
all affect whether ESC will be effec
accidents.
tive in preventing a loss of control. It
Only a safe and attentive driver can is still your responsibility to drive
prevent accidents by avoiding and corner at reasonable speeds
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to and to leave a sufficient margin of
lose traction. Even with ESC safety.
installed, always follow all the nor When you apply your brakes under
mal precautions for driving - includ conditions which may lock the
ing driving at safe speeds for the wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
conditions. sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
6 49
NOTICE When operating

When the ESC is in operation,
A click sound may be heard in the the ESC indicator light blinks.
vehicle compartment when the When the Electronic Stability
vehicle begins to move after the Control is operating properly, you
vehicle is started. These conditions can feel a slight pulsation in the
are normal and indicate that the vehicle. This is only the effect of
Electronic Stability Control system is brake control and indicates nothing
functioning properly. unusual.
When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, pressing
ESC operation the accelerator pedal may not cause
the vehicle rpm (revolutions per
ESC ON condition minute) to increase.
䳜 When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned ON, ESC and ESC ESC operation off
OFF indicator lights illuminate for This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
approximately 3 seconds, then states.
ESC is turned on.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is off,
䳜 Press the ESC OFF button for at
ESC remains off. Upon restarting
least half a second after turning
the vehicle, the ESC will automati
the vehicle ON to turn ESC off.
cally turn on again.
(ESC OFF indicator will illuminate).
To turn the ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
light will go off).
䳜 When starting the vehicle, you
may hear a slight ticking sound.
This is the ESC performing an
automatic system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
OSP2I059016
6 50
ESC off state 1 Indicator light

To turn off the traction control ESC indicator light
function and only operate the brake
control function of the ESC, press
the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
ESC OFF indicator light
for less than 3 seconds and the ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
illuminate. When ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned to ON, the indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
OSP2I059017
the button.
6
ESC off state 2 WARNING
To turn off the traction control
Electronic Stability Control
function and the brake control func
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability Con
button (ESC OFF ) for more than
trol. It can only assist you in main
3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light taining control under certain
(ESC OFF ) will illuminate and ESC circumstances.
OFF warning chime will sound. At
this state, the car stability control
function does not operate any
more.
6 51
ESC OFF usage Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) system (if equipped)
When driving
The Vehicle Stability Management
䳜 ESC should be turned on for daily (VSM) provides further enhance
driving whenever possible. ments to vehicle stability and steer
䳜 To turn ESC off while driving, ing responses under the following
press the ESC OFF button while condition:
driving on a flat road surface. 䳜 when driving on a slippery road or
䳜 when a change in the coefficient
WARNING of friction between left and right
Operating ESC wheels is detected.
Never press the ESC OFF button
while ESC is operating (ESC indicator WARNING
light blinks). Tire/Wheel size
If ESC is turned off while ESC is When replacing tires and wheels,
operating, the vehicle may slip out make sure they are the same size
of control. as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may diminish any sup
NOTICE plemental safety benefits of the
䳜 When operating the vehicle on a VSM system.
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it VSM operation
may prevent the vehicle speed When the VSM is in operation, ESC
from increasing, and result in
indicator light ( ) blinks.
false diagnosis.
䳜 Turning the ESC off does not When the VSM is operating properly,
affect ABS or brake system oper you can feel a slight pulsation in the
ation. vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Electronic Power Steer
ing (EPS)). This is only the effect of
brake and EPS control and indicates
nothing unusual.
6 52
The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator

䳜 Driving on a sloping road such as a The VSM can be deactivated even if
gradient or incline you don't cancel the VSM operation
䳜 Driving in reverse by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
䳜 ESC OFF indicator light ( ) indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
remains on the instrument cluster
Electric Power Steering system or
䳜 EPS indicator light remains on the
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
instrument cluster
light ( ) or EPS warning light
VSM operation off remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
If you press the ESC OFF button to
system checked.
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
NOTICE
light ( ) illuminates.
䳜 The VSM is designed to function
To turn on the VSM, press the but above approximately 22 km/h on
ton again. The ESC OFF indicator curves.
light goes out. 䳜 The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 10 km/h 6
WARNING when a vehicle is braking on a
split-mu surface. A split-mu sur
Vehicle Stability Management
face is made of two surfaces
Drive carefully even though your which have different friction
vehicle has Vehicle Stability Man forces.
agement. It can only assist you in
maintaining control of the vehicle
The VSM is not a substitute for safe
under certain circumstances.
driving practices but a supplemen
tary function only. It is the respon
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
6 53
Your vehicle is designed to activate WARNING

according to the driver's intention,
even with installed VSM. Always fol Maintaining Brake Pressure on
low all the normal precautions for Incline
driving at safe speeds for the condi HAC does not replace the need to
tions 䳍 including driving in clement apply brakes while stopped on an
weather and on a slippery road. incline. While stopped, make sure
you maintain brake pressure suffi
cient to prevent your vehicle from
WARNING
rolling backward and causing an
For maximum protection, always accident. Don't release the brake
wear your seat belt. No system, no pedal until you are ready to acceler
matter how advanced, can compen ate forward.
sate for all driver error and/or driv
ing conditions. Always drive
responsibly. Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep
occupants safe and extend brake
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) (if
life.
equipped)
䳜 Check to be sure the parking
A vehicle has the tendency to roll brake is not engaged and the
back on a steep hill when it starts to parking brake indicator light is out
go after stopping. The Hill-start before driving away.
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the 䳜 Driving through water may get
vehicle from rolling back by applying the brakes wet. They can also get
the brakes automatically for about wet when the vehicle is washed.
2 seconds. Wet brakes can be dangerous!
The brakes are released when the Your vehicle will not stop as
accelerator pedal is engaged or quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
after about 2 seconds. brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
The HAC is activated only for about
To dry the brakes, apply the
2 seconds, so when the vehicle is
brakes lightly until the braking
starting off always engaged the
action returns to normal, taking
accelerator pedal.
care to keep the vehicle under
control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so
6 54
and call an authorized Kia dealer keep the vehicle from rolling,
for assistance. block the wheels.
䳜 Don't coast down hills with the 䳜 Under some conditions your park
vehicle out of gear. This is ing brake can freeze in the
extremely hazardous. Keep the engaged position. This is most
vehicle in gear at all times, use the likely to happen when there is an
brakes to slow down, then shift to accumulation of snow or ice
a lower gear so that vehicle brak around or near the rear brakes or
ing will help you maintain a safe if the brakes are wet. If there is a
speed. risk that the parking brake may
䳜 Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest freeze, apply it only temporarily
ing your foot on the brake pedal while you put the shifter dial in P
while driving can be dangerous and block the rear wheels so the
because the brakes might over vehicle cannot roll. Then release
heat and lose their effectiveness. the parking brake.
It also increases the wear of the 䳜 Do not hold the vehicle on an
brake components. incline with the accelerator pedal.
䳜 If a tire goes flat while you are This can cause the reduction gear
driving, apply the brakes gently to overheat. Always use the brake
and keep the vehicle pointed pedal or parking brake.
6
straight ahead while you slow
down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to
do so, pull off the road and stop in
a safe place.
䳜 Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shifter dial in P. If
your vehicle is facing downhill,
turn the front wheels into the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
6 55
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
Drive mode integrated control The driving mode will be set to

system NORMAL or ECO mode when the
engine is restarted. If it is in
The drive mode may be selected
NORMAL/SPORT mode, NORMAL
according to the driver's preference
mode will be set, when the engine is
or road condition.
restarted.
The mode changes whenever the
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be
DRIVE MODE knob is turned.
set when the engine is restarted.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set
(&2 to ECO mode, the engine
and transmission control
logic are changed to maximize fuel
efficiency.
䳜 When ECO mode is selected by
turning the Drive mode knob, the
OSP2I059009
ECO indicator will illuminate.
䳜 If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set
ting will remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condi
OSP2049135
tion.
1. NORMAL mode: NORMAL mode
provides soft driving and com When ECO mode is activated:
fortable riding. 䳜 The acceleration response may be
2. ECO mode: ECO mode improves slightly reduced if the accelerator
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly pedal is engaged moderately.
driving. 䳜 The shift pattern of the auto
3. SPORT mode: SPORT mode pro matic transmission may change.
vides sporty but firm riding.
6 56
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
The above situations are normal NOTICE

conditions when ECO mode is acti
vated to improve fuel efficiency. In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the Traction control (if equipped)
system operation is limited even Traction Control is a system that
though there is no change in the achieve optimal driving performance
ECO indicator. by controlling engine and braking by
䳜 When driving the vehicle with the road condition (snow/wet, muddy,
Automatic/DCT/IVT transmission
sandy)
gear shift lever in sport mode.
The system will be limited accord
Traction control mode
ing to the shift location.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
63257 driving dynamics by auto
matically adjusting the
6
steering effort, and the engine and
transmission control logic for
enhanced driver performance.
䳜 When SPORT mode is selected by
OSP2059184
turning the knob, the SPORT indi
cator will illuminate. If you press the "DRIVE/TRACTION"
䳜 Whenever the engine is restarted, mode button, the driving mode is
the Drive Mode will revert back to changed from Driving control to
NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is Traction control. You can select
desired, re-select SPORT mode SNOW/WET (1), MUD (2) or SAND ()
from the knob. mode by rotation the knob. If you
䳜 When SPORT mode is activated: press the "DRIVE/TRACTION" mode
- The engine rpm will tend to button again, the driving mode is
remain raised over a certain changed from Traction Control to
length of time even after previous driving control.
releasing the accelerator.
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
6 57
Driving your vehicle Cruise control system
The driving mode will be set to Driv Cruise control system

ing control when the restarted, If it (if equipped)
is in Traction Control.
The cruise control system allows
you to program the vehicle to main
WARNING tain a constant speed without
Traction mode is a device applied for pressing the accelerator pedal.
2WD(2 wheel drive) vehicles. Please
This system is designed to function
do not drive too hard on rough roads
above approximately 30 km/h.
where 4WD(4 wheel drive) vehicles
performance are required.
Invalid mode selection can lead to
WARNING
loss of traction and skidding, partic 䳜 If the cruise control is left on,
ularly on slippery roads, this can (CRUISE indicator light in the
cause you to lose control of the instrument cluster illuminated)
vehicle, which can lead to accidents the cruise control can be switched
and serious injuries. on accidentally. Keep the cruise
control system off (CRUISE indi
cator light OFF) when the cruise
Traction mode operation control is not in use, to avoid
Traction mode offers special trac inadvertently setting a speed.
tion tuning for snow/wet/mud/sand, 䳜 Use the cruise control system
optimizing available traction in only when traveling on open high
adverse conditions. Traction mode ways in good weather.
adjusts left and right wheel slip con 䳜 Do not use the cruise control
trol, engine torque and shift pat when it may not be safe to keep
terns according to available traction the car at a constant speed, for
levels. instance, driving in heavy or vary
ing traffic, or on slippery (rainy,
icy or snow/wet-covered) or
winding roads or over % uphill
or down-hill roads.
䳜 Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever using
the cruise control system.
6 58
CAUTION Cruise control switch
During cruise-speed driving of a

manual transmission vehicle, do not
shift into neutral without depress
ing the clutch pedal, since the
engine will be overrevved. If this
happens, depress the clutch pedal or
release the cruise control ON-OFF
switch.
OSP2I059010
NOTICE 䳜 O/CANCEL: Cancels cruise control

During normal cruise control opera operation.
tion, when the SET switch is acti 䳜 CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys
vated or reactivated after applying tem on or off.
the brakes, the cruise control will 䳜 RES+: Resumes or increases
energize after approximately 3 sec cruise control speed.
onds. This delay is normal. 䳜 SET-: Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
6
NOTICE Setting cruise control speed
To activate cruise control, depress 1. Press the CRUISE button on the
the brake pedal at least once after steering wheel, to turn the sys
turning the ignition switch to the ON tem on. The cruise status on the
LCD screen will appear.
position or starting the engine. This
is to check if the brake switch which
is important part to cancel cruise
control is in normal condition.
OSP2I059011
6 59
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, Increasing cruise control set speed

which must be more than 30 km/h.
NOTICE
Manual transmission
For manual transmission vehicles,
you should depress the brake pedal
at least once to set the cruise con
trol after starting the engine.
3. Move the lever down (to SET-), OSP2I059013

and release it at the desired
Follow either of these procedures:
speed. The cruise status on the
LCD screen will appear. Release 䳜 Move the lever up (to RES+) and
the accelerator pedal at the same hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
time. The desired speed will auto increase by 10 km/h. Release the
matically be maintained. lever at the speed you want.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may 䳜 Move the lever up (to RES+) and
slow down or speed up slightly release it immediately. The cruis
while going downhill. ing speed will increase by 1.0 km/
h each time you move the lever up
(to RES+) in this manner.
OSP2I059012
6 60
Decreasing the cruising speed Cancelling cruise control
OSP2I059012 OSP2I059014
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:

䳜 Move the lever down (to SET-) 䳜 Depress the brake pedal.
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed 䳜 Depress the clutch pedal if
will decrease by 10 km/h. Release equipped with a manual trans
the lever at the speed you want mission.
to maintain. 䳜 Press the O/CANCEL switch
䳜 Move the lever down (to SET-) located on the steering wheel.
and release it immediately. The 䳜 Decrease the vehicle speed lower
cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 than the memory speed by 20 6
km/h each time you move the km/h.
lever down (to SET-) in this man 䳜 Decrease the vehicle speed to less
ner. than approximately 30 km/h.
Each of these actions will cancel
Accelerating temporarily with the cruise control operation (the cruise
cruise control on set speed will disappear), but it will
䳜 If you want to speed up tempo not turn the system off. If you wish
rarily when the cruise control is to resume cruise control operation,
on, depress the accelerator pedal.
move up the lever (to RES+) located
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or on your steering wheel. You will
change the set speed. return to your previously preset
䳜 To return to the set speed, take speed.
your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
6 61
Driving your vehicle Economical operation
Resuming cruising speed at more Economical operation

than approximately 30 km/h
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving,
where you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many kilometers you can get from a
liter of fuel. To operate your vehicle
as economically as possible, use the
following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
䳜 Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
OSP2I059013
moderate rate. Don't make "jack
If any method other than the
rabbit" starts or full-throttle
CRUISE button was used to cancel
shifts and maintain a steady
cruising speed and the system is still
cruising speed. Don't race
activated, the most recent set
between stoplights. Try to adjust
speed will automatically resume
your speed to the traffic so you
when you move the lever up (to don't have to change speeds
RES+). unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic
It will not resume, however, if the whenever possible.
vehicle speed has dropped below Always maintain a safe distance
approximately 30 km/h. from other vehicles so you can
avoid unnecessary braking. This
Turning cruise control off also reduces brake wear.
䳜 Drive at a moderate speed. The
Follow either of these procedures:
faster you drive, the more fuel
䳜 Press the CRUISE button (The
your vehicle uses. Driving at a
cruise status on the LCD screen
moderate speed, especially on the
will disappear).
䳜 Turn the ignition off. highway, is one of the most
effective ways to reduce fuel con
Both of these actions cancel cruise sumption.
control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in "Set
ting cruise control speed" on page
6-61.
6 62
Driving your vehicle Economical operation
䳜 Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This 䳜 Keep your car clean. For maxi
can increase fuel consumption mum service, your vehicle should
and also increase wear on these be kept clean and free of corro
components. In addition, driving sive materials. It is especially
with your foot resting on the important that mud, dirt, ice, etc.
brake pedal may cause the brakes not be allowed to accumulate on
to overheat, which reduces their the underside of the car. This
effectiveness and may lead to extra weight can result in
more serious consequences. increased fuel consumption and
䳜 Take care of your tires. Keep also contribute to corrosion.
them inflated to the recom 䳜 Travel lightly. Don't carry unnec
mended pressure. Incorrect infla essary weight in your car. Weight
tion, either too much or too little, reduces fuel economy.
results in unnecessary tire wear. 䳜 Don't let the engine idle longer
Check the tire pressures at least than necessary. If you are waiting
once a month. (and not in traffic), turn off your
䳜 Be sure that the wheels are engine and restart only when
aligned correctly. Improper align you're ready to go.
ment can result from hitting 䳜 Remember, your vehicle does not
curbs or driving too fast over require extended warm-up. After
6
irregular surfaces. Poor alignment the engine has started, allow the
causes faster tire wear and may engine to run for 10 to 20 sec
also result in other problems as onds prior to placing the vehicle in
well as greater fuel consumption. gear. In very cold weather, how
䳜 Keep your car in good condition. ever, give your engine a slightly
For better fuel economy and longer warm-up period.
reduced maintenance costs, 䳜 Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the
maintain your car in accordance engine. Lugging is driving too
with the maintenance schedule in slowly in too high a gear resulting
"Scheduled maintenance service" in the engine bucking. If this hap
on page 8-12. If you drive your pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-
car in severe conditions, more fre revving is racing the engine
quent maintenance is required beyond its safe limit. This can be
(Refer to "Maintenance Under avoided by shifting at the recom
Severe Usage Conditions" on page mended speeds.
8-16 for details).
6 63
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
䳜 Use your air conditioning spar Special driving conditions

ingly. The air conditioning system
If driving conditions deteriorate due
is operated by engine power so
to poor weather or road conditions,
your fuel economy is reduced
you should pay even more attention
when you use it.
than usual to your driving.
䳜 Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
䳜 Fuel economy is less in cross Hazardous driving conditions
winds and headwinds. To help off When hazardous driving conditions
set some of this loss, slow down are encountered such as water,
when driving in these conditions. snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz
Keeping a vehicle in good operating ards, follow these suggestions:
condition is important both for 䳜 Drive cautiously and allow extra
economy and safety. Therefore, distance for braking.
have the system serviced by a pro 䳜 Avoid sudden braking or steering.
䳜 When braking with non-ABS
fessional workshop.
brakes pump the brake pedal with
Kia recommends to visit an autho a light up-and-down motion until
rized Kia dealer/service partner. the vehicle is stopped.
䳜 Do not pump the brake pedal on a
WARNING vehicle equipped with ABS.
Engine off during motion 䳜 If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use the second gear. Accelerate
Never turn the engine off to coast
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
wheels.
in motion. The power steering and
䳜 Use sand, rock salt, or other non
power brakes will not function prop
slip material under the drive
erly without the engine running.
wheels to provide traction when
Instead, keep the engine on and
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
downshift to an appropriate gear
for engine braking effect. In addi
tion, turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steering
wheel lock resulting in loss of vehicle
steering which could cause serious
injury or death.
6 64
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
Rocking the vehicle CAUTION

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
Spinning tires
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
first turn the steering wheel right
speeds more than 56 km/h. Spinning
and left to clear the area around
the wheels at high speeds when the
your front wheels. Then, shift back
vehicle is stationary could cause a
and forth between R (Reverse) and
tire to overheat which could result in
any forward gear.
tire damage that may injure
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the bystanders.
wheels as little as possible. If you
are still stuck after a few tries, have The Electronic Stability Control
the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi (ESC) should be turned OFF prior to
cle to avoid vehicle overheating and rocking the vehicle.
possible damage to the reduction
gear. Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
WARNING corners, especially when roads are
Sudden Vehicle Movement wet. Ideally, corners should always
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if be taken under gentle acceleration. 6
people or objects are nearby. The If you follow these suggestions, tire
vehicle may suddenly move forward wear will be held to a minimum.
or backwards as it becomes
unstuck. Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
CAUTION hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
Vehicle rocking remember:
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle 䳜 Slow down and keep more dis
overheating, transmission damage tance between you and other
or failure, and tire damage. vehicles, as it may be more diffi
cult to see at night, especially in
areas where there may not be
any street lights.
䳜 Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head
lights.
6 65
%SJWJOH ZPVS WFIJDMF SQFDJBM ESJWJOH DPOEJUJPOT
Keep your headlights clean and Driving too fast through large
properly aimed. (On vehicles not puddles can affect your brakes. If
equipped with the automatic you must go through puddles, try
headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or to drive through them slowly.
improperly aimed headlights will If you believe you may have got-
make it much more difficult to see ten your brakes wet, apply them
at night. lightly while driving until normal
Avoid staring directly at the head- braking operation returns.
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and %SJWJOH JO GMPPEFE BSFBT
it will take several seconds for Avoid driving through flooded areas
your eyes to readjust to the dark- unless you are sure the water is no
ness. higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water
%SJWJOH JO UIF SBJO slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis-
Rain and wet roads can make driving tance because brake performance
dangerous, especially if you're not may be affected.
prepared for the slick pavement. After driving through water, dry the
Here are a few things to consider brakes by gently applying them
when driving in the rain: several times while the vehicle is
A heavy rainfall will make it moving slowly.
harder to see and will increase the
distance needed to stop your
vehicle, so slow down. 8"3/I/(
Keep your windshield wiping 8BUFS MPHHFE BSFB
equipment in good shape. Replace Avoid driving into or starting the
your windshield wiper blades vehicle in a heavily water logged
when they show signs of streak- area. Vehicle may breakdown or
ing or missing areas on the wind- engine may fail due to water
shield. entering engine or short circuit
If your tires are not in good condi- of electrical systems. If vehicle
tion, making a quick stop on wet stuck in deep water, do not start
pavement can cause a skid and / crank the engine. Kia recommends
possibly lead to an accident. Be to consult an authorized Kia
sure your tires are in good shape. dealer/service partner.
Turn on your headlights to make
it easier for others to see you.
6 66
%SJWJOH ZPVS WFIJDMF SQFDJBM ESJWJOH DPOEJUJPOT
%SJWJOH PO VOQBWFE SPBET 8"3/I/(

Drive carefully on unpaved roads
5JSF USFBE
because your vehicle may be dam-
Always check the tire tread before
aged by rocks or roots of trees.
driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires
Become familiar with the on
can result in loss of vehicle control.
unpaved roads conditions where you
Worn-out tires should be replaced
are going to drive before you begin
as soon as possible. For further
driving.
information and tread limits, refer
to "Tires and wheels" on page 9-.
)JHIXBZ ESJWJOH
'VFM FOHJOF DPPMBOU BOE FOHJOF PJM
5JSFT
High speed travel consumes more
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to fuel than urban motoring. Do not
specification. Low tire inflation pres- forget to check both engine coolant
sures will result in overheating and and engine oil.
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires %SJWF CFMU
which may result in reduced traction
A loose or damaged drive belt may
or tire failure.
result in overheating of the engine.
Never exceed the maximum tire 6
inflation pressure shown on the
tires.
8"3/I/(
6OEFSPWFS JOGMBUFE UJSFT
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving. Underin-
flated or overinflated tires can
cause poor handling, loss of vehicle
control, and sudden tire failure lead-
ing to accidents, injuries, and even
death. For proper tire pressures,
refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
9-.
6 67
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
Winter driving During deceleration, use vehicle

braking to the fullest extent. Sud
Severe weather conditions in the
den brake applications on snowy or
winter result in greater wear and
icy roads may cause skids to occur.
other problems.
You need to keep sufficient distance
To minimize the problems of winter between the vehicle in operation in
driving, you should follow these front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
suggestions: brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
Summer tires provide a greater driving force, but
Kia specifies summer tires on some will not prevent side skids.
models to provide superior perfor
mance on dry roads. Summer tire Snow tires
performance is substantially If you mount snow tires on your
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
vehicle, make sure they are radial
tires do not have the tire traction
tires of the same size and load
rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the
range as the original tires. Mount
tire side wall. if you plan to operate
snow tires on all four wheels to bal
your vehicle in snowy or icy condi
tions, Kia recommends the use of ance your vehicle's handling in all
snow tires or all season tires on all weather conditions. Keep in mind
four wheels. that the traction provided by snow
tires on dry roads may not be as
Snowy or icy conditions high as your vehicle's original equip
ment tires. You should drive cau
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
tiously even when the roads are
may be necessary to use snow tires
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
or to install tire chains on your tires.
maximum speed recommendations.
If snow tires are needed, it is neces
sary to select tires equivalent in size WARNING
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely Snow tire size
affect the safety and handling of Snow tires should be equivalent in
your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, size and type to the vehicle's stan
rapid acceleration, sudden brake dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
applications, and sharp turns are and handling of your vehicle may be
potentially very hazardous prac adversely affected.
tices.
6 68
Do not install studded tires without CAUTION

first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible 䳜 Make sure the snow chains are
restrictions against their use. the correct size and type for your
tires. Incorrect snow chains can
cause damage to the vehicle body
Tire chains
and suspension and may not be
covered by your vehicle manufac
turer warranty. Also, the snow
chain connecting hooks may be
damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow
chains to come loose from the
tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class "S" certified.
䳜 Always check chain installation for
OSP2059058
proper mounting after driving
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are approximately 0.5 to 1 km to
thinner, they can be damaged by ensure safe mounting. Retighten
or remount the chains if they are
mounting some types of snow 6
loose.
chains on them. Therefore, the use
䳜 Even with the appropriate chain
of snow tires is recommended
installed, do not make a full turn
instead of snow chains. Do not
(turn the steering wheel fully to
mount tire chains on vehicles
one side) when driving the vehicle.
equipped with aluminum wheels;
(If you are making a full turn, drive
snow chains may cause damage to
with the speed below 10 km/h.)
the wheels. If snow chains must be
used, use wire-type chains with a
thickness of less than 12 mm. Dam
age to your vehicle caused by
improper snow chain use is not cov
ered by your vehicle manufacturers
warranty.
Install tire chains only on the front
tires.
6 69
Chain installation hazards, which may cause the

When installing chains, follow the vehicle to bounce.
manufacturer's instructions and 䳜 Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
mount them as tightly as you can. braking.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten CAUTION
them. If they still make contact,
䳜 Chains that are the wrong size or
slow down until it stops. Remove
the chains as soon as you begin improperly installed can damage
driving on cleared roads. your vehicle's brake lines, suspen
sion, body and wheels.
WARNING 䳜 Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
Mounting chains hitting the vehicle.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol
Hazard Warning flashers and place a coolant
triangular emergency warning Your vehicle is delivered with high
device behind the vehicle if available. quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
Always place the vehicle in P (Park), cooling system. It is the only type of
apply the parking brake and turn off coolant that should be used because
the engine before installing snow it helps prevent corrosion in the
chains. cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be
sure to replace or replenish your
WARNING
coolant refer to "Normal mainte
Tire chains nance schedule" on page 8-14.
䳜 The use of chains may adversely Before winter, have your coolant
affect vehicle handling. tested to assure that its freezing
䳜 Do not exceed 30 km/h or the point is sufficient for the tempera
chain manufacturer's recom tures anticipated during the winter.
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
䳜 Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
6 70
Check battery and cables glycerine into the key opening. If a

Winter puts additional burdens on lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
the battery system. Visually inspect an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the battery and cables (refer to "For the ice. If the lock is frozen inter
best battery service" on page 8-39). nally, you may be able to thaw it out
The level of charge in your battery by using a heated key. Handle the
can be checked by an authorized Kia heated key with care to avoid injury.
dealer or a service station.
Use approved window washer anti-
Change to "winter weight" oil if freeze in system
necessary To keep the water in the window
In some climates it is recommended washer system from freezing, add
that a lower viscosity "winter an approved window washer anti-
weight" oil be used during cold freeze solution in accordance with
weather. Refer to "Recommended instructions on the container. Win
lubricants and capacities" on page dow washer anti-freeze is available
9-7 for recommendations. If you from an authorized Kia dealer and
aren't sure what weight oil you most auto parts outlets. Do not use
should use, Kia recommends to con vehicle coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage 6
sult an authorized Kia dealer/service
partner. the paint finish.
Check spark plugs and ignition sys Don't let your parking brake freeze
tem Under some conditions your parking
Inspect your spark plugs as brake can freeze in the engaged
described in "Scheduled mainte position. This is most likely to hap
nance service" on page 8-12 and pen when there is an accumulation
replace them if necessary. Also of snow or ice around or near the
check all ignition wiring and compo rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
nents to be sure they are not If there is a risk the parking brake
cracked, worn or damaged in any may freeze, apply it only temporar
way. ily while you put the gear shift dial
in P (Park) and block the rear wheels
To keep locks from freezing so the vehicle cannot roll. Then
release the parking brake.
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
6 71
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight
Don't let ice and snow accumulate Vehicle weight

underneath
This section will guide you in the
Under some conditions, snow and proper loading of your vehicle and/
ice can build up under the fenders or trailer, to keep your loaded vehi
and interfere with the steering. In cle weight within its design rating
severe winter conditions you should capability, with or without a trailer.
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of Properly loading your vehicle will
the front wheels and the steering provide maximum return of the
components are not obstructed. vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms
Carry emergency equipment
for determining your vehicle's
Depending on the severity of the weight ratings, with or without a
weather, you should carry appropri trailer, from the vehicle's specifica
ate emergency equipment. Some of tions and the compliance label:
the items you may want to carry
Base curb weight This is the weight
include tow straps or chains, flash
of the vehicle including a full tank of
light, emergency flares, sand,
fuel and all standard equipment. It
shovel, jumper cables, window
does not include passengers, cargo,
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover
or optional equipment.
alls, blanket, etc.
Vehicle curb weight This is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight This figure includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the
total weight placed on each axle
(front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
6 72
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Overloading

This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a sin WARNING
gle axle (front or rear). These num
Vehicle weight
bers are shown on the compliance
The gross axle weight rating
label. The total load on each axle
(GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight
must never exceed its GAWR.
rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is on the certification label attached to
the Base Curb Weight plus actual the driver's (or front passenger's)
Cargo Weight plus passengers. door. Exceeding these ratings can
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) cause an accident or vehicle dam
This is the maximum allowable age. You can calculate the weight of
your load by weighing the items
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(and people) before putting them in
(including all options, equipment,
the vehicle. Be careful not to over
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
load your vehicle.
shown on the certification label
located on the driver's door sill.
CAUTION 6
Do not use replacement tires with
lower load carrying capacities than
the original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
6 73
What to do in an emergency 7
What to do in an emergency
Road warning............................................................................. 7-3

䳜 Hazard warning flasher......................................................... 7-3
In case of an emergency while driving.................................. 7-4
䳜 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .................. 7-4
䳜 If you have a flat tire while driving...................................... 7-4
䳜 If the engine stalls while driving .......................................... 7-4
If the engine will not start ...................................................... 7-5
䳜 If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ....... 7-5
䳜 If engine turns over normally but does not start............. 7-5
Emergency starting.................................................................. 7-6
䳜 Jump starting.......................................................................... 7-6
䳜 Push-starting.......................................................................... 7-8
If the engine overheats............................................................ 7-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......................... 7-10
䳜 Tire Pressure Indicator ........................................................ 7-11
䳜 Low tire pressure telltale ................................................... 7-12
䳜 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
indicator ................................................................................ 7-14
䳜 Tire replacement with TPMS.............................................. 7-14
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ............................... 7-16
䳜 Jack and tools........................................................................ 7-16
䳜 Removing and storing the spare tire ................................ 7-17
䳜 Changing tires ....................................................................... 7-18
䳜 Jack label ................................................................................ 7-22
䳜 EC Declaration of conformity Jack .................................... 7-23
7 What to do in an emergency
Towing.......................................................................................7-24
䳜 Towing service.......................................................................7-24
䳜 Removable towing hook ......................................................7-25
䳜 Emergency towing ...............................................................7-26
Emergency commodity..........................................................7-29
䳜 First aid kit.............................................................................7-29
䳜 Triangle reflector ..................................................................7-29
What to do in an emergency Road warning
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMER Depress the flasher switch with the

GENCY ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the cen
ter console switch panel. All turn
Road warning
signal lights will flash simultane
When in an emergency situation ously.
occurs while driving or when you 䳜 The hazard warning flasher oper
park by the edge of the roadway, ates whether your vehicle is run
you must alert approaching or pass ning or not.
ing vehicles to be careful as they 䳜 The turn signals do not work
pass. For this, you should use the when the hazard flasher is on.
hazard warning flasher. 䳜 Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
Hazard warning flasher the vehicle is being towed.
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to
exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
OSP2I069022
It should be used whenever emer

gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
7 3
What to do in an emergency In case of an emergency while driving
In case of an emergency while 3. Park the vehicle at the side of

driving road, do not stop or park the
vehicle in middle of the road way.
If an emergency situation occurs In case of divided roads, park the
while driving, stay calm and take the vehicle as much away from the
following steps. driving lanes to avoid inconve
nience to other vehicles and , easy
If the engine stalls at a crossroad operation of tire change as men
or crossing tioned in page 7-15.
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
䳜 If the engine stalls at a crossroad
on your emergency hazard flash
or crossing, set the shift lever in ers, set the parking brake and put
the N (Neutral) position and then the transmission in reverse (man
push the vehicle to a safe place. ual transmission).
䳜 If your vehicle has a manual 5. Have all passengers get out of the
transmission not equipped with a vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
ignition lock switch, the vehicle the side of the vehicle that is
can move forward by shifting to away from traffic.
the 2 (Second) or 3 (Third) gear 6. When changing a flat tire, follow
and then turning the starter the instruction provided later in "If
without depressing the clutch you have a flat tire (with spare
tire)" on page 7-16.
pedal.
If the engine stalls while driving

If you have a flat tire while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
If a tire goes flat while you are driv keeping a straight line. Move cau
ing: tiously off the road to a safe
1. Take your foot off the accelerator place.
pedal and let the vehicle slow 2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
down while driving straight ahead. 3. Try to start the engine again. If
Do not apply the brakes immedi
your vehicle does not start, con
ately or attempt to pull off the
sult a professional workshop. Kia
road as this may cause a loss of
control. recommends to consult an autho
2. When the vehicle has slowed rized Kia dealer/service partner.
down to such a speed that it is
safe to do so, brake carefully and
pull off the road.
7 4
What to do in an emergency If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start If engine turns over normally but
does not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
1. Check the fuel level.
check to see how much fuel there is
2. With the ignition switch in the
and whether the battery is dis LOCK position, check all connec
charged. tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
If the engine doesn't turn over or disconnected or loose.
turns over slowly 3. Check the fuel line in the engine
1. Check the battery connections to compartment.
be sure they are clean and tight. 4. If the engine still does not start,
2. Turn on the interior light. If the call a professional workshop. Kia
light dims or goes out when you recommends to call an autho
operate the starter, the battery is rized Kia dealer/service partner.
discharged.
3. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight
ened.
4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for
"Jump starting" on page 7-6.
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do not
7
push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could result in a collision or
cause other damage. In addition,
push or pull starting may cause the
catalytic converter to be overloaded
and create a fire hazard.
7 5
What to do in an emergency Emergency starting
Emergency starting U2 1.5 TCI
When the vehicle will not start

because of low battery power, you
may need to jump start the vehicle.
Jump starting
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI
OSP2I069027
Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow the jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have
a competent technician or towing
service jump start your vehicle.
OSP2I069025
Gamma II 1.5 MPI CAUTION

Use only a 12-volt jumper system.
You can damage a 12-volt starting
motor, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair by use
of a 24- volt power supply (either
two 12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
OSP2I069026
WARNING
Battery
Never attempt to check the electro-
lyte level of the battery as this may
cause the battery to rupture or
explode causing serious injury.
7 6
WARNING Jump starting procedure

1. Make sure the booster battery is
Battery 12-volt and that its negative ter
䳜 Keep all flames or sparks away minal is grounded.
from the battery. The battery If the booster battery is in
produces hydrogen gas which another vehicle, do not allow the
may explode if exposed to flame vehicles come in contact.
or sparks. 2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
If these instructions are not fol loads.
3. Open the engine hood and remove
lowed exactly, serious personal
the service cover on the front
injury and damage to the vehicle
passenger seat side in the engine
may occur! If you are not sure compartment.
how to follow this procedure, seek 4. Remove the fuse box cover on the
qualified assistance. Automobile front passenger seat side in the
batteries contain sulfuric acid. engine compartment
This is poisonous and highly cor 5. Open the positive terminal cap
rosive. When jump starting, wear inside the engine room fuse box
protective glasses and be careful and the negative terminal cap
not to get acid on yourself, your close to the vehicle body.
clothing or on the vehicle. 6. Connect the jumper cables in the
䳜 Do not attempt to jump start the exact sequence shown in the illus
tration.
vehicle if the discharged battery is
1)Connect one end of a jumper
frozen or if the electrolyte level is
cable to the positive terminal of
low; the battery may rupture or 7
the discharged battery (1).
explode. 2)Connect the other end to the
䳜 Do not allow the (+) and (-) positive terminal of the booster
jumper cables to touch. It may battery (2).
cause sparks. 3)Proceed to connect one end of
䳜 The battery may rupture or the other jumper cable to the
explode when you jump start with negative terminal of the
a low or frozen battery. booster battery (3), then the
other end to a solid, stationary,
metallic point (for example, the
engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not
connect it to or near any part
that moves when the engine is
cranked.
7 7
Do not allow the jumper cables Push-starting

to contact anything except the Your Manual Transmission-equipped
correct battery terminals or the
vehicle should not be push-started
correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making because it might damage the emis
connections. sion control system.
Vehicles equipped with Automatic
CAUTION Transmission/Dual Clutch Transmis
Battery cables sion/Intelligent Variable Transmis
Do not connect the jumper cable sion cannot be push-started. Follow
from the negative terminal of the the directions in this section for
booster battery to the negative ter "Jump starting" on page 7-6.
minal of the discharged battery.
This can cause the discharged bat WARNING
tery to overheat and crack, releas Never tow a vehicle to start it
ing battery acid. because the sudden surge forward
Make sure to connect one end of the when the engine starts could cause
jumper cable to the negative termi a collision with the tow vehicle.
nal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metalic point, far
away from the battery.
7 8
What to do in an emergency If the engine overheats
If the engine overheats is normal for cold water to be

draining from it when you
If your temperature gauge indicates
stop).
overheating, you will experience a
loss of power, or hear loud pinging
WARNING
or knocking, the engine is probably
too hot. While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away from
If this happens, you should: moving parts such as the fan and
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon drive belts to prevent injury.
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Auto 7. If the water pump drive belt is
matic Transmission/Dual Clutch broken or engine coolant is leak
Transmission/Intelligent Variable ing out, stop the engine immedi
Transmission) or neutral (Manual ately and call the nearest
Transmission) and set the parking authorized Kia dealer/service
brake. partner.
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it
off.
4. If engine coolant is running out
WARNING
under the vehicle or steam is Do not remove the radiator cap
coming out from the hood, stop when the engine is hot. This can
the engine. Do not open the hood allow coolant to blow out of the
until the coolant has stopped run opening and cause serious burns.
ning or the steaming has stopped.
5. If there is no visible loss of engine 8. If you cannot find the cause of 7
coolant and no steam, leave the the overheating, wait until the
engine running and check to be engine temperature has returned
sure the engine cooling fan is to normal. If coolant has been
operating. lost, carefully add coolant to the
1)If the fan is not running, turn reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the engine off. the reservoir up to the halfway
6. Check to see if the water pump mark.
drive belt is missing. 9. Proceed with caution, keeping
1)If it is not missing, check to see alert for further signs of over
that it is tight. heating. If overheating happens
2)If the drive belt seems to be again, call an authorized Kia
satisfactory, check for coolant dealer/service partner.
leaking from the radiator, hoses
or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it
7 9
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
CAUTION Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys

tem (TPMS) (if equipped)
䳜 Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling sys The Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
tem. In this case, have the system tem (TPMS) detects the pressure of
checked by a professional work vehicle's tires and displays it on the
shop. Kia recommends to visit an LCD display.
partner.
䳜 When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly add
ing engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant
slowly in small quantities.
OSP2I069001
OSP2I049128
1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS

malfunction indicator
2. Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
7 10
Tire Pressure Indicator tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

䳜 You can check the tire pressure in should stop and check your tires as
the assist mode on the cluster. soon as possible, and inflate them to
- Refer to "User settings mode" the proper pressure. Driving on a
on page 4-55. significantly under-inflated tire
䳜 Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 causes the tire to overheat and can
minutes later after driving. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
䳜 If tire pressure is not displayed also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
when the vehicle is stopped, tread life, and may affect the vehi
cle's handling and stopping ability.
"Drive to display" message dis
plays. After driving, check the tire Please note that the TPMS is not a
pressure. substitute for proper tire mainte
䳜 You can change the tire pressure nance, and it is the driver's respon
unit in the user settings mode on sibility to maintain correct tire
the cluster. pressure, even if under-inflation has
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User not reached the level to trigger illu
settings mode" on page 4-55). mination of the TPMS low tire pres
sure telltale.
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
vided), should be checked monthly Your vehicle has also been equipped
when cold and inflated to the infla with a TPMS malfunction indicator
tion pressure recommended by the to indicate when the system is not
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle operating properly. The TPMS mal
placard or tire inflation pressure function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When 7
label.
the system detects a malfunction,
(If your vehicle has tires of a differ the telltale will flash for approxi
ent size than the size indicated on mately 1 minute and then remain
the vehicle placard or tire inflation continuously illuminated. This
pressure label, you should deter sequence will continue upon subse
mine the proper tire inflation pres quent vehicle start-ups as long as
sure for those tires.) the malfunction exists. When the
As an added safety feature, your TPMS malfunction indicator remains
vehicle has been equipped with a illuminated after blinking for
tire pressure monitoring system approximately 1 minute, the system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire may not be able to detect or signal
pressure telltale when one or more low tire pressure as intended.
of your tires is significantly under-
inflated. Accordingly, when the low
7 11
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a Low tire pressure telltale

variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alter
Low tire pressure position telltale
nate tires or wheels on the vehicle
that prevent the TPMS from func When the tire pressure monitoring
tioning properly. Always check the system warning indicators are illu
TPMS malfunction telltale after minated and warning message dis
replacing one or more tires or played on the cluster LCD display,
wheels on your vehicle to ensure one or more of your tires is signifi
that the replacement or alternate cantly under-inflated.
tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by a profes
vice partner.
OSP2I049129
1. The low tire pressure telltale/
TPMS malfunction indicator do The low tire pressure position tell
not illuminate for 3 seconds when tale light will indicate which tire is
the ignition switch is turned to significantly under-inflated by illu
the ON position or engine is run minating the corresponding position
ning. light.
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator If either telltale illuminates, immedi
remains illuminated after blinking ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
for approximately 1 minute. cornering and anticipate increased
3. The Low tire pressure position stopping distances. You should stop
telltale remains illuminated. and check your tires as soon as pos
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehi
cle's placard or tire inflation pres
sure label located on the driver's
side center pillar outer panel. If you
cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly
7 12
added air, replace the low pressure higher or lower, you should check
tire with a spare tire. the tire inflation pressure and
adjust the tires to the recom
If you drive the vehicle for about 10
mended tire inflation pressure.
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h
䳜 When filling tires with more air,
after replacing the low pressure tire
conditions to turn off the low tire
with the spare tire, one of the fol
pressure telltale may not be met.
lowing will happen:
This is because a tire inflator has
䳜 The TPMS malfunction indicator
a margin of error in performance.
may blink for approximately 1
The low tire pressure telltale will
minute and then remain continu
be turned off if the tire pressure
ously illuminated because the
is above the recommended tire
TPMS sensor is not mounted on
inflation pressure.
the spare wheel. (changed tire
equipped with a sensor not in the
vehicle) WARNING
will remain continuously illumi Low pressure damage
nated while driving because the Significantly low tire pressure
TPMS sensor is not mounted on makes the vehicle unstable and can
the spare wheel. (changed tire contribute to loss of vehicle control
equipped with a sensor in the and increased braking distances.
vehicle) Continued driving on low pressure
tires can cause the tires to overheat
7
CAUTION and fail.
䳜 In winter or cold weather, the low

tire pressure telltale may illumi
nate if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm
weather. It does not mean your
TPMS is malfunctioning because
the decreased temperature leads
to a lowering of tire pressure.
䳜 When you drive your vehicle from
a warm area to a cold area or
from a cold area to a warm area,
or the outside temperature is
7 13
Tire Pressure Monitoring System of the Tire Pressure Monitoring

(TPMS) malfunction indicator System (TPMS).
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
may blink for approximately 1
illuminate after it blinks for approxi
minute and then remain continu
mately one minute when there is a
ously illuminated if snow chains
problem with the Tire Pressure
are used or some separate elec
Monitoring System.
tronic devices such as notebook
In this case, have the system computer, mobile charger, remote
checked by a professional workshop starter or navigation etc., are
to determine the cause of the prob used in the vehicle.
lem. Kia recommends to visit an This can interfere with normal
authorised Kia dealer/service part operation of the Tire Pressure
ner. Monitoring System (TPMS).
NOTICE
Tire replacement with TPMS
If there is a malfunction with the
If you have a flat tire, the low Tire
TPMS, the low tire pressure position
Pressure and Position telltales will
telltale will not be displayed even
come on.
though the vehicle has an underin
flated tire. In this case, have the system
checked by a professional workshop.
CAUTION rized Kia dealer/service partner.
may blink for approximately 1 CAUTION
minute and then remain continu We recommend that you use the
ously illuminated if the vehicle is sealant approved by Kia.
moving around electric power The sealant on the tire pressure
supply cables or radios transmit sensor and wheel shall be elemi
ter such as at police stations, nated when you replace the tire
government and public offices, with a new one.
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, or trans
mitting towers, etc. This can
interfere with normal operation
7 14
Each wheel is equipped with a tire 3 hours and driven less than 1.6 km
pressure sensor mounted inside the (1 mile) during that 3 hour period).
tire behind the valve stem. You
Allow the tire to cool before mea
must use TPMS specific wheels.
suring the inflation pressure. Always
Have your tires serviced by a pro
be sure the tire is cold before inflat
fessional workshop. Kia recom
ing to the recommended pressure.
dealer/service partner. A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven
If you drive the vehicle for about 10
for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h
3 hour period.
after replacing the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, one of the fol
CAUTION
lowing will happen:
䳜 The TPMS malfunction indicator We recommend that you use the
may blink for approximately 1 sealant approved by Kia if your
minute and then remain continu vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres
ously illuminated because the sure Monitoring System. The liquid
TPMS sensor is not mounted on sealant can damage the tire pres
the spare wheel. (changed tire sure sensors.
equipped with a sensor not in the
vehicle)
䳜 The TPMS malfunction indicator WARNING
will remain continuously illumi TPMS 7
nated while driving because the 䳜 The TPMS cannot alert you to
TPMS sensor is not mounted on severe and sudden tire damage
the spare wheel. (changed tire caused by external factors such
equipped with a sensor in the as nails or road debris.
vehicle) 䳜 If you feel any vehicle instability,
You may not be able to identify a immediately take your foot off
low tire by simply looking at it. the accelerator, apply the brakes
Always use a good quality tire pres gradually and with light force, and
sure gauge to measure the tire's slowly move to a safe position off
inflation pressure. Please note that the road.
a tire that is hot (from being driven)
will have a higher pressure mea
surement than a tire that is cold
(from sitting stationary for at least
7 15
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING If you have a flat tire (with

spare tire)
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis
Jack and tools
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability
to warn the driver of low tire pres
sure conditions and/or TPMS mal
functions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty
for that portion of the vehicle.
OSP2I069018
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut

wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment.
Pull up the luggage box cover to
reach this equipment.
1. Jack handle
2. Jack
3. Wheel lug nut wrench
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store
it properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
7 16
WARNING Removing and storing the spare

tire
Changing tires
䳜 Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
䳜 Always move the vehicle com
pletely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
level firm ground. If you cannot
find a firm, level place off the
road, call a towing service com OSK3068040NR
pany for assistance. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

䳜 Be sure to use the correct front counterclockwise to remove.
and rear jacking positions on the Store the tire in the reverse order of
vehicle; never use the bumpers or removal.
any other part of the vehicle for
To prevent the spare tire and tools
jacking support.
from "rattling" while the vehicle is in
䳜 The vehicle can easily roll off the
motion, store them properly.
jack causing serious injury or
death.
䳜 Do not get under a vehicle that is WARNING
supported by a jack. Ensure the spare tire retainer is 7
䳜 Do not start or run the engine properly aligned with the center of
while the vehicle is on the jack. the spare tire to prevent the spare
䳜 Do not allow anyone to remain in tire from "rattling".
the vehicle while it is on the jack. Otherwise, it may cause the spare
䳜 Make sure any children present tire to fall off the carrier and lead to
are in a secure place away from an accident.
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
7 17
Changing tires WARNING

1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly. Changing a tire
䳜 To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always set
the parking brake fully, and
always block the wheel diagonally
opposite the wheel being
changed.
䳜 We recommend that the wheels
of the vehicle be chocked, and
that no person remain in a vehicle
that is being jacked.
OSP2I069002
2. Move the shift lever into R 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun
(Reverse) with Manual Transmis terclockwise one turn each, but do
sion or P (Park) with Automatic not remove any nut until the tire
Transmission/Dual Clutch Trans has been raised off the ground.
mission/Intelligent Variable
Transmission.
3. Activate the hazard warning
flasher.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack, jack handle, and
spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of
wheel that is diagonally opposite
the jack position.
OSP2I069004
OSP2I069003
7 18
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
rear (2) jacking position closest to and turn it clockwise, raising the
the tire you are changing. Place vehicle until the tire just clears the
the jack at the designated loca ground. This measurement is
tions under the frame. The jack approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
ing positions are plates welded to Before removing the wheel lug
the frame with two tabs and a nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta
raised dot to index with the jack. ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
OSP2I069005
OSP2I069007
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and

remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away.
To put the wheel on the hub, pick 7
up the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them.
If this is difficult, tip the wheel
OSP2I069006
slightly and get the top hole in the
wheel lined up with the top stud.
WARNING Then jiggle the wheel back and
forth until the wheel can be slid
Jack location over the other studs.
To reduce the possibility of injury,
be sure to use only the jack provided
with the vehicle and in the correct
jack position; never use any other
part of the vehicle for jack support.
7 19
WARNING Important 䳍 use of compact spare

tire (if equipped)
Wheels may have sharp edges. Han
Your vehicle is equipped with a com
dle them carefully to avoid possible
pact spare tire. This compact spare
severe injury. Before putting the
tire takes up less space than a regu
wheel into place, be sure that there
lar- size tire. This tire is smaller
is nothing on the hub or wheel (such
than a conventional tire and is
as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter
designed for temporary use only.
feres with the wheel from fitting
solidly against the hub.
If there is, remove it. If there is not
CAUTION
good contact on the mounting sur 䳜 You should drive carefully when
face between the wheel and hub, the compact spare is in use. The
the wheel nuts could come loose compact spare should be replaced
and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss by the proper conventional tire
of a wheel may result in loss of con and rim at the first opportunity.
trol of the vehicle. This may cause 䳜 The operation of this vehicle is
serious injury or death. not recommended with more than
one compact spare tire in use at
the same time.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for emer
gency use only. Do not operate your
vehicle on this compact spare at the
speed over 80 km/h (50 mph). The
original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare possibly leading
to personal injury or death.
The compact spare should be

inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
7 20
NOTICE 䳜 Do not use tire chains on the tem

porary compact tire. Because of
Check the inflation pressure after the smaller size, a tire chain will
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to not fit properly. This could dam
the specified pressure, as neces age the vehicle and result in loss
sary. of the chain.
䳜 Temporary compact tire should
When using a compact spare tire, not be installed on the front axle
observe the following precautions: if the vehicle must be driven in
䳜 Under no circumstances should snow or on ice.
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a 䳜 Do not use the temporary com
higher speed could damage the pact tire on any other vehicle
tire. because this tire has been
䳜 Ensure that you drive slowly designed especially for your vehi
enough to avoid all hazards. Any cle.
road hazard, such as a pothole or 䳜 The temporary compact tire tread
debris, could seriously damage life is shorter than a regular tire.
the compact spare. Inspect your temporary compact
䳜 Any continuous road use of this tire regularly and replace worn
tire could result in tire failure, loss compact spare tires with the
of vehicle control, and possible same size and design, mounted on
personal injury. the same wheel.
䳜 Do not exceed the vehicle's maxi 䳜 The temporary compact tire
mum load rating or the load-car should not be used on any other 7
rying capacity shown on the wheels, nor should standard tires,
sidewall of the compact spare snow tires, wheel covers or trim
tire. rings be used with the temporary
䳜 Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare wheel. If such use
compact spare tire diameter is is attempted, damage to these
smaller than the diameter of a items or other car components
conventional tire and reduces the may occur.
ground clearance approximately 䳜 Do not use more than one tempo
2.5 cm (1 inch), which could result rary compact tire at a time.
in damage to the vehicle. 䳜 Do not tow a trailer while the
䳜 Do not take the vehicle through temporary compact tire is
an automatic car wash while the installed.
compact spare tire is installed.
7 21
Jack label
OSP2I069023
OSP2I069024
* The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Jack type
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under
the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
7 22
EC Declaration of conformity Jack
OSP2I069021
7
7 23
What to do in an emergency Towing
Towing If any of the loaded wheels or sus

pension components are damaged
Towing service or the vehicle is being towed with
the front wheels on the ground, use
a towing dolly under the front
wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OSP2I069009
OSP2I069008
1. dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer OSP2I069010
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting

and towing procedures are neces
sary to prevent damage to the vehi
cle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended. OSP2I069011
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle

with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front
wheels off the ground.
7 24
CAUTION Removable towing hook (if

equipped)
䳜 Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage
to the vehicle.
䳜 Do not tow with sling-type equip
ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
䳜 Do not tow the vehicle with four
wheels in contact with the ground
if it is the vehicle equipped with
DCT or IVT or AT. Otherwise, the OSP2I069012
transmission will be seriously

damaged. Also, make sure not to
tow the vehicle connecting it with
other vehicles including camper
vans.
When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position. OSP2I069013
2. Place the transmission shift lever 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the 7
in N (Neutral). towing hook from the tool case.
3. Release the parking brake. 2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
CAUTION
3. Install the towing hook by turning
Failure to place the transmission it clockwise into the hole until it is
shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause fully secured.
internal damage to the transmis 4. Remove the towing hook and
sion. install the cover after use.
7 25
Emergency towing Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speed.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
䳜 Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its
own power.
OSP2I069014
䳜 Avoid towing a vehicle heavier
than the vehicle doing the towing.
䳜 The drivers of both vehicles
should communicate with each
other frequently.
CAUTION
䳜 Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
OSP2I069015 䳜 Using a portion of the vehicle
If towing is necessary, we recom other than the tow hooks for
mend you to have it done by an towing may damage the body of
authorized Kia dealer or a commer your vehicle.
cial tow truck service. 䳜 Use only a cable or chain specifi
cally intended for use in towing
If towing service is not available in vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
an emergency, your vehicle may be or chain to the towing hook pro
temporarily towed using a cable or vided.
chain secured to the emergency
towing hook under the front (or 䳜 Before emergency towing, check
rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme if the hook is not broken or dam
caution when towing the vehicle. A aged.
driver must be in the vehicle to 䳜 Fasten the towing cable or chain
steer it and operate the brakes. securely to the hook.
䳜 Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
7 26
䳜 To avoid damaging the hook, do 䳜 Use a towing strap less than 5 m

not pull from the side or at a ver (16 feet) long. Attach a white or
tical angle. Always pull straight red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
ahead. wide) in the middle of the strap
for easy visibility.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
䳜 Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and tow
ing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or dam OSP2I069016
age.
䳜 If the disabled vehicle is unable to
be moved, do not forcibly con
tinue the towing. We recommend
that you contact an authorized
Kia dealer or a commercial tow
truck service for assistance.
䳜 Tow the vehicle as straight ahead 7
as possible.
䳜 Keep away from the vehicle OSP2I069017
during towing. 䳜 Drive carefully so that the towing

strap is not loosened during tow
ing.
7 27
Emergency towing precautions CAUTION

䳜 Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn't locked. Automatic transmission / Dual
䳜 Place the transmission shift lever clutch transmission / Intelligent
in N (Neutral). variable transmission
䳜 Release the parking bake. 䳜 If the car is being towed with all
䳜 Press the brake pedal with more four wheels on the ground, it can
force than normal since you will be towed only from the front. Be
have reduced brake performance. sure that the transmission is in
䳜 More steering effort will be neutral. Be sure the steering is
required because the power unlocked by placing the ignition
steering system will be disabled. switch in the ACC position. A
䳜 If you are driving down a long hill, driver must be in the towed vehi
the brakes may overheat and cle to operate the steering and
brake performance will be brakes.
reduced. Stop often and let the 䳜 To avoid serious damage to the
brakes cool off. automatic transmission / dual
clutch transmission / intelligent
variable transmission, limit the
vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10
mph) and drive less than 1.5 km
(1 mile) when towing.
䳜 Before towing, check the auto
matic transmission / dual clutch
transmission / intelligent vari
able transmission for fluid leaks
under your vehicle. If the auto
matic transmission / dual clutch
transmission / intelligent vari
able transmission fluid is leak
ing, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
7 28
What to do in an emergency Emergency commodity
Emergency commodity (if

equipped)
There are some emergency com
modities in the vehicle to help you
respond to the emergency situation.
First aid kit

There are some items such as ban
dage and adhesive tape and etc. in
the kit to give first aid to an injured
person.
Triangle reflector
Place the triangle reflector on the
road to warn oncoming vehicles
during emergencies, such as when
the vehicle is parked by the roadside
due to any problems.
7 29
Maintenance 8
Maintenance
Engine compartment ............................................................... 8-5

Maintenance services............................................................... 8-8
Owner maintenance ............................................................... 8-10
Scheduled maintenance service ........................................... 8-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items................... 8-17
Engine oil and filter (for petrol) ........................................... 8-22
䳜 Checking the engine oil level............................................... 8-22
䳜 Changing the engine oil and filter......................................8-24
Engine oil (for diesel) ............................................................. 8-24
䳜 Checking the engine oil level............................................... 8-24
䳜 Changing the engine oil and filter......................................8-25
Engine coolant ......................................................................... 8-26
䳜 Checking the coolant level................................................... 8-27
䳜 Changing the coolant ........................................................... 8-29
Brake/clutch fluid.................................................................... 8-29
䳜 Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ................................ 8-29
Washer fluid............................................................................. 8-31
䳜 Checking the washer fluid level.......................................... 8-31
PARKING BRAKE ......................................................................8-32
䳜 Checking the parking brake ................................................ 8-32
Fuel Filter (for diesel)............................................................. 8-32
䳜 Draining water from the fuel filter ................................... 8-32
䳜 Fuel filter cartridge replacement ......................................8-33
Air cleaner filter ......................................................................8-33
䳜 Replacing air cleaner filter .................................................. 8-33
Climate control air filter ........................................................ 8-35
8 Maintenance
䳜 Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter ..........8-35

Wiper blades ............................................................................8-36
䳜 Front windshield wiper blade .............................................8-37
䳜 Replacing front windshield wiper blade............................8-37
䳜 Replacing rear window wiper blade...................................8-38
Battery .....................................................................................8-39
Tires and wheels .....................................................................8-42
䳜 Checking tire inflation pressure .........................................8-44
䳜 Tire rotation ..........................................................................8-44
䳜 Wheel alignment and tire balance .....................................8-45
䳜 Tire replacement ..................................................................8-46
䳜 Compact spare tire replacement .......................................8-46
䳜 Wheel replacement ..............................................................8-46
䳜 Tire traction...........................................................................8-47
䳜 Tire maintenance..................................................................8-47
䳜 Tire sidewall labeling ............................................................8-47
䳜 Tire terminology and definitions .......................................8-51
䳜 All season tires......................................................................8-54
䳜 Summer tires ........................................................................8-54
䳜 Snow tires ..............................................................................8-54
䳜 Tire chains..............................................................................8-55
䳜 Radial-ply tires......................................................................8-55
䳜 Low aspect ratio tire............................................................8-56
Fuses .........................................................................................8-57
䳜 Replacing inner panel fuse ..................................................8-59
䳜 Replacing engine compartment fuse ................................8-60
Maintenance 8
Light bulbs................................................................................ 8-70

䳜 Headlamp bulb ......................................................................8-75
䳜 Replacing headlamp (low/high) / turn signal lamp /
position lamp / daytime running lamp bulb (bulb type)
(headlamp type A)................................................................ 8-75
䳜 Replacing headlamp (low/high) / turn signal lamp bulb
(bulb type) (headlamp type B) ........................................... 8-76
䳜 Replacing position lamp / daytime running lamp
(LED type) (headlamp type B)............................................ 8-77
䳜 Replacing headlamp (high and low) / position lamp /
daytime running lamp / turn signal lamp (LED type)
(headlamp type C) ................................................................ 8-77
䳜 Replacing position lamp (auxiliary) (LED type)................ 8-78
䳜 Replacing front fog lamp (bulb/LED type) ....................... 8-78
䳜 Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb................ 8-79
䳜 Replacing side repeater lamp bulb (bulb type)................ 8-79
䳜 Replacing rear turn signal lamp / back up lamp bulb /
tail lamp / tail and stop lamp bulb (bulb type)
(rear combination lamp type A, B) .................................... 8-80
䳜 Replacing stop lamp / tail and stop lamp (LED type)
(rear combination lamp type B) ......................................... 8-81
䳜 Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp bulb (bulb type) .... 8-81
䳜 Replacing license plate lamp bulb ......................................8-82
䳜 Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb................................ 8-83
䳜 Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb ................................ 8-83
䳜 Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb .............................. 8-84
䳜 Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb............................... 8-84
䳜 Replacing luggage room lamp (bulb type) bulb............... 8-85
8 Maintenance
Appearance care .....................................................................8-85

䳜 Exterior care..........................................................................8-85
䳜 Interior care ...........................................................................8-91
Emission control system .......................................................8-93
䳜 Lean NOx Trap.......................................................................8-98
Maintenance Engine compartment
MAINTENANCE
Engine compartment
Open the hood to see the engine compartment.
Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.4 T-GDI)
)
OSP2I079001
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Negative battery terminal
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick 8
9. Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8 5
Petrol Engine (Gamma II 1.5 MPI)

)
OSP2I079003
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
8 6
Diesel Engine (U2 1.5 TCI)
OSP2I079004
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
8 7
Maintenance Maintenance services
Maintenance services Owner's responsibility

You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
NOTICE
and injury to yourself whenever Maintenance Service and Record
performing any maintenance or Retention are the owner's responsi
inspection procedures. bility.
Should you have any doubts con You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
cerning the inspection or servicing
performed on your vehicle in accor
of your vehicle, we strongly recom
dance with the scheduled mainte
mend that you have an authorized
nance service charts shown on the
Kia dealer perform this work.
following pages. You need this
An authorized Kia dealer has fac information to establish your com
tory-trained technicians and genu pliance with the servicing and main
ine Kia parts to service your vehicle tenance requirements of your
properly. For expert advice and vehicle warranties.
quality service, see an authorized Detailed warranty information is
Kia dealer. provided in your Warranty & Con
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi sumer Information manual.
cient servicing may result in opera
tional problems with your vehicle Repairs and adjustments required
that could lead to vehicle damage, as a result of improper maintenance
an accident, or personal injury. or a lack of required maintenance
are not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi
cle maintained and repaired by an
ner. Authorized Kia dealers meet
Kia's high service quality standards
and receive technical support from
Kia in order to provide you with a
high level of service satisfaction.
8 8
Maintenance Maintenance services
Owner maintenance precautions WARNING

Improper or incomplete service may
Maintenance work
result in problems. This section
Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth
gives instructions only for the main
ing while working under the hood of
tenance items that are easy to per
your vehicle with the engine run
form.
ning. These items can become
As explained earlier in this section, entangled in moving parts, if you
several procedures can be done only must run the vehicle in the engine
by an authorized Kia dealer with while working under the hood, make
special tools. certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets, watches,
NOTICE and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing
Improper owner maintenance during
before getting near cooling fans.
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer WARNING
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about Touching metal parts
any servicing or maintenance proce Do not touch metal parts (including
dure, we recommend that the sys strut bars) while the vehicle is oper
tem be serviced by a professional ating or hot. Doing so could result in
workshop. Kia recommends to visit serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi
an authorized Kia dealer/service cle off and wait until the metal parts
partner. cool down to perform maintenance
work on the vehicle.
8
8 9
Maintenance Owner maintenance
Owner maintenance WARNING

The following lists detail the vehicle Hot coolant
checks and inspections that should Be careful when checking your
be performed by the owner or an engine coolant level when the
authorized Kia dealer. They should engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
be performed at the indicated fre and steam may blow out under
quencies to help ensure the safe pressure.
and dependable operation of your
vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be While operating your vehicle:
brought to the attention of your 䳜 Check for vibrations in the steer
dealer as soon as possible. ing wheel. Notice any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
These owner maintenance checks steering wheel, or change in its
are generally not covered by war straight-ahead position.
ranties and you may be charged for 䳜 Notice if your vehicle constantly
labor, parts and lubricants used. turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
When you stop for fuel: road.
䳜 Check the engine oil level. 䳜 When stopping, listen and check
䳜 Check the coolant level in coolant for unusual sounds, pulling to one
reservoir. side, increased brake pedal travel
䳜 Check the windshield washer fluid or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
level. 䳜 If any slipping or changes in the
䳜 Look for low or under-inflated operation of your transmission
tires. Check if the front of the occurs, check the transmission
radiator and condenser are clean fluid level.
and not blocked with leaves, dirt 䳜 Check the Intelligent Variable
or insects etc. If any of the above Transmission (IVT) P (Park) func
parts are extremely dirty or you tion.
are not sure of their condition, we 䳜 Check the parking brake.
recommend that you contact a 䳜 Check for fluid leaks under your
professional workshop. Kia rec vehicle (water dripping from the
ommends to visit an authorized air conditioning system during or
Kia dealer/service partner. after use is normal).
8 10
Maintenance Owner maintenance
At least monthly: At least once a year:

䳜 Check the coolant level in the 䳜 Clean the body and door drain
coolant reservoir. holes.
䳜 Check the operation of all exterior 䳜 Lubricate the door hinges and
lights, including the stoplights, check the hood hinges.
turn signals and hazard warning 䳜 Lubricate the door and hood locks
flashers. and latches.
䳜 Check the inflation pressures of all 䳜 Lubricate the door rubber weath
tires including the spare for tires erstrips.
that are worn, show uneven wear, 䳜 Check the air conditioning system.
or are damaged. 䳜 Inspect and lubricate Intelligent
䳜 Check for loose wheel lug nuts. Variable Transmission (IVT) link
age and controls.
At least twice a year (i.e., every 䳜 Clean the battery and terminals.
Spring and Fall): 䳜 Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
䳜 Check the radiator, heater and air 䳜 Visually inspect steering, suspen
conditioning hoses for leaks or sion, and chassis components for
damage. damaged, loose, or missing parts
䳜 Check the windshield washer or signs of wear.
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
䳜 Check the headlight alignment.
䳜 Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
8 11
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance service If your vehicle is operated in any of

the prior listed conditions, you
Follow the Normal maintenance
should inspect, replace or refill more
schedule if the vehicle is usually
frequently, using the severe usage
operated where none of the follow
maintenance schedule instead of
ing conditions apply.
the normal usage maintenance
Follow the Maintenance Under schedule.
Severe Usage Conditions if any of
the following conditions apply.
䳜 Repeated driving short distance
of less than 8 km in normal tem
perature or less than 16 km in
freezing temperature.
䳜 Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances.
䳜 Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
䳜 Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
䳜 Driving in heavy dust condition.
䳜 Driving in heavy traffic area.
䳜 Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly.
䳜 Towing a trailer , a camper, or
storing cargo on roof rack.
䳜 Vehicle towing, driving for patrol
car, taxi, or other commercial use.
䳜 Driving over 170 km/h.
䳜 Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition.
8 12
Normal maintenance schedule

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission
services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
NO. ITEM REMARK

Engine oil and engine Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km or before starting a long
*1
oil filter trip.
When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your
vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An
*2 Coolant (Engine)
improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine
damage.
䳜 Adjust alternator, water pump and air conditioner (if equipped) drive
belt. Inspect and if necessary repair or replace.
*3 Drive belts (Engine)
䳜 Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if neces
sary correct or replace.
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if
*4 Valve clearance necessary. In this case, have the system checked by a professional work
shop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner
For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you
*5 Spark plug
do maintenance of other items.
Manual transmis
sion fluid / Dual Manual transmission fluid (or Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid) should
*6
clutch transmission be changed anytime it has been submerged in water
(DCT) fluid
Kia recommends that you use unleaded petrol which has an Octane
Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87
or higher.
For customers who do not use good quality petrol including fuel addi
*7
Fuel additives
tives regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run
8
(Petrol)
smoothly, one bottle of additives should be added to the fuel tank at
every 10,000 km.
Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor
mation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only
when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 or equivalent">. If the diesel fuel
specifications don't meet the EN590, it must be replaced more fre
Fuel filter cartridge quently. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow
*8
(Diesel) restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the
fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult a
professional workshop for more details. Kia recommends to consult an
authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
8 13
Normal maintenance schedule
0
9
Inspect at every service. At first, Replace 100,000 km or 0 months after
R
R
R
-
-
I
I
I
I
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the
that, Replace every 20,000 km or 2 months, whichever earlier

emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission
0

-
-
-
-
-
I
I
I
services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
No check, No service required
No check, No service required

the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
0
2
Replace every 100,000 km

R
Replace every 0,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. 0
0
-
-
-
-
-
R: Replace or change
I
I
I
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
0

R
R
R
-
-
I
I
I
Months I
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles X 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0

-
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
I
Km X 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI

Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
20
2
Engine oil and engine oil

R
-
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
Gamma II 1.5 MPI

filter*1
U2 1.5 TCI Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
10
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
I
At first, Replace 100,000 km (70,000 miles) or 60 months
Coolant (Engine)*2 Gasoline, Diesel after that, Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24
months

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
I
I
Gasoline - I - I - I - I
Drive belts (Engine)*3
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Diesel - - - I I I I I
I
I
I
Valve clearance*4 Gamma II 1.5 MPI - - - - - I - -
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Petrol, Diesel
Kappa 1.
Gamma II
1. MPI
Petrol
Petrol
Petrol
Petrol
Petrol
Petrol
T-GDI
Diesel
Diesel
Vacuum hoses and

crankcase ventilation Gasoline - I - I - I - I
hoses
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles)

Spark plugs*5
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT) fluid (if equipped)
Gamma II 1.5 MPI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles)

Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid* (if equipped)
Automatic transmission
Gasoline, Diesel No check, No service required
fluid (if equipped)
Vacuum hoses and crankcase ventilation hoses
Intelligent variable
/PSNBM NBJOUFOBODF TDIFEVMF
Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped)

KM X 1000
Months
Manual transmission fluid (if equipped)
transmission (IVT) fluid Gasoline No check, No service required

(if equipped)
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Manual transmission
Gasoline, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Engine oil and engine oil filter*1
fluid*6 (if equipped)

*
Dual clutch transmis

sion (DCT) fluid*6 (if Gasoline, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Drive shaft and boots
Drive belts (Engine)*
R: Replace or change
equipped)
Fuel tank air filter
Coolant (Engine)*2
Valve clearance*
Drive shaft and boots Gasoline, Diesel - I - I - I - I

Spark plugs*
*7 Gasoline Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months

Fuel filter
Fuel additives
Fuel lines, hoses and
Gasoline, Diesel - - - I - - - I
connections
8 14
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change C: Clean
cap
wear)
Canister
Fuel filter
equipped)
Months 1 12 2 0 2 9
connections
(if equipped)
Maintenance
Fuel filter cap
Parking brake
age and boots

air intake hose
KM X 1000 1 10 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cooling system
Air cleaner filter
Exhaust system
Battery condition
Brake/clutch fluid
Fuel tank air filter
Kappa 1.
Fuel filter cartridge

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner com

*8
Brake discs and pads

T-GDI
Suspension ball joints

Tire (pressure & tread
pressor/refrigerant (if
Brake lines, hoses and
Steering gear rack, link

Intercooler, in/out hose,
Climate control air filter

Vapor hose and fuel filler
Gamma II
Canister - - - - - - I - - -
Months
1. MPI
Km X 1,000
Miles X 1,000
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Petrol - - - - - I - - - I
Diesel
Diesel
Gasoline
Gasoline
Gasoline
Fuel filler cap Petrol, Diesel - - I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter cartridge* Diesel - - - - - R - - - R
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Gasoline, Diesel
Air cleaner filter Petrol, Diesel - I R R R R R R R R
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI
Gamma II 1.5 MPI
Exhaust system (leakages & damages) Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R
R
15
10
12
Cooling system (water pump, hoses) & leakages Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant

Petrol, Diesel - - I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
R
R
R
30
20
24
(if equipped)
Climate control air filter (if equipped) Petrol, Diesel - I C R C R C R C R
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R
R
R
Brake discs and pads Petrol, Diesel - I I I I I I I I I

45
30
36
Brake lines, hoses and connections Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluid Petrol, Diesel I I I R I R I R I R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
60
40
48
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension ball joints Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R
R
75
50
60
Tire (pressure & tread wear) Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition Petrol, Diesel I I - I - I - I - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
R
R
R
R
90
60
72
8
Throttle body Petrol - - Inspect and clean if required
Wheel alignment & balancing Petrol, Diesel - - I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R
R
Check all electrical systems & alternator Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I

70
84
105
Warning lights operation & KDS system check Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
80
96
120
Road test Petrol, Diesel Inspect if required
15
Scheduled maintenance service
8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropri
ate maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Every 5,000 km or 6 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H,
Engine oil and engine oil filter R
months I, J, K
Inspect more frequently
Air cleaner filter R C, E
depending on the condition
Spark plugs R A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid (if
R Every 90,000 km A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
equipped)
Manual Transmission fluid (if
R Replace Every 120,000Km C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J
equipped)
Intelligent Variable Transmission
R Every 90,000 km A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
(IVT) fluid (if equipped)
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
R Every 120,000 km C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
fluid (if equipped)
Brake discs and pads, calipers and Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, G, H
rotors depending on the condition
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
boots depending on the condition
Suspension ball joints and Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
mounting bolts depending on the condition
Drive shafts and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter I C, E, G
8 16
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Severe Driving Conditions Explanation of scheduled main

A: Repeatedly driving short distance tenance items
of less than 8 km in normal tem
The following parts require sched
perature or less than 16 km in
freezing temperature. uled maintenance.
B: Extensive low speed driving for
long distances. Engine oil and filter
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
The engine oil and filter should be
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
changed at the intervals specified in
roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or the maintenance schedule. If the
other corrosive materials or in very vehicle is being driven in severe con
cold weather. ditions, more frequent oil and filter
E: Driving in heavy dust condition. changes are required.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or Drive belts
mountain roads.
H: Towing a trailer , a camper, or Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
storing cargo on roof rack. cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
I: Vehicle towing, driving for patrol saturation and replace if necessary.
car, taxi, or other commercial use. Drive belts should be checked peri
J: Driving over 170 km/h odically for proper tension and
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go adjusted as necessary.
conditions
Fuel filter (for petrol)
Kia petrol vehicle is equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that is inte
grated with the fuel tank. Regular 8
maintenance or replacement is gen
erally not needed. This may vary
depending on fuel quality. If you
experience any of the following: fuel
flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, or a hard starting issue,
inspection and, if necessary,
replacement may be needed. We
recommend that the fuel filter be
replaced by a professional work
8 17
shop. Kia recommends to visit an WARNING

ner. Diesel only
Never work on the injection system
Fuel filter cartridge (for diesel) with the engine running or within 30
seconds after shutting off the
A clogged filter can limit the speed engine. High pressure pump, rail,
at which the vehicle may be driven, injectors and high pressure pipes are
damage the emission system and subject to high pressure even after
cause multiple issues such as hard the engine stops. The fuel jet pro
starting. If an excessive amount of duced by fuel leaks may cause seri
foreign matter accumulates in the ous injury, if it touches the body.
fuel tank, the filter may require People wearing a cardiac pacemaker
replacement more frequently. should maintain a distance of at
After installing a new filter, run the least 30 cm from the ECU or wiring
engine for several minutes, and harness within the engine room
check for leaks at the connections. while the engine is running, since
We recommend that the fuel filter the high currents in the Common
be replaced by a professional work Rail system produce considerable
shop. Kia recommends to visit an magnetic fields.
ner.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap (for
petrol engine)
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
tions The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
vals specified in the maintenance
connections for leakage and dam
schedule. Make sure that a new
age. We recommend that the fuel
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor
lines, fuel hoses and connections be
rectly replaced.
replaced by a professional work
ner.
8 18
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Cooling system

hoses Check the cooling system compo
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi nents, such as the radiator, coolant
dence of heat and/or mechanical reservoir, hoses and connections for
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, leakage and damage. Replace any
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts.
excessive swelling indicate deterio
ration. Particular attention should Coolant
be paid to examine those hose sur
The coolant should be changed at
faces nearest to high heat sources,
the intervals specified in the main
such as the exhaust manifold.
tenance schedule.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con
tact with any heat source, sharp Manual transmission fluid (if
equipped)
edges or moving components which
might cause heat damage or Inspect the manual transmission
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose fluid according to the maintenance
connections, such as clamps and schedule.
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres Automatic transmission fluid (if
ent. Hoses should be replaced equipped)
immediately if there is any evidence Automatic transmission fluid should
of deterioration or damage. not be checked under normal usage
conditions. Have the automatic
Air cleaner filter transmission fluid changed by a
We recommend that the air cleaner professional workshop according to
8
filter be replaced by a professional the maintenance schedule. Kia rec
workshop. Kia recommends to visit ommends to visit an authorized Kia
an authorized Kia dealer/service dealer/service partner.
partner.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
8 19
NOTICE NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is Intelligent Variable Transmission
basically red. (IVT) fluid color is usually light
As the vehicle is driven, the auto amber. As the vehicle is driven, the
matic transmission fluid will begin to Intelligent Variable Transmission
look darker. It is normal condition (IVT) fluid will begin to look darker.
and you should not judge the need It is the normal condition and you
to replace the fluid based upon the should not judge the need to replace
changed color. the fluid based upon the changed
color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid CAUTION
could result in transmission mal Transmission fluids
function and failure. The use of non-specified fluid (even
Use only specified automatic trans marked as compatible with genuine)
mission fluid. (Refer to "Recom could result in shift quality deterio
mended lubricants and capacities" ration and vibrations, eventually,
on page 9-7.) the transmission failure. Use only
specified Intelligent Variable Trans
mission (IVT) fluid. (Refer to "Rec
Intelligent Variable Transmission ommended lubricants and
(IVT) fluid (if equipped) capacities" on page 9-7)
(IVT) fluid should not be checked
under normal usage conditions. But Dual clutch transmission fluid (if
in severe conditions, the fluid should equipped)
be changed at an authorized Kia Inspect the dual clutch transmission
dealer in accordance to the sched fluid according to the maintenance
uled maintenance at the beginning schedule.
of this section.
We recommend that the Intelligent
Variable Transmission fluid (IVT)
changed by an authorized Kia dealer
according to the maintenance
schedule.
8 20
Brake hoses and lines Brake discs, pads, calipers and

Visually check for proper installa rotors
tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration Check the pads for excessive wear,
and any leakage. Replace any dete discs for run out and wear, and cali
riorated or damaged parts immedi pers for fluid leakage.
ately. For more information on checking
the pads or lining wear limit, we rec
Brake/clutch fluid ommend to refer to the Kia web
Check the brake/clutch fluid level in site. (http://www.kia-hotline.com)
the brake/clutch fluid reservoir. The
level should be between "MIN" and Suspension mounting bolts
"MAX" marks on the side of the res Check the suspension connections
ervoir. Use only hydraulic brake/ for looseness or damage. Retighten
clutch fluid conforming to DOT 3 or to the specified torque.
DOT 4 specification.
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Parking brake lower arm ball joint
Inspect the parking brake system With the vehicle stopped and off,
including the parking brake lever (or check for excessive free-play in the
pedal) and cables. steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam
Exhaust pipe and muffler
age. Check the dust boots and ball
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, joints for deterioration, cracks, or
muffler and hangers for cracks, damage. Replace any damaged
deterioration, or damage. Start the parts. 8
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con Drive shafts and boots
nections or replace parts as neces
Check the drive shafts, boots and
sary.
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
8 21
Maintenance Engine oil and filter (for petrol)
Air conditioning refrigerant Engine oil and filter (for

Check the air conditioning lines and petrol)
connections for leakage and dam The engine oil and filter should be
age. changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
Checking fluid levels vehicle is being driven in severe con
When checking engine oil, engine ditions, more frequent oil and filter
coolant, brake/clutch fluid, and changes are required.
washer fluid, always be sure to
clean the area around any filler plug, Checking the engine oil level
drain plug, or dipstick before check 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ing or draining any lubricant or fluid. ground.
This is especially important in dusty 2. Start the engine and allow it to
or sandy areas and when the vehicle reach normal operating tempera
is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning ture.
the plug and dipstick areas will pre
vent dirt and grit from entering the WARNING
engine and other mechanisms that Radiator hose
could be damaged. Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a

few minutes (about 5 minutes)
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
CAUTION
䳜 Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
䳜 Do not spill engine oil, when add
ing or changing engine oil. If you
drop the engine oil on the engine
room, wipe it off immediately.
8 22
Maintenance Engine oil and filter (for petrol)
䳜 When you wipe the oil level gauge, Kappa 1.4 T-GDI
you should wipe it with a clean
cloth. When mixed with debris, it
can cause engine damage.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level.
6. The level should be in the C range.
If the level is in the D range, add
enough engine oil to bring the
level up th the C range. Do not
overfill. OSP2I079011
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI Gamma II 1.5 MPI
OSP2I079010 OSP2I079050
Gamma II 1.5 MPI Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help

prevent oil from being spilled on
engine components. Use only the
specified engine oil. (Refer to "Rec 8
ommended lubricants and capaci
ties" on page 9-7.)
OSP2I079047
8 23
Maintenance Engine oil (for diesel)
Changing the engine oil and filter Engine oil (for diesel)
We recommend that the engine oil
and filter be replaced by an autho Checking the engine oil level
rized Kia dealer according to the U2 1.5 TCI
Maintenance Schedule at the begin
ning of this chapter.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in con
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil con
tains chemicals that have caused
cancer in laboratory animals. Always OSP2I079048
protect your skin by washing your
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
hands thoroughly with soap and ground.
warm water as soon as possible 2. Start the engine and allow it to
after handling used oil. reach normal operating tempera
ture.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes)
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level.
8 24
Maintenance Engine oil (for diesel)
6. The level should be in the C range. If it is near or at L (Low), add enough

If the level is in the D range, add oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do
enough engine oil to bring the not overfill.
level up to the C range.
Use only the specified engine oil.
Required action according to (Refer to "Recommended lubricants
Figure
the respective engine oil level and capacities" on page 9-7.)
Contact an authorized Kia
Range (A)
Changing the engine oil and filter
Range (B) Do not refill oil.
Normal. Have the engine oil and filter
Range (C)
You may add oil as long as the replaced by a professional work
oil level does not go above C-
range.
You must add oil and make sure
Range (D) that the oil level is in the C- ner.
Range.
WARNING
CAUTION
Used engine oil may cause skin irri
䳜 Do not spill engine oil, when add tation or cancer if left in contact
ing or changing engine oil. If you with the skin for prolonged periods
drop the engine oil on the engine of time. Used engine oil contains
room, wipe it off immediately. chemicals that have caused cancer
䳜 When you wipe the oil level gauge, in laboratory animals. Always pro
you should wipe it with a clean tect your skin by washing your
cloth. When mixed with debris, it hands thoroughly with soap and
can cause engine damage. warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
U2 1.5 TCI 8
OSP2I079051
8 25
Maintenance Engine coolant
Engine coolant 䳜 The cooling circuit of a vehicle

equipped with a heat pump sys
The high-pressure cooling system tem may freeze in extremely low
has a reservoir filled with year temperature when the concen
round antifreeze coolant. The reser tration of the antifreezing liquid is
voir is filled at the factory. below 45%.
Check the antifreeze protection and For mixture percentage, refer to the
coolant level at least once a year, at following table.
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli Ambient Tem Mixture Percentage (volume)
mate. perature Antifreeze Water
-15 C 35 65
WARNING -25 C 40 60
-35 C 50 50
Radiator/Inverter cap
-45 C 60 40
Never attempt to remove the radia
tor or inverter cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so might WARNING
lead to cooling system and engine Radiator cap
damage and could result in serious Do not remove the
bodily injury from escaping hot cool radiator cap when
ant or steam. the engine and radi
ator are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
Recommended coolant
pressure which may result in serious
When adding coolant, use only injury.
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard Kappa 1.4 T-GDI
water in the coolant filled at the
factory. An improper coolant mix
ture can result in serious malfunc
tion or damage.
䳜 Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the
specified coolant.
䳜 Do not use a solution that con
tains more than 60% antifreeze
or less than 35% antifreeze,
which would reduce the effective OSP2I079012
ness of the solution.
8 26
Gamma II 1.5 MPI Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to
remove the radiator
cap while the engine is operating or
hot. Doing so might lead to cooling
system damage and could result in
OSP2I079054 serious personal injury from escap
U2 1.5 TCI ing hot coolant or steam.
1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until

it cools down.
2. Use extreme care when removing
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it coun
terclockwise slowly to the first
stop.
3. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
4. When you are sure all the pres
OSP2I079165
sure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning coun
terclockwise to remove it.
8
8 27
Gamma II 1.5 MPI

WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric
motor (cooling fan) is controlled by
coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when the
OSP2I079073
vehicle is not running.
U2 1.5 TCI
5. Check the condition and connec
tions of all cooling system hoses
and heater hoses.
6. Replace any swollen or deterio
rated hoses.
7. Check the coolant level. The cool
ant level should be filled between
F and L marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI OSP2I079052
8. If the coolant level is low, add

enough specified coolant to pro
vide protection against freezing
and corrosion. Bring the level to F,
but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required,
we recommend that the system be
OSP2I079014
ner.
8 28
Maintenance Brake/clutch fluid
Changing the coolant Brake/clutch fluid

We recommend that the coolant be The brake/clutch fluid acts to trans
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer mit force to the brake when the
according to the Maintenance driver depresses the brake pedal.
Schedule at the beginning of this Brake/clutch fluid must be main
chapter. tained periodically to ensure that
the brakes operate smoothly.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric around Checking the brake/clutch fluid
the radiator cap before refilling the level
coolant in order to prevent the cool Check the fluid level in the reservoir
ant from overflowing into engine periodically. The fluid level should be
parts such as the alternator. between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
WARNING
Coolant
䳜 Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid res
ervoir.
䳜 Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
OSP2I079015
to paint and body trim.
1. Before removing the reservoir cap
8
and adding brake/clutch fluid,
clean the area around the reser
voir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake/clutch fluid contamination.
2. If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with
the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low,
we recommend that the system
be checked by a professional
8 29
Maintenance Brake/clutch fluid
workshop. Kia recommends to CAUTION

vice partner. Brake/clutch fluid
Use only the specified brake/clutch Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
fluid. (Refer to "Recommended contact the vehicle's body paint, as
lubricants and capacities" on page paint damage will result.
9-7.) The brake/clutch fluid constantly
absorbs moisture from the air. This
Never mix different types of fluid. lowers the boiling point of the
brake/clutch fluid. If the boiling point
WARNING is too low, vapor pockets may form
In the event the brake system in the brake system when the
requires frequent additions of fluid, brakes are applied hard.
we recommend that the system be
checked by a professional workshop. Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
Kia recommends to visit an autho exposed to open air for an extended
rized Kia dealer/service partner. time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be disposed of properly.
WARNING
When changing and adding brake/
clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do
not let it come in contact with your
eyes. If brake/clutch fluid should
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as
soon as possible.
8 30
Maintenance Washer fluid
Washer fluid WARNING

Washer fluid is used when wiping Coolant
the windshield of the vehicle with a
䳜 Do not use radiator coolant or
windshield wiper. You should check antifreeze in the washer fluid res
and refill washer fluid periodically to ervoir.
make sure that it doesn't run out. 䳜 Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
Checking the washer fluid level the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
䳜 Windshield Washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol
and can be flammable under cer
tain circumstances. Do not allow
sparks or flame to contact the
washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle
or occupants could occur.
OSP2I079016
䳜 Windshield washer fluid is poison
The reservoir is translucent so that ous to humans and animals. Do
you can check the level with a quick not drink and avoid contacting
visual inspection. windshield washer fluid. Serious
䳜 Check the fluid level in the washer injury or death could occur.
fluid reservoir and add fluid if
necessary. Plain water may be
used if washer fluid is not avail
able. However, use washer solvent 8
with antifreeze characteristics in
cold climates to prevent freezing.
8 31
Maintenance PARKING BRAKE
PARKING BRAKE Fuel Filter (for diesel)
Checking the parking brake Draining water from the fuel filter
The fuel filter for diesel engine plays
an important role of separating
water from fuel and accumulating
the water in its bottom.
If water accumulates in the fuel fil
ter, the warning light comes on
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
If this warning light illuminates,
OSP2I079017
take your car to a professional
Check the stroke of the parking
workshop and have drain the water
brake by counting the number of
and check the system. Kia recom
"clicks" heard while fully applying it
from the released position.
Also, the parking brake alone should
securely hold the vehicle on a fairly CAUTION
steep grade. If the stroke is more or
If the water accumulated in the fuel
less than specified, we recommend
filter is not drained at proper times,
that the system be inspected by an
damages to the major parts such as
authorized kia dealer.
the fuel system can be caused by
Stroke: 5~7 "clicks" at a force of 20 water permeation in the fuel filter.
kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
8 32
Maintenance Air cleaner filter
Fuel filter cartridge replacement Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter

Air cleaner filter must be replaced
when necessary, and should not be
washed.
OSP2I079071
NOTICE
When replacing the fuel filter car
tridge, use parts for replacement
from a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an authorized
OSP2I079018
You can clean the filter when

inspecting the air cleaner compart
ment. Clean the filter by using com
pressed air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover (1)
attaching clips and open the cover.
8
OSP2I079019
8 33
Maintenance Air cleaner filter
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. CAUTION

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
Air filter maintenance
䳜 Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces
sive engine wear.
䳜 When removing the air cleaner fil
ter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
䳜 Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a
non-genuine part could damage
OSP2I079020
the air flow sensor.
4. Lock the cover with the cover We recommend that you use
attaching clips. parts for replacement from an
authorized Kia dealer
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in
extremely dusty or sandy areas,
replace the element more often
than the usual recommended inter
vals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under
OSP2I079021
Severe Usage Conditions" on page 8-
Replace the filter according to the 16.)
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in
extremely dusty or sandy areas,
replace the element more often
than the usual recommended inter
vals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions" on page 8-
16.)
8 34
Maintenance Climate control air filter
Climate control air filter 2. Push both sides of the glove box.
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the main
tenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced ear
lier.
Inspecting and replacing climate OSP2I079023
control air filter 3. Remove the climate control air fil

When you replace the climate con ter cover by pulling out right side
of the cover.
trol air filter, replace it performing
the following procedure. Be careful
to avoid damaging other compo
nents.
1. Open the glove box.
OSP2I079024
4. Replace the climate control air fil

ter. 8
OSP2I079022
OBDC079143RE
8 35
Maintenance Wiper blades
5. Reassemble in the reverse order Wiper blades

of disassembly.
When the wipers no longer clean
When replacing the climate control adequately, the blades may be worn
air filter install it properly. Other or cracked, and require replacement.
wise, the system may produce noise
To prevent damage to the wiper
and the effectiveness of the filter
arms or other components, do not
may be reduced.
attempt to move the wipers manu
ally.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc
tion and failure.
Blade inspection
OQL076114R
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi
cult to clean.
8 36
Contamination of either the wind Replacing front windshield wiper

shield or the wiper blades with for blade
eign matter can reduce the 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
effectiveness of the windshield wip wiper blade assembly to expose
ers. Common sources of contamina the plastic locking clip.
tion are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some com
mercial vehicle washes. If the blades
are not wiping properly, clean both
the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with clean water.
CAUTION
ODEEV098013NR
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use petrol, kero
CAUTION
sene, paint thinner, or other sol
vents on or near them. Wiper arms
䳜 Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
Front windshield wiper blade may chip or crack the windshield.
2. Compress the clip and slide the

blade assembly downward.
OSP2I079025
To inspect or replace the windshield

wiper blades and to prevent damag ODEEV098014NR
ing the hood, move the windshield

wiper blades as follows;
8 37
3. Lift it off the arm. NOTICE

Be careful not to rotate the wiper
arm excessively when pulling out
the wiper blade. The connection
part could be broken.
ODEEV098015NR
4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.
Replacing rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out OSP2079074
the wiper blade and install a new

blade. To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, have an
ner replace the wiper blade.
OSP2079075
8 38
Maintenance Battery
Battery NOTICE
The battery powers the engine in Basically equipped battery is main
order to move the vehicle as well as tenance free type. If your vehicle is
supplying power to the various equipped with the battery marked
devices installed in the vehicle. with LOWER and UPPER on the side,
you can check the electrolyte level.
For best battery service The electrolyte level should be
between LOWER and UPPER. If the
electrolyte level is low, it needs to
add distilled (demineralized) water
(Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte). When refill, be careful
not to splash the battery and adja
cent components. And do not overfill
the battery cells. It can cause corro
sion on other parts. After then
ensure that tighten the cell caps. We
OSP2I079026
recommend that you contact an
䳜 Keep the battery securely authorized Kia dealer.
mounted.
䳜 Keep the battery top clean and
dry.
䳜 Keep the terminals and connec
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal
grease.
䳜 Rinse any spilled electrolyte from 8
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
䳜 If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, dis
connect the battery cables.
8 39
Maintenance Battery
WARNING battery according to your local

law(s) or regulation.
Battery dangers The battery contains lead.
Always read the following Do not dispose of it after
instructions carefully when use. Please return the bat
handling a battery. tery to an authorized Kia dealer to
Keep lighted cigarettes and be recycled.
all other flames or sparks 䳜 When lifting a plastic-cased bat
away from the battery. tery, excessive pressure on the
Hydrogen, a highly com case may cause battery acid to
bustible gas, is always leak, resulting in personal injury.
present in battery cells and Lift with a battery carrier or with
may explode if ignited. your hands on opposite corners.
Keep batteries out of the 䳜 Never attempt to recharge the
reach of children because battery when the battery cables
batteries contain highly are connected.
corrosive SULFURIC ACID. Do not 䳜 The electrical ignition system
allow battery acid to contact your works with high voltage. Never
skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish. touch these components with the
If any electrolyte gets into engine running or the ignition
your eyes, flush your eyes switched on.
with clean water for at Failure to follow the above warnings
least 15 minutes and get immediate can result in serious bodily injury or
medical attention. If electrolyte gets death.
on your skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel a pain or
a burning sensation, get medical CAUTION
attention immediately. If you use unauthorized electronic
Wear eye protection when devices, the battery may be dis
charging or working near a charged. Never use unauthorized
battery. Always provide devices.
ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and
human health. Dispose the
8 40
Maintenance Battery
Battery capacity label WARNING

example
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
䳜 The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
䳜 Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
䳜 Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce the
charging rate in following cases:
OSP2I079171 1. the battery cells begin gassing
* The actual battery label in the (boiling) violently
vehicle may differ from the illus 2. the electrolyte temperature of
tration. any cell exceeds 49 C.
1. 12 V: The nominal voltage 䳜 Wear eye protection when check
2. 60 Ah: The nominal capacity ing the battery during charging.
3. 550 A: The cold-test current 䳜 Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
Battery recharging 1. Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
Your vehicle has a maintenance-
2. Unhook the negative clamp
free, calcium-based battery
from the negative battery ter
䳜 If the battery becomes discharged
minal.
in a short time (because, for
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
example, the headlights or inte
the positive battery terminal. 8
rior lights were left on while the
䳜 Before performing maintenance
vehicle was not in use), recharge it
or recharging the battery, turn
by slow charging (trickle) for 10
off all accessories and stop the
hours.
vehicle.
䳜 If the battery gradually dis
䳜 The negative battery cable must
charges because of high electric
be removed first and installed last
load while the vehicle is being
when the battery is disconnected.
used, recharge it at 20~30 A for
two hours.
8 41
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Reset items Tires and wheels

The following items should be reset For proper maintenance, safety, and
after the battery has been dis maximum fuel economy, you must
charged or the battery has been always maintain the recommended
disconnected. tire inflation pressures and stay
䳜 Auto up/down window (Refer to within the load limits and weight
"Window opening and closing" on distribution recommended for your
page 4-26) vehicle.
䳜 Trip computer (Refer to "Trip
information (trip computer)" on Recommended cold tire inflation
page 4-60) pressures
䳜 Climate control system (Refer to
All tire pressures should be checked
"Automatic climate control sys
when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires"
tem (if equipped)" on page 4-115)
means the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or
driven less than 1.6 km.
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
sure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-6.
All specifications (sizes and pres
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
8 42
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
䳜 Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1.6
km since startup.)
䳜 Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pres
OSP2I089008 sure of other tires.
䳜 Never overload your vehicle. Be
WARNING careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
Tire underinflation
equipped with one.
Inflate your tires consistent with
䳜 Warm tires normally exceed rec
the instructions provided in this
ommended cold tire pressures by
manual. Regularly check the tire
28~41 kPa. Do not release air
inflation pressure, and correct it as
from warm tires to adjust the
needed: at least twice a month and
pressure or the tires will be
before any long trips on the road. If
underinflated.
you fail to observe this precaution,
you may be driving on underinflated
tires, which may not only compro
WARNING
mise your vehicle's driving stability, Tire Inflation
but also lead to tire damage and the Overinflation or underinflation can
risk of an accident. This risk is much reduce tire life, adversely affect
higher on hot days and when driving vehicle handling, and lead to sudden 8
for long periods at high speeds. tire failure. This could result in loss
of vehicle control and potential
Failure to maintain specified pres injury.
sure may result in excessive wear,
poor handling, reduced fuel econ
omy, deformation of tire and/or
wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi
bility for additional damage from
road hazards, or result in tire failure.
8 43
Checking tire inflation pressure Inspect your tires frequently for

Check your tires once a month or proper inflation as well as wear and
more. damage. Always use a tire pressure
gauge.
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your Tires with too much or too little
tires are properly inflated simply by pressure wear unevenly. This could
looking at them. Radial tires may result in poor handling, loss of vehi
look properly inflated even when cle control, and sudden tire failure
they're underinflated. leading to accidents, injuries, and
even death. The recommended cold
Check the tire's inflation pressure
tire pressure for your vehicle can be
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
found in this manual and on the tire
means your vehicle has been sitting
label located on the driver's side
or at least three hours or driven no
center pillar.
more than 1.6 km.
1. Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Tire rotation
2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto To equalize tread wear, it is recom
the valve to get a pressure mea mended that the tires be rotated
surement. If the cold tire inflation every 10,000 km or sooner if irregu
pressure matches the recom lar wear develops.
mended pressure on the tire and
loading information label, no fur During rotation, check the tires for
ther adjustment is necessary. correct balance.
3. If the pressure is low, add air until When rotating tires, check for
you reach the recommended
uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
amount.
wear is usually caused by incorrect
4. If you overfill the tire, release air
by pushing on the metal stem in tire pressure, improper wheel align
the center of the tire valve. ment, out of-balance wheels, severe
5. Recheck the tire pressure with braking or severe cornering. Look
the tire gauge. for bumps or bulges in the tread or
6. Be sure to put the valve caps back side of tire. Replace the tire if you
on the valve stems. They help find either of these conditions.
prevent leaks by keeping out dirt Replace the tire if fabric or cord is
and moisture. visible. After rotation, be sure to
bring the front and rear tire pres
sures to specification and check lug
8 44
nut tightness. (proper torque is Wheel alignment and tire balance

11~13 kgf m) The wheels on your vehicle were
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page aligned and balanced carefully at the
9-6. factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are In most cases, you will not need to
rotated. have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
ODEEV098029NR when driving on a smooth road,
Rotate radial tires that have an your wheels may need to be rebal
asymmetric tread pattern only from anced.
front to rear and not from right to
left. CAUTION
Wheel weight
WARNING Improper wheel weights can dam
Mixing tires age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply Use only approved wheel weights.
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling charac
teristics.
8
8 45
Tire replacement NOTICE

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
We recommend that when replac
wear indicator will appear as a solid
ing tires, use the same originally
band across the tread.
supplied with the vehicles. If not,
that affects driving performance.
Compact spare tire replacement (if

equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the
ODEEV098030NR
tire. The replacement compact
This shows there is less than 1.6 spare tire should be the same size
mm of tread left on the tire. Replace and design tire as the one provided
the tire when this happens. with your new vehicle and should be
Do not wait for the band to appear mounted on the same compact
across the entire tread before spare tire wheel. The compact spare
replacing the tire. tire is not designed to be mounted
on a regular size wheel, and the
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
compact spare tire wheel is not
works by comparing the speed of
designed for mounting a regular size
the wheels. The tire size affects
tire.
wheel speed. When replacing tires,
all 4 tires must use the same size
Wheel replacement
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can When replacing the metal wheels
cause the ABS and Electronic Stabil for any reason, make sure the new
ity Control (ESC) to work irregularly. wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
It is best to replace all four tires at and offset.
the same time. If that is not possi
ble, or necessary, then replace the A wheel with an incorrect size may
two front or two rear tires as a pair. adversely affect many things: wheel
Replacing just one tire can seriously and bearing life, braking and stop
affect your vehicle's handling. ping abilities, handling characteris
8 46
tics, ground clearance, body-to-tire and tire life. Additionally, a tire

clearance, snow chain clearance, should always be rebalanced if it is
speedometer and odometer calibra removed from the wheel.
tion, headlight aiming and bumper
height. Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
CAUTION describes the fundamental charac
Wheels teristics of the tire and also provides
Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi the Tire Identification Number (TIN)
cations may fit poorly and result in for safety standard certification.
damage to the vehicle or unusual
handling and poor vehicle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread ODEEV098031NR
wear indicators appear. Slow down The TIN can be used to identify the
whenever there is rain, snow or ice tire in case of a recall.
on the road to reduce the possibility
of losing control of the vehicle. 1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
Tire maintenance 8
shown.
In addition to proper inflation, cor
rect wheel alignment helps to 2. Tire size designation
decrease tire wear.
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
If you find a tire is worn unevenly, size designation. You will need this
have your dealer check the wheel information when selecting replace
alignment. ment tires for your vehicle. The fol
When you have new tires installed, lowing explains what the letters and
make sure they are balanced. This numbers in the tire size designation
will increase vehicle ride comfort mean.
8 47
Example tire size designation: of the tire. This symbol corresponds

to that tire's designed maximum
(These numbers are provided as an
safe operating speed.
example only; your tire size desig
nator could vary depending on your Speed Rating
Maximum Speed
vehicle.) Symbol
S 180 km/h
225/45R17 91V
T 190 km/h
䳜 225: Tire width in millimeters.
H 210 km/h
䳜 45: Aspect ratio. The tire's section
V 240 km/h
height as a percentage of its
W 270 km/h
width.
Y 300 km/h
䳜 R: Tire construction code (Radial).
䳜 17: Rim diameter in inches.
䳜 91: Load Index, a numerical code
3. Checking tire life
associated with the maximum Any tires that are over 6 years old,
load the tire can carry. based on the manufacturing date,
䳜 V: Speed Rating Symbol. See the should be replaced by new ones. You
speed rating chart in this section can find the manufacturing date on
for additional information. the tire sidewall (possibly on the
inside of the wheel), displaying the
Wheel size designation DOT code. The DOT code is a series
Wheels are also marked with of numbers on a tire consisting of
important information that you numbers and English letters. The
need if you ever have to replace one. manufacturing date is designated
The following explains what the let by the last four digits (characters)
ters and numbers in the wheel size of the DOT code.
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation: DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
7.0JX17 The front part of the DOT means a
䳜 7.0: Rim width in inches.
plant code number, tire size and
䳜 J: Rim contour designation.
tread pattern and the last four
䳜 17: Rim diameter in inches.
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the For example:
different speed ratings currently DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents
being used for passenger vehicle that the tire was produced in the
tires. The speed rating is part of the
16th week of 2019.
tire size designation on the sidewall
8 48
WARNING 6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum
Tire age
load in kilograms and pounds that
Replace tires within the recom
can be carried by the tire. When
mended time frame. Failure to
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
replace tires as recommended can
always use a tire that has the same
result in sudden tire failure, which
load rating as the factory installed
could lead to a loss of control and an
tire.
accident.
7. Uniform tire quality grading

4. Tire ply composition and mate Quality grades can be found where
rial applicable on the tire sidewall
The number of layers or plies of between tread shoulder and maxi
rubber- coated fabric in the tire. mum section width.
Tire manufacturers also must indi
For example:
cate the materials in the tire, which
䳜 TREADWEAR 200
include steel, nylon, polyester, and 䳜 TRACTION AA
others. The letter "R" means radial 䳜 TEMPERATURE A
ply construction; the letter "D"
means diagonal or bias ply con Tires degrade over time, even when
struction; and the letter "B" means they are not being used. Regardless
belted-bias ply construction. of the remaining tread, we recom
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of nor
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure mal service. Heat caused by hot cli
mate or frequent high loading 8
This number is the greatest amount
conditions can accelerate the aging
of air pressure that should be put in
process.
the tire. Do not exceed the maxi
mum permissible inflation pressure.
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
9-6 for recommended inflation
pressure.
8 49
Tread wear Temperature -A, B & C

The tread wear grade is a compara The temperature grades are A (the
tive rating based on the wear rate highest), B, and C, representing the
of the tire when tested under con tire's resistance to the generation of
trolled conditions on a specified heat and its ability to dissipate heat
government test course. For exam when tested under controlled condi
ple, a tire graded 150 would wear tions on a specified indoor labora
one-and-a-half times (1 ) as well tory test wheel.
on the government course as a tire Sustained high temperature can
graded 100. cause the material of the tire to
The relative performance of tires degenerate and reduce tire life, and
depends upon the actual conditions excessive temperature can lead to
of their use. Performance may sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
depart significantly from the norm represent higher levels of perfor
due to variations in driving habits, mance on the laboratory test wheel
service practices and differences in than the minimum required by law.
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the WARNING
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as standard The traction grade assigned to this
or optional equipment on your vehi tire is based on straight-ahead
cle may vary with respect to grade. braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
Traction - AA, A, B & C hydroplaning, or peak traction char
The traction grades, from highest to acteristics.
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured WARNING
under controlled conditions on spec Tire temperature
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked The temperature grade for this tire
C may have poor traction perfor is established for a tire that is prop
mance. erly inflated and not overloaded.
The traction grade assigned to this Excessive speed, Under inflation, or
tire is based on straight-ahead excessive loading, either separately
braking traction tests, and does not or in combination, can cause heat
include acceleration, cornering, build-up and possible sudden tire
hydroplaning, or peak traction char failure. This can cause loss of vehicle
acteristics. control and serious injury or death.
8 50
Tire terminology and definitions Curb Weight The weight of a motor

Refer to the following for detailed vehicle with standard and optional
definitions of the terms that are equipment (including the maximum
found in the tire description. capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but
without passengers and cargo.
Air Pressure The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on DOT Markings The DOT code
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in includes the Tire Identification Num
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo ber (TIN), an alphanumeric designa
pascal (kPa). tor which can also identify the tire
manufacturer, production plant,
Accessory Weight The combined
brand and date of production.
weight of optional accessories.
Some examples of optional accesso GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
ries are automatic transmission, GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating
power seats, and air conditioning. for the Front axle.
Aspect Ratio The relationship of a GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating
tire's height to its width. for the Rear axle.
Belt A rubber coated layer of cords Intended Outboard Sidewall The side
that is located between the plies of an asymmetrical tire that must
and the tread. Cords may be made always face outward when mounted
from steel or other reinforcing on a vehicle.
materials.
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for
Bead The tire bead contains steel air pressure.
wires wrapped by steel cords that
Light truck (LT) tire A tire desig
hold the tire onto the rim.
nated by its manufacturer as pri 8
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in marily intended for use on
which the plies are laid at alternate lightweight trucks or multipurpose
angles less than 90 degrees to the passenger vehicles.
centerline of the tread.
Load ratings The maximum load
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of that a tire is rated to carry for a
air pressure in a tire, measured in given inflation pressure.
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
8 51
Load Index An assigned number Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire

ranging from 1 to 279 that corre used on passenger cars and some
sponds to the load carrying capacity light duty trucks and multipurpose
of a tire. vehicles.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel
maximum air pressure to which a cords.
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device
mum air pressure is molded onto
made of rubber, chemicals, fabric
the sidewall.
and steel or other materials, that,
Maximum Load Rating The load rat when mounted on an automotive
ing for a tire at the maximum per wheel, provides the traction and
missible inflation pressure for that contains the gas or fluid that sus
tire. tains the load.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight Production options weight The
The sum of curb weight; accessory combined weight of installed regular
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weighing over
production options weight. 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of the stan
dard items which they replace, not
Normal Occupant Weight The num
previously considered in curb weight
ber of occupants a vehicle is
or accessory weight. Examples
designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg
include heavy duty brakes, ride lev
(150 lbs.).
elers, roof rack, heavy duty battery,
Occupant Distribution Designated and special trim.
seating positions.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Outward Facing Sidewall The side of Vehicle manufacturer's recom
a asymmetrical tire that has a par mended tire inflation pressure and
ticular side that faces outward shown on the tire placard.
when mounted on a vehicle. The
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in
outward facing sidewall bears white
which the ply cords that extend to
lettering or bears manufacturer,
the beads are laid at 90 degrees to
brand, and/or model name molding
the centerline of the tread.
that is higher or deeper than the
same moldings on the inner facing Rim A metal support for a tire and
sidewall. upon which the tire beads are
seated.
8 52
Sidewall The portion of a tire Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire

between the tread and the bead. Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code
axle its share of the curb weight,
assigned to a tire indicating the
accessory weight, and normal occu
maximum speed at which a tire can
pant weight and driving by 2.
operate.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently
Traction The friction between the
attached to a vehicle showing the
tire and the road surface. The
original equipment tire size and rec
amount of grip provided.
ommended inflation pressure.
Tread The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands,
sometimes called "wear bars," that
show across the tread of a tire
when only 1.6 mm (2/32 inch) of
tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards, a tire information sys
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tem
perature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire. 8
Vehicle Capacity Weight The weight
of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus
the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maxi
mum occupant and cargo weight.
8 53
All season tires Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28

Kia specifies all season tires on kPa) more air pressure than the
some models to provide good per pressure recommended for the
formance for use all year round, standard tires on the tire label on
including snowy and icy road condi the driver's side of the center pillar,
tions. or up to the maximum pressure
shown on the tire sidewall, which
All season tires are identified by ALL
ever is less.
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Do not drive faster than 120 km/h
tires have better snow traction than (75 mph) when your vehicle is
all season tires and may be more equipped with snow tires.
appropriate in some areas.
WARNING
Summer tires Do not use summer tires at tem
Kia specifies summer tires on some peratures below 7 C (45 F) or
models to provide superior perfor when driving on snow or ice. At
mance on dry roads. temperatures below 7 C (45 F),
summer tires can lose elasticity, and
Summer tire performance is sub
therefore traction and braking
stantially reduced in snow and ice.
power as well. Change the tires on
Summer tires do not have the tire
your vehicle to winter or all-
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
weather tires of the same size as
on the tire side wall. if you plan to
the standard tires of the vehicle.
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
Both types of tires are identified by
conditions, Kia recommends the use the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking.
of snow tires or all season tires on Using summer tires at very cold
all four wheels. temperatures could cause cracks to
form, thereby damaging the tires
Snow tires permanently.
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on all
four wheels; otherwise, poor han
dling may result.
8 54
Tire chains Radial-ply tires

Tire chains, if necessary, should be Radial-ply tires provide improved
installed on the front wheels. tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufac The radial-ply tires used on this
turer's instructions. vehicle are of belted construction,
and are selected to complement the
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
ride and handling characteristics of
not continue to use tire chains when
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
they are no longer needed.
the same load carrying capacity, as
䳜 When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
than 30 km/h (20 mph). same size, and use the same rec
䳜 Use the SAE "S" class or wire ommended inflation pressure.
chains. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-
䳜 If you hear noise caused by chains ply or bias belted tires is not recom
contacting the body, retighten the mended. Any combinations of
chain to avoid contact with the radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
vehicle body. belted tires when used on the same
䳜 To prevent body damage, vehicle will seriously deteriorate
retighten the chains after driving vehicle handling. The best rule to
0.5~1.0 km (0.3~0.6 miles). follow is: Identical radial-ply tires
䳜 Do not use tire chains on vehicles should always be used as a set of
equipped with aluminum wheels. four.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
Longer wearing tires can be more
a wire type chain.
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
䳜 Use wire chains less than 12 mm 8
(0.47 inches) to prevent damage It is very important to follow the tire
to the chain's connection. rotation interval shown in this sec
tion to achieve the tread life poten
tial of these tires. Cuts and
punctures in radial-ply tires are
repairable only in the tread area,
because of sidewall flexing. Consult
your tire dealer for radial-ply tire
repairs.
8 55
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) CAUTION

Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
䳜 It is not easy to recognize the tire
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
damage with your own eyes. But
for sporty looks.
if there is the slightest hint of tire
Because the low aspect ratio tires damage, even though you cannot
are optimized for handling and see the tire damage with your
braking, it may be more uncomfort own eyes, have the tire checked
able to ride in and there is more or replaced because the tire dam
noise compare with normal tires. age may cause air leakage from
the tire.
CAUTION 䳜 If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole,
Because the sidewall of the low
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
aspect ratio tire is shorter than the
be covered by the warranty.
normal, the wheel and tire of the
䳜 You can find out the tire informa
low aspect ratio tire is easier to be
tion on the tire sidewall.
damaged. So, follow the instructions
below.
䳜 When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be dam
aged. And after driving, inspect
tires and wheels.
䳜 When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam
aged.
䳜 If the tire is impacted, we recom
mend that you inspect the tire
condition or contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
䳜 To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000 km.
8 56
Maintenance Fuses
Fuses This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver's side panel
A vehicle's electrical system is pro
bolster, the other in the engine
tected from electrical overload
compartment near the battery.
damage by fuses.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces
Blade type
sories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If
a fuse has blown, the element inside
the fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
ODEEV098032NR work, first check the driver's side
Cartridge type fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult a professional
ODEEV098077NR an authorized Kia dealer/service
Multi fuse partner.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating,
cartridge type, and multi fuse for
higher amperage ratings.
ODEEV098078NR
8
BFT
ODEEV098079NR
* Left side: Normal, Right side:

Blown
8 57
Maintenance Fuses
WARNING WARNING
Fuse replacement Electrical Fire
䳜 Never replace a fuse with any Always ensure replacements fuses
thing but another fuse of the and relays are securely fastened
same rating. when installed. Failure to do so can
䳜 A higher capacity fuse could cause result in a vehicle fire.
damage and possibly a fire. Do not remove fuses, relays and
䳜 Never install a wire or aluminum terminals fastened with bolts or
foil instead of the proper fuse - nuts. The fuses, relays and termi
even as a temporary repair. It nals may be fastened incompletely,
may cause extensive wiring dam and it may cause a possible fire. If
age and a possible fire. fuses, relays and terminals fastened
䳜 Do not arbitrarily modify or add- with bolts or nuts are blown, we
on electric wiring to the vehicle. recommend that you consult a pro
fessional workshop. Kia recom
CAUTION dealer/service partner.
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit CAUTION
and damage the system. When replacing a blown fuse or
relay, make sure the new fuse or
relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail
NOTICE ure to tightly install the fuse or
䳜 When replacing a fuse, turn the relay may cause damage to the wir
ignition 'OFF' and turn off ing and electric systems.
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
䳜 The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
8 58
Maintenance Fuses
CAUTION NOTICE
䳜 Do not input any other objects Remodeling Prohibited
except fuses or relays into fuse/ Do not rewire your vehicle in any
relay terminals such as a screw way as doing so may affect the per
driver or wiring. It may cause con formance of several safety features
tact failure and system in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle
malfunction. may also void your warranty and
䳜 Do not plug in screwdrivers or cause you to be responsible for any
aftermarket wiring into the ter subsequent vehicle damage which
minal originally designed for fuse may result.
and relays only. The electrical
system and wiring of the vehicle
interior may be damaged or Replacing inner panel fuse
burned due to contact failure. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all
䳜 If you directly connect the wire on other switches off.
the taillight or replace the bulb 2. Open the fuse panel cover.
which is over the regulated capac
ity to install trailers etc., the inner
junction block can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
formed by authorized Kia dealer
ships using approved Kia parts. OSP2I079028 8
Using other wiring components,
especially when retrofitting multi
media or theft alarm system, car
phone or radio may cause vehicle
damage and increase the risk of a
vehicle fire.
8 59
Maintenance Fuses
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
out. Use the removal tool pro stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
vided on the engine fuse panel lamp, High Mounted Stop Lamp
cover. (HMSL) do not work and the fuses
are OK, check the fuse panel in the
engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
Replacing engine compartment

fuse
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
OSP2I079057 pressing the tab and pulling the
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it cover up.
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that
you consult a professional work
authorized Kia dealer/service part OSP2I079058
ner. 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

If you do not have a spare, use a if it is blown. To remove or insert
fuse of the same rating from a cir the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
cuit you may not need for operating engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
the vehicle, such as the power outlet
rating, and make sure it fits
fuse. tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely,
we recommend that you consult a
ommends to visit an authorized
8 60
Maintenance Fuses
CAUTION NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the If the multi fuse is blown, consult a
engine compartment, securely professional workshop. Kia recom
install the fuse panel cover through mends to consult an authorized Kia
the audible clicking sound. dealer/service partner.
If not, electrical failures may occur
from water contact.
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
OSP2I079029
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 8
3. Remove the nuts shown in the
picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
8 61
Maintenance Fuses
Driver's side fuse panel NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label on the inside of the
fuse cover. This diagram will provide
you with the specific information
for your vehicles.
OSP2I079032
OSP2I079033
8 62
Maintenance Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected
P/SEAT (DRV) 30 A Driver Seat Manual Switch
AMP 25 A AMP (Amplifier)

Power Window Relay RH, Driver Safety Power Window
P/WDW RH 25 A
Module
Power Window Relay LH, Driver Safety Power Window
P/WDW LH 25 A
Module
WIPER RR 10 A Engine Room Block (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor
SEAT VENT FRT 10 A Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
SUNROOF 20 A Sunroof Unit
TAIL GATE OPEN 10 A Tail Gate Relay
MODULE 1 7.5 A Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector
BRAKE SWITCH 10 A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
DOOR LOCK 20 A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay
IBU1 15 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
[Manual Transmission & Without Smart Key] Ignition Lock &

Clutch Switch
[Manual Transmission & With Smart Key] Engine Room
START 7.5 A
Block (Start Relay), IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), ECM 8
(Engine Control Module), PCM (Power train Control Module)
[Auto Transmission] Transmission Range Switch
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), ECM (Engine Control
WIPER FRT1 10 A
Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module)
ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Outside Mirror
MEMORY 2 10 A Folding/Unfolding Relay), Instrument Cluster, Air Condi
tioner Control Module, Security Indicator, Head-Up Display
MULTI MEDIA 15 A Audio., Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit
IG1 25 A Engine Room Block (Fuse - F33, F34, F35)

ESP (Electronic Stability Program) Control Module, Data Link
ABS 10 A
Connector
8 63
Maintenance Fuses

ECM (Engine Control Module), PCM (Power train Control
REAR HAETED 10 A
Module), Air Conditioner Control Module
IBU2 7.5 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
Electro Chromic Mirror, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit),

Front Wireless Charger, Auto Transmission Shift Lever Indi
cator, Driver Console Switch, Audio, Audio/Video & Naviga
MODULE 5 10 A
tion Head Unit, Air Conditioner Control Module, Crash Pad
Switch, AMP (Amplifier), Front Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module
MODULE 3 7.5 A Stop Lamp Switch, Auto Transmission Shift Lever
AIR BAG 10 A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
FRT WIPER2 25 A Engine Room Block (Wiper 1 Relay), Front Wiper Motor
MDPS 7.5 A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
A/BAG IND 7.5 A Cluster
CLUSTER 7.5 A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
Engine Room Block (Blower Relay), Air Conditioner Control

A/C1 7.5 A
Module
POWER OUT
20 A Front Power Outlet #1
LET2
USB Charger, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Audio, Sur
MODULE 2 10 A round View Monitor, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit,
Air Purifier, AMP (Amplifier), Power Outside Mirror Switch
A/C2 10 A Air Conditioner Control Module
Head Lamp LH/RH, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit),

MODULE 7 7.5 A
Crash Pad Switch, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
WASHER 15 A Multifunction Switch
POWER OUT
15 A Front Power Outlet #1
LET1
8 64
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
OSP2I079034
OSP2I079056
8 65
Maintenance Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.

[ALL] Alternator, Rear Defogger Relay, ESP (Electronic Sta
bility Program) Control Module, ESP (Electronic Stability
ALT 150 A Program) Control Module, Blower Relay
[Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Cooling Fan Motor
[U2 1.5 TCI] Glow Relay Unit
MDPS1 80 A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
C/FAN BLDC [Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Cooling Fan Motor

80 A
GLOW [U2 1.5 TCI] Glow Relay Unit
RR HTD 30 A Rear Defogger Relay
ABS1 40 A ESP (Electronic Stability Program) Control Module
ABS2 30 A ESP (Electronic Stability Program) Control Module
BLOWER 40 A Blower Relay

ECU4 20 A
Module)
[ALL] Fuel Pump Relay
SENSOR 1 10 A
[U2 1.5 TCI] Inlet Metering Unit
[ALL] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Oil Control Valve #1/#2,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve
[Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Air Conditioner Relay
SENSOR 2 10 A [Gamma 1.5 MPI] Cooling Fan 2 Relay, Air Conditioner Relay,
Cooling Fan 1 Relay
[U2 1.5 TCI] Cooling Fan 2 Relay, Air Conditioner Relay, Cool
ing Fan 1 Relay
SGA 40 A [Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Smart Gear Actuator
FULL HTR 30 A [U2 1.5 TCI] Fuel Heater Relay
ECU1 30 A Main Relay
DCT1 40 A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
8 66
Maintenance Fuses

ECU2 15 A
Module)
ECU5 15 A
Module)
TCU1 25 A
Module), TCM (Transmission Control Module)
IG2 40 A Start Relay, IG2 Relay, Ignition Switch
IG1 40 A ACC Relay, IG1 Relay, Ignition Switch
ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Auto Cut Relay, Fuse -
B+1 60 A Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
(Integrated Body Control Unit))
ICU Junction Block (IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS8, IPS9, IPS11, IPS12,
B+2 50 A
IPS17)
ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS2, IPS3, IPS7, IPS10, IPS13,
B+3 60 A
IPS16, IPS18, IPS20)
FUEL PUMP 20 A Fuel Pump Relay
VACUUM PUMP1 20 A [Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Vacuum Pump
AMS 10 A [U2 1.5 TCI] Battery Sensor
HORN 15 A Horn Relay, B/A Horn Relay
A/C 10 A Air Conditioner Relay

8
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - Driver Seat Manual Switch, AMP
(Amplifier), Power Window Relay RH, Driver Safety Power
B+4 50 A Window Module, Power Window Relay LH, Driver Safety
Power Window Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module, Sunroof Unit, Tail Gate Relay)
[Gamma 1.5 MPI, Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Cooling Fan 2 Relay,
C/FAN 40 A
Cooling Fan 1 Relay
C/FAN 50 A [U2 1.5 TCI] Cooling Fan 2 Relay, Cooling Fan 1 Relay

ECU6 10 A
Module)
VACUUM PUMP2 10 A [Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Vacuum Pump
8 67
Maintenance Fuses
SENSOR 4 10 A Glow Relay Unit, Fuel Filter Warning Sensor
[Manual Transmission] Speed Sensor [Auto Transmission]

TCU2 10 A Transmission Range Switch, TCM (Transmission Control
Module)
ECU3 20 A
Module)
INJECTOR 15 A [Gamma 1.5 MPI] Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
[ALL] Mass Air Flow Sensor, PM Sensor, Electronic VGT

(Variable Geometry Turbocharger) Actuator
SENSOR 3 10 A
[Kappa 1.4 T-GDI] Cooling Fan Motor
[U2 1.5 TCI] EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve
IGN COIL 20 A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser
8 68
Maintenance Fuses
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
Relay Name Symbol Type
Main Relay MINI
Start Relay MICRO
Fuel Heater Relay MICRO
Cooling Fan 2 Relay MICRO
Wiper 1 Relay MICRO
A/C Relay MICRO
ACC Relay MICRO
IG1 Relay MICRO
IG2 Relay MICRO
Cooling Fan 1 Relay MICRO
Wiper 2 Relay MICRO
Horn Relay MICRO
Rear Defogger Relay MICRO
Blower Relay MICRO 8
Rear Wiper Relay MICRO
B/A Horn Relay MICRO
Fuel Pump Relay MICRO
8 69
Maintenance Light bulbs
Light bulbs Use only bulbs of the specified

wattage.
Light bulbs are installed in various
parts of the vehicle to provide light
ing inside and outside the vehicle as CAUTION
well as to alert other vehicles. Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out
Bulb replacement precaution bulb with one of the same wattage
Please keep extra bulbs on hand rating. Otherwise, it may cause
with appropriate wattage ratings in damage to the fuse or electric wir
case of emergencies. ing system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 9- used to secure them. Failure to do
4. so may result in heat damage, fire,
When changing lamps, first turn off or water entering the headlight unit.
the vehicle at a safe place, firmly This may damage the headlights or
apply the parking brake and detach cause condensation to build up on
the battery's negative (-) terminal. the lens. To prevent damage or fire,
make sure bulbs are fully seated
WARNING and locked.
Working on the lights

Prior to working on the light, firmly CAUTION
apply the parking brake, ensure that
Headlamp Lens
turn the ignition switch and turn off
To prevent damage, do not clean the
the lights to avoid sudden move
headlamp lens with chemical sol
ment of the vehicle and burning
vents or strong detergents.
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
8 70
NOTICE NOTICE
䳜 If the light bulb or lamp connector After driving in heavy rain or wash
is removed while the lamp is still ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses
on, the fuse box's electronic sys could appear frosty. This condition
tem may log it as a malfunction. is caused by the temperature dif
Therefore, a lamp malfunction ference between the lamp inside
incident may be recorded as a and outside. This is similar to the
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in condensation on your windows
the fuse box. inside your vehicle during the rain
䳜 It is normal for an operating lamp and doesn't indicate a problem with
to flicker momentarily. This is due your vehicle. If the water leaks into
to a stabilization function of the the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom
vehicle's electronic control device. mend that you have the vehicle
If the lamp lights up normally checked by a professional workshop.
after momentarily blinking, then Kia recommends to visit an autho
it is functioning as normal. rized Kia dealer/service partner.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off If you don't have the necessary
completely, there may be an error tools, the correct bulbs and the
in the vehicle's electronic control expertise, consult a professional
device. So we recommend that workshop. Kia recommends to visit
you have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer/service
an authorized Kia dealer immedi partner. In many cases, it is difficult
ately. to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can 8
NOTICE get to the bulb. This is especially
We recommend that the headlight true if you have to remove the
aiming be adjusted by an authorized headlamp assembly to get to the
Kia dealer after an accident or after bulb(s).
the headlight assembly is rein
Removing/installing the headlamp
stalled.
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or
substandard bulbs are used, it may
lead to blowing a fuse or other wir
ing damages.
8 71
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to Headlamp - Type C

the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal
functions and flickering. Addition
ally, the fuse box and other writing
may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)

Headlamp - Type A
OSP2I079173
Fog lamp - Type A
OSP2I079059
Headlamp - Type B
OSP2I079061
Fog lamp - Type B
OSP2I079060
OSP2I079062
8 72
.BJOUFOBODF -JHIU CVMCT
Position lamp -JHIU CVMC QPTJUJPO 3FBS
Rear combination lamp - Type A
041*763
1. Headlamp (High & Low) (Bulb 041733
type) Rear combination lamp Type B

2. Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp (Bulb type)
. Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp (LED type)
. Turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
. Turn signal lamp (LED type)
. Headlamp (High) (LED type)
. Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
. Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
9. Front fog lamp (LED type)
10.Position lamp (auxiliary) (LED 041734
type) License Plate lamp
041*738
Please refer next page for descrip-

tion of numbers in pictures in this
column.
8 73
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL) Light bulb position (Side)
OSP2I079039 OSP2079035
1. Tail lamp (Bulb type)

2. Tail lamp / Stop lamp (Bulb type)
3. Tail lamp / Stop lamp (LED type)
4. Stop lamp (LED type)
5. Back up lamp (Bulb type)
6. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
7. License plate lamp (Bulb type)
8. High mounted stop lamp (Bulb
type)
OSP2I079176
1. Side direction indicator lam (Bulb)

2. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
8 74
Headlamp bulb Replacing headlamp (low/high) /

turn signal lamp / position lamp /
daytime running lamp bulb (bulb
type) (headlamp type A)
OSK3078081NR
WARNING
OSP2I079064
Halogen bulbs
1. Headlamp (low and high)
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
2. Turn signal lamp
䳜 Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
3. Position lamp / daytime running
gas that will produce flying pieces
lamp
of glass if broken.
䳜 Always handle them carefully, and To prepare replacing the lamp bulb:
avoid scratches and abrasions. If 1. Open the hood.
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact To replace the headlamp (low/high)
with liquids. Never touch the glass bulb:
with bare hands. Residual oil may 1. Remove the headlight bulb cover
cause the bulb to overheat and by turning it counterclockwise.
burst when lit. A bulb should be 2. Disconnect the headlight bulb
operated only when installed in a socket-connector. 8
headlamp. 3. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain
䳜 If a bulb becomes damaged or ing wire by depressing the end
cracked, replace it immediately and pushing it upward.
4. Remove the bulb from the head
and carefully dispose of it.
light assembly.
䳜 Wear eye protection when chang
5. Install a new headlight bulb and
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool snap the headlight bulb retaining
down before handling it. wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
6. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
8 75
7. Install the headlight bulb cover by To replace the headlamp (low/high)

turning it clockwise. bulb:
To replace the turn signal lamp, 1. Remove the headlight bulb cover
position lamp, daytime running lamp by turning it counterclockwise.
2. Disconnect the headlight bulb
bulb:
socket-connector.
1. Remove the socket from the
3. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain
assembly by turning the socket
ing wire by depressing the end
counterclockwise until the tabs on
and pushing it upward.
the socket align with the slots on
4. Remove the bulb from the head
the assembly.
light assembly.
2. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
5. Install a new headlight bulb and
into the socket and rotating it
snap the headlight bulb retaining
until it locks into place.
wire into position by aligning the
3. Install the socket in the assembly
wire with the groove on the bulb.
by aligning the tabs on the socket
6. Connect the headlight bulb socket
with the slots in the assembly.
connector.
4. Push the socket into the assem
7. Install the headlight bulb cover by
bly and turn the socket clockwise.
turning it clockwise.
Replacing headlamp (low/high) / To replace the turn signal lamp:

turn signal lamp bulb (bulb type) 1. Remove the socket from the
(headlamp type B) assembly by turning the socket
the assembly.
OSP2079037
1. Headlamp (low and high)

2. Turn signal lamp
To prepare replacing the lamp bulb:
1. Open the hood.
8 76
Replacing position lamp / daytime Replacing headlamp (high and low)

running lamp (LED type) (headlamp / position lamp / daytime running
type B) lamp / turn signal lamp (LED type)
If the position lamp / daytime run (headlamp type C)
ning lamp LED (1) does not operate, If the position lamp / daytime run
we recommend that the system be ning lamp LED (1) does not operate,
checked by a professional workshop. we recommend that the system be
Kia recommends to visit an autho checked by a professional workshop.
rized Kia dealer/service partner. Kia recommends to visit an autho
OSP2I079178
The LED lamps cannot be replaced OSP2079039
as a single component because it is The LED lamps cannot be replaced

an integrated unit. The LED lamps as a single component because it is
have to be replaced with the unit. an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp / daytime A skilled technician should check or
running lamp (LED), for it may dam repair the position lamp / daytime 8
age related parts of the vehicle. running lamp (LED), for it may dam
age related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing headlamp (high and low) /
position lamp / daytime running Replacing headlamp (high and low) /
lamp / turn signal lamp (LED type) position lamp / daytime running
(headlamp type C) lamp / turn signal lamp (LED type)
(headlamp type C)
8 77
Replacing position lamp (auxiliary) Replacing front fog lamp (bulb/LED

(LED type) type)
If the auxiliary lamp LED (1) does If the front fog lamp (type A, B)
not operate, we recommend that does not operate, we recommend
the system be checked by a profes that the system be checked by a
sional workshop. Kia recommends to professional workshop. Kia recom
visit an authorized Kia dealer/ser mends to visit an authorized Kia
vice partner. dealer/service partner.
Type A
OSP2I079065
The LED lamps cannot be replaced OSP2079040
as a single component because it is Type B

an integrated unit. The LED lamps
repair the auxiliary lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OSP2079041
8 78
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Replacing side repeater lamp bulb
Type) bulb (bulb type)
If the side repeater lamp LED (1),
does not operate, we recommend
that the system be checked by a
professional workshop. Kia recom
OSP2I079177
1. Remove the lamp assembly from

the vehicle by prying the lens and
pulling the assembly out.
2. Disconnect the bulb electrical con
nector.
3. Separate the socket and the lens
OSP2I079040
parts by turning the socket coun
The LED lamps cannot be replaced terclockwise until the tabs on the
as a single component because it is socket align with the slots on the
an integrated unit. The LED lamps lens part.
have to be replaced with the unit. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
repair the side repeater lamp (LED), 6. Reassemble the socket and the
for it may damage related parts of lens part.
the vehicle. 7. Connect the bulb electrical con 8
We recommend that the system be nector.

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
8 79
Replacing rear turn signal lamp / To place the lamp bulb:

back up lamp bulb / tail lamp / tail 1. Open the tailgate.
and stop lamp bulb (bulb type) 2. Loosen the light assembly retain
(rear combination lamp type A, B) ing screws with a cross-tip
Type A screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination
light assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
OSP2079043
the bulb align with the slots in the
Type B socket.
6. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
10.Reinstall the light assembly to
OSP2079044 the body of the vehicle.
1. Turn signal lamp
2. Back up lamp
3. Tail lamp
4. Tail and stop lamp
8 80
Replacing stop lamp / tail and stop Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp
lamp (LED type) (rear combination bulb (bulb type)
lamp type B) 1. Open the tailgate.
If the stop lamp (1) or tail and stop 2. Remove the mounting screws of
lamp (2) does not operate, we rec both sides of the service cover
ommend that the system be using a Philips screwdriver.
OSP2I079167
3. Remove the three round head cap

nut fixing the high mounted stop
lamp using a wrench.
OSP2079045
4. Pull out the high mounted stop
The LED lamps cannot be replaced lamp assembly and unplug the
as a single component because it is connector.
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
repair the LED lamps, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle. 8
OSP2I079168
8 81
5. Remove the cover from the Replacing license plate lamp bulb
assembly.
OSP2I079172
OSP2I079169
1. Using a screwdriver, gently pry
6. Pull out the bulb from the socket. the lamp assembly from interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to inte
rior.
OSP2I079170
7. Insert a new bulb in the socket.

8. Install the high mounted stop
lamp in the reverse order of
removal.
8 82
Replacing map lamp (bulb type) Replacing map lamp (LED type)
bulb bulb
If the map lamp (LED) does not
operate, we recommend that the
system be checked by a profes
vice partner.
OSP2I079174
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric OSP2I079068
shock. The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, are part of an integrated unit. The
gently pry the lens cover from
LED lamps have to be replaced with
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it the unit.
straight out. A skilled technician should check or
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. repair the map lamp (LED), for it
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the may damage related parts of the 8
lamp housing notches and snap
vehicle.
the lens into place.
We recommend that the system be
NOTICE checked by a professional workshop.
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
ings.
8 83
Replacing room lamp (bulb type) Replacing room lamp (LED type)
bulb bulb
If the Room lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
a professional workshop. Kia recom
OSP2I079175
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your OSP2I079070
fingers or receiving an electric The LED lamps cannot be replaced

shock. as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it A skilled technician should check or
straight out. repair the Room lamp (LED), for it
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. may damage related parts of the
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
ings.
8 84
Maintenance Appearance care
Replacing luggage room lamp (bulb Appearance care

type) bulb
Use the information in the following
sections to keep the exterior and
interior of your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
sections to maintain the exterior of
your vehicle. Keeping the exterior
clean is not only aesthetically pleas
ing, but it also helps to prolong the
OSP2I079044
life of the vehicle.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
lamp housing. Exterior general caution
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it It is very important to follow the
straight out. label directions when using any
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. chemical cleaner or polish. Read all
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the warning and caution statements
that appear on the label.
CAUTION Finish maintenance
Be careful not to dirty or damage Washing

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous To help protect your vehicle's finish
ings. from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least 8
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after
each off-road trip. Pay special
attention to the removal of any
accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and
other foreign materials. Make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are
kept clear and clean.
8 85
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, WARNING

industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle's After washing the vehicle, test the
finish if not removed immediately. brakes while driving slowly to see if
Even prompt washing with plain they have been affected by water. If
water may not completely remove braking performance is impaired,
all these deposits. A mild soap, safe dry the brakes by applying them
for use on painted surfaces, may be lightly while maintaining a slow for
used. ward speed.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Do not allow soap to dry on High-pressure washing
the finish.
When using high-pressure washers,
After washing the vehicle, test the
make sure to maintain sufficient
brakes while driving slowly to see if
distance from the vehicle.
they have been affected by water. If
Insufficient clearance or excessive
braking performance is impaired,
pressure can lead to component
dry the brakes by applying them
damage or water penetration.
lightly while maintaining a slow for
Do not spray the camera, sensors or
ward speed.
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
CAUTION from high pressure water may
䳜 Do not use strong soap, chemical cause the device to not operate
detergents or hot water, and do normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
not wash the vehicle in direct sun
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
light or when the body of the
connectors as they may be dam
vehicle is warm. aged if they come into contact with
䳜 Be careful when washing the side high pressure water.
windows of your vehicle, espe
cially with high-pressure water.
Water may leak through the win
dows and wet the interior.
䳜 To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
8 86
CAUTION the rest of the vehicle does not yet

need waxing.
Wetting engine compartment Be careful not to touch the lens
when waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
䳜 Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
䳜 Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, acid detergents or
OSP2I079045 strong detergents containing high
䳜 Water washing in the engine com alkaline or caustic agents on
partment including high pressure chrome-plated or anodized alumi
water washing may cause the num parts. This may result in
failure of electrical circuits located damage to the protective coating
in the engine compartment. and cause discoloration or paint
䳜 Never allow water or other liquids deterioration.
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components and air
duct inside the vehicle as this may Finish damage repair
damage them. Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
Waxing
rust and may develop into a major
Wax the vehicle when water will no repair expense. 8
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality NOTICE
liquid or paste wax, and follow the If your vehicle is damaged and
manufacturer's instructions. Wax all requires any metal repair or
metal trim to protect it and to replacement, be sure the body shop
maintain its luster. applies anti-corrosion materials to
Removing oil, tar, and similar mate
the parts repaired or replaced.
rials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be
sure to re-wax these areas even if
8 87
Bright-metal maintenance doors, rocker panels, and frame

To remove road tar and insects, use members have drain holes that
a tar remover, not a scraper or should not clog with dirt; trapped
other sharp object. water in these areas can cause
rusting.
To protect the surfaces of bright
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
Aluminum wheel maintenance
coating of wax or chrome preserva
tive and rub to a high luster. The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
During winter weather or in coastal 䳜 Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
areas, cover the bright metal parts polishing compound, solvent, or
with a heavier coating of wax or wire brushes on aluminum
preservative. If necessary, coat the wheels. They may scratch or
parts with non-corrosive petroleum damage the finish.
jelly or other protective compound. 䳜 Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
Underbody maintenance 䳜 Use only a mild soap or neutral
Corrosive materials used for ice and detergent, and rinse thoroughly
snow removal and dust control may with water. Also, be sure to clean
collect on the underbody. If these the wheels after driving on salted
materials are not removed, acceler roads. This helps prevent corro
ated rusting can occur on under sion.
body parts such as the fuel lines, 䳜 Avoid washing the wheels with
frame, floor pan and exhaust sys high speed vehicle wash brushes.
tem, even though they have been 䳜 Do not use any alkaline or acid
treated with rust protection. detergents It may damage and
corrode the aluminum wheels
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under coated with a clear protective fin
body and wheel openings with luke ish.
warm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the
end of each winter. Pay special
attention to these areas because it
is difficult to see all the mud and
dirt. It will do more harm than good
to wet down the road grime without
removing it. The lower edges of the
8 88
Corrosion protection Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in
Protecting your vehicle from corro which corrosion is most likely to
sion occur. For example, corrosion is
By using the most advanced design accelerated by high humidity, par
and construction practices to com ticularly when temperatures are
bat corrosion, we produce vehicles just above freezing. In such condi
of the highest quality. However, this tions, the corrosive material is kept
is only part of the job. To achieve in contact with the vehicle's surface
the long-term corrosion resistance by moisture that evaporates slowly.
your vehicle can deliver, the owner's Mud is particularly corrosive
cooperation and assistance is also because it dries slowly and holds
required. moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be
Common causes of corrosion dry, it can still retain the moisture
The most common causes of corro and promote corrosion.
sion on your vehicle are: High temperatures can also acceler
䳜 Road salt, dirt and moisture that ate corrosion of parts that are not
is allowed to accumulate under properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea
neath the vehicle.
sons, it is particularly important to
䳜 Removal of paint or protective
keep your vehicle clean and free of
coatings by stones, gravel, abra
mud or accumulations of other
sion or minor scrapes and dents materials. This applies not only to
which leave unprotected metal the visible surfaces but particularly
exposed to corrosion. to the underside of the vehicle.
High-corrosion areas To help prevent corrosion

If you live in an area where your You can help prevent corrosion from 8
vehicle is regularly exposed to cor beginning by observing the follow
rosive materials, corrosion protec ing:
tion is particularly important. Some
of the common causes of acceler
ated corrosion are road salts, dust
control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
8 89
Keep your vehicle clean Keep your garage dry

The best way to prevent corrosion is Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
to keep your vehicle clean and free poorly ventilated garage. This cre
of corrosive materials. Attention to ates a favorable environment for
the underside of the vehicle is par corrosion. This is particularly true if
ticularly important. you wash your vehicle in the garage
or drive it into the garage when it is
If you live in a high-corrosion area 䳎
still wet or covered with snow, ice or
where road salts are used, near the
mud. Even a heated garage can con
ocean, areas with industrial pollu
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
tion, acid rain, etc.䳎, you should
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
take extra care to prevent corrosion.
In winter, hose off the underside of
your vehicle at least once a month Keep paint and trim in good condi
and be sure to clean the underside tion
thoroughly when winter is over. Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
When cleaning underneath the vehi
paint as soon as possible to reduce
cle, give particular attention to the
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
components under the fenders and
metal is showing through, the
other areas that are hidden from
attention of a qualified body and
view. Do a thorough job; just damp
paint shop is recommended.
ening the accumulated mud rather
than washing it away will accelerate Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
corrosion rather than prevent it. highly corrosive and may damage
Water under high pressure and painted surfaces in just a few hours.
steam are particularly effective in Always remove bird droppings as
removing accumulated mud and soon as possible.
corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels, Don't neglect the interior
rocker panels and frame members, Moisture can collect under the floor
be sure that drain holes are kept mats and carpeting and cause cor
open so that moisture can escape rosion. Check under the mats peri
and not be trapped inside to accel odically to be sure the carpeting is
erate corrosion. dry. Use particular care if you carry
fertilizers, cleaning materials or
chemicals in the vehicle.
8 90
These should be carried only in CAUTION

proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed Leather
with clean water and thoroughly When cleaning leather products
dried. (steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
Interior care content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
sections to maintain the interior of leather may fade or the surface
your vehicle. may get stripped off.
Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume, Taking care of leather seats
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand 䳜 Vacuum the seat periodically to
cleaner, and air freshener from con remove dust and sand on the
tacting the interior parts because seat. It will prevent abrasion or
they may cause damage or discolor damage of the leather and main
ation. If they do contact the interior tain its quality.
parts, wipe them off immediately. If 䳜 Wipe the natural leather seat
necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see cover often with dry or soft cloth.
product instructions for correct 䳜 Sufficient use of a leather protec
usage. tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color. Be sure to read the instruc
CAUTION
tions and consult a specialist
Electrical components when using leather coating or
8
Never allow water or other liquids to protective agents.
come in contact with electrical/elec 䳜 Leather with bright colors (beige,
tronic components inside the vehicle cream beige) is easily contami
as this may damage them. nated and clear in appearance.
Clean the seats frequently.
䳜 Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It
may cause the surface to crack.
8 91
Cleaning the leather seats and moderate pressure using a soft

Remove all contaminations sponge or microfiber cloth.
instantly. Refer to instructions Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
below for removal of each contami objects may cause snagging or
nant. scratches on the surface of the
䳜 Cosmetic products (sunscreen, seats.
foundation, etc.)
Make sure not to rub such objects
- Apply cleansing cream on a
against the surface.
cloth and wipe the contami
nated point. Wipe off the cream
with a wet cloth and remove Cleaning the upholstery and inte
water with a dry cloth.
rior trim
䳜 Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
Vinyl
etc.)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
- Apply a small amount of neutral
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
detergent and wipe until con
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
taminations do not smear. vinyl cleaner.
䳜 Oil
- Remove oil instantly with Fabric
absorbable cloth and wipe with Remove dust and loose dirt from
stain remover for natural fabric with a whisk broom or vac
leather only. uum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap
䳜 Chewing gum solution recommended for uphol
- Harden the gum with ice and stery or carpets. Remove fresh
remove gradually. spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive
Fabric seat cover (if equipped) immediate attention, the fabric can
be stained and its color can be
Please clean the fabric seats regu affected. Also, its fire-resistant
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con properties can be reduced if the
sideration of fabric material material is not properly maintained.
characteristics. If they are heavily Using anything but recommended
soiled with beverage stains, etc., use cleaners and procedures may affect
a suitable interior cleaner. To pre the fabric's appearance and fire-
vent damage to seat covers, wipe resistant properties.
off the seat covers down to the
seams with a large wiping motion
8 92
Maintenance Emission control system
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web Emission control system

bing
The emission control system of
Clean the belt webbing with any your vehicle is covered by a written
mild soap solution recommended for limited warranty. Please see the
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol warranty information contained in
low the instructions provided with the Kia Warranty Policy section
the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye at the end of this manual.
the webbing because this may
Your vehicle is equipped with an
weaken it.
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
Cleaning the interior window glass
There are three emission control
If the interior glass surfaces of the systems, as follows.
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov 1. Crankcase emission control sys
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy tem
film), they should be cleaned with a 2. Evaporative emission control sys
glass cleaner. Follow the directions tem
on the glass cleaner container. 3. Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper func
CAUTION tion of the emission control sys
Rear window tems, it is recommended that you
Do not scrape or scratch the inside have your vehicle inspected and
of the rear window. This may result maintained by an authorized Kia
in damage of the rear window dealer in accordance with the main
defroster grid. tenance schedule in this manual.
8
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
䳜 To prevent the vehicle from mis
firing during dynamometer test
ing, turn the ESC off by pressing
the ESC switch.
䳜 After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC back on
by pressing the ESC switch again.
8 93
1. Crankcase emission control sys Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

tem The Purge Control Solenoid Valve
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCSV) is controlled by the Engine
system is employed to prevent air Control Module (ECM); when the
pollution caused by blow-by gases engine coolant temperature is low
during idling, the PCSV closes so
being emitted from the crankcase.
that evaporated fuel is not taken
This system supplies fresh filtered
into the engine. After the engine
air to the crankcase through the air warms up during ordinary driving,
intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
the fresh air mixes with blow-by rated fuel to the engine.
gases, which then pass through the
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) 3. Exhaust emission control system
valve into the induction system.
The exhaust emission control sys
tem is a highly effective system
2. Evaporative emission control which controls exhaust emissions
(including Onboard Refueling Vapor
while maintaining good vehicle per
Recovery (ORVR)) system
formance.
The evaporative emission control
system is designed to prevent fuel Vehicle modifications
vapors from escaping into the This vehicle should not be modified.
atmosphere. (The ORVR system is Modification of your vehicle could
designed to allow the vapors from affect its performance, safety or
the fuel tank to be loaded into a durability and may even violate gov
canister while refueling at the gas ernmental safety and emissions
station, preventing the escape of regulations. In addition, damage or
fuel vapors into the atmosphere.) performance problems resulting
from any modification may not be
Canister covered under warranty.
䳜 If you use unauthorized electronic
Fuel vapors generated inside the
devices, it may cause the vehicle
fuel tank are absorbed and stored in
to operate abnormally, wire dam
the onboard canister. When the
age, battery discharge and fire.
engine is running, the fuel vapors
absorbed in the canister are drawn For your safety, do not use unau
into the surge tank through the thorized electronic devices.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve.
8 94
Engine exhaust gas precautions 䳜 When the engine stalls or fails to

(carbon monoxide) start, excessive attempts to
䳜 Carbon monoxide can be present restart the engine may cause
with other exhaust fumes. There damage to the emission control
fore, if you smell exhaust fumes system.
of any kind inside your vehicle,
have it inspected and repaired Operating precautions for catalytic
immediately. If you ever suspect converters
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all WARNING
the windows fully open. Have your Catalytic converter
vehicle checked and repaired Keep away from the catalytic con
immediately. verter and exhaust system while
the vehicle is running or immedi
WARNING ately thereafter. The exhaust and
Exhaust catalytic systems are very hot and
Engine exhaust gases contain car may burn you.
bon monoxide (CO). Though color
less and odorless, it is dangerous
WARNING
and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow
the instructions on this page to Fire
avoid CO poisoning. 䳜 Do not park, idle or drive the vehi
cle over or near flammable
䳜 Do not operate the engine in con objects, such as grass, vegetation,
fined or closed areas (such as paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust
garages) any more than what is system can ignite flammable
necessary to move the vehicle in 8
items under your vehicle.
or out of the area. 䳜 Also, do not remove the heat sink
䳜 When the vehicle is stopped in an around the exhaust system, do
open area for more than a short not seal the bottom of the vehicle
time with the engine running, or do not coat the vehicle for cor
adjust the ventilation system (as rosion control. It may present a
needed) to draw outside air into fire risk under certain conditions.
the vehicle.
䳜 Never sit in a parked or stopped Your vehicle is equipped with a cata
vehicle for any extended time lytic converter emission control
with the engine running. device.
8 95
Therefore, the following precautions Petrol Particulate Filter (GPF) (if

must be observed: equipped)
䳜 Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
The Petrol Particulate Filter (GPF)
petrol engines.
system removes the soot in the
䳜 Do not operate the vehicle when
exhaust gas.
there are signs of engine mal
function, such as misfire or a The GPF system automatically
noticeable loss of performance. burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated
䳜 Do not misuse or abuse the soot in accordance with driving situ
engine. Examples of misuse are ations, unlike a disposable air filter.
coasting with the ignition off and In other words, the accumulated
descending steep grades in gear soot is automatically purged out by
with the ignition off. the engine control system and by
䳜 Do not operate the engine at high the high exhaust-gas temperature
idle speed for extended periods (5 at normal/ high driving speeds.
minutes or more).
䳜 Do not modify or tamper with any However, when the vehicle is contin
part of the engine or emission ually driven at repeated short dis
control system. All inspections tances or driven at low speed for a
and adjustments must be made long time, the accumulated soot
by a professional workshop. Kia may not be automatically removed
recommends to visit an autho because of low exhaust gas tem
rized Kia dealer/service partner. perature. In this case, the accumu
䳜 Avoid driving with an extremely lated soot may reach a certain
low fuel level. Running out of fuel amount regardless of the soot oxi
could cause the engine to misfire, dization process, then the GPF lamp
damaging the catalytic converter. will illuminate.
Failure to observe these precautions
GPF Lamp stops illuminating, when
could result in damage to the cata
lytic converter and to your vehicle. the driving speed exceeds 80 km/h
Additionally, such actions could void with engine rpm 1,500~4,000 and
your warranties. the gear in the 3rd position or above
for approximately 30 minutes.
When the GPF lamp starts to blink
or the warning message "check
exhaust system" pops up even
though the vehicle was driven as
mentioned above, we recommend
8 96
that you have the GPF system When the malfunction indicator light
checked by an authorized Kia dealer. blinks, it may stop blinking by driv
With the GPF lamp blinking for an ing the vehicle at more than 60 km/
extended period of time, it may h (37 mph) or at more than second
damage the GPF system and lower gear with 1500 ~ 2500 engine rpm
the fuel economy. for a certain time (for about 25
minutes).
Diesel Particulate Filter (if If the malfunction indicator light
equipped)
( ) continues to be blinked or the
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) warning massage "Check exhaust
system removes the soot in the system" illuminates in spite of the
exhaust gas. procedure, visit a professional
Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPF workshop and check the DPF sys
system automatically burns (oxi tem. Kia recommends to visit an
dizes) and removes the accumulated authorized Kia dealer/service part
soot according to the driving condi ner. If you continue to drive with the
tion. In other words, the active malfunction indicator light blinking
burning by engine control system for a long time, the DPF system can
and high exhaust gas temperature be damaged and fuel consumption
caused by normal/high driving con can be worsen and engine durability
dition burns and removes the accu can be worsen by oil dilution.
mulated soot. However, if the
vehicle continues to be driven at CAUTION
repeated short distance or driven at
Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)
low speed for a long time, the accu
It is recommended to use the regu
mulated soot may not be automati 8
lated automotive diesel fuel for die
cally removed because of low
sel vehicle equipped with the DPF
exhaust gas temperature. More
system.
than a certain amount of soot
If you use diesel fuel including high
deposited, the malfunction indica
sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)
tor light ( ) illuminates.
and unspecified additives, it can
cause the DPF system to be dam
aged and white smoke can be emit
ted.
8 97
Lean NOx Trap

The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system
removes the nitrogen oxide in the
exhaust gas. The smell can occur in
the exhaust gas depending on the
quality of the fuel and it can
degrade NOx reduction perfor
mance, please use the regulated
automotive diesel fuel.
8 98
Specifications & Consumer 9
information
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions................................................................................. 9-2
Engine ......................................................................................... 9-2
Gross vehicle weight ................................................................ 9-3
Luggage volume........................................................................ 9-3
Air conditioning system........................................................... 9-3
Bulb wattage ............................................................................. 9-4
Tires and wheels ....................................................................... 9-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities ............................. 9-7
䳜 Recommended SAE viscosity number ................................ 9-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................................... 9-10
Vehicle certification label ......................................................9-10
Tire specification and pressure label................................... 9-11
Engine number ........................................................................ 9-11
Air conditioner compressor label ......................................... 9-12
Refrigerant label ..................................................................... 9-12
Declaration of conformity..................................................... 9-13
Fuel label .................................................................................. 9-13
䳜 Petrol engine .........................................................................9-13
䳜 Diesel engine ......................................................................... 9-14
Specifications & Consumer information Dimensions
SPECIFICATIONS & CONSUMER INFORMATION
Dimensions
Item mm (in)
Overall length 4,315 (169.9)
Overall width 1,800 (70.9)
205/65R16 1,620 (63.8)
Without Roof rack
215/60R17 1,630 (64.2)
Overall height
205/65R16 1,635 (64.4)
With Roof lack
215/60R17 1,645 (64.8)
205/65R16 1,572 (61.9)
Front
215/60R17 1,560 (61.4)
Tread
205/65R16 1,595 (62.8)
Rear
215/60R17 1,583 (62.3)
Wheelbase 2,610 (102.8)
Engine
Petrol 1.4 Petrol 1.5 Diesel U2 1.5

Item
(T-GDI) (MPI) (TCI)
Displacement: cc (cu in) 1,353 (82.56) 1,497 (91.35) 1,493 (91.1)
71.6 x 84.0
Bore x Stroke: mm (in) 75.6 x 83.38 75 X 84.5
(2.8189 x 3.3071)
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4, In-line 4, In-Line 4, In-line
9 2
Specifications & Consumer information Gross vehicle weight
Gross vehicle weight
G1.4 T-GDI G1.5 MPI U2 1.5 TCI

Item
MT DCT MT IVT MT AT
Gross vehicle weight 1,695 1,705 1,640 1,665 1,750 1,745
kg (lbs.) (3,737) (3,759) (3,616) (3,671) (3,858) (3,847)
Luggage volume
Item G1.4 T-GDI G1.5 MPI U2 1.5 TCI
Luggage volume (VDA): l Min: 433 l (15.29 cu ft)

(cu ft) Max: 1,401 l (49.48 cu ft)
䳜 Min: Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
䳜 Max: Behind front seat to roof.
Air conditioning system
Item Weight of volume (g) Classification

Refrigerant 530 25 R-134a
Compressor lubricant 110 10 PAG 30
Please contact a professional workshop for more details.
Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
9 3
Specifications & Consumer information Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Low beam 60 Bulb
High beam 60 Bulb
Type A* Turn signal lamps 21 Bulb
Position lamps 5 Bulb
Daytime running lamps 21 Bulb
Low beam 60 Bulb
High beam 60 Bulb
Position lamps (1-1) 4.6 LED
Type B*
Daytime running lamps (1-1) 9 LED
Daytime running lamps (2-1) 15.1 LED
Turn signal lamps 21 Bulb
Front
Position lamp (center) 1.2 LED
Low beam 28.8 LED
High beam 22 LED
Type C*
Daytime running lamps (1-1) 9 LED
Daytime running lamps (2-1) 15.1 LED
Turn signal lamps 15.4 LED
Position lamp (center) 1.2 LED
Fog lamps (bulb)* 51 Bulb
Fog lamps (LED)* 16.9 LED
Side repeater lamps 5 Bulb
9 4
Specifications & Consumer information Bulb wattage
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Rear Type A* Tail lamps (inside) 5 Bulb
Tail lamps (outside) 5 Bulb
Stop lamps 21 Bulb
Back up lamps 16 Bulb
Type B* Tail lamps (inside) 1.8 LED
Tail lamps (outside) 3.5 LED
Stop lamps (inside) 1.8 LED
Stop lamps (outside) 9.7 LED
Back up lamps 16 Bulb
License plate lamps 5 Bulb
High mounted stop lamps 30 Bulb
Interior Map lamps (without sunroof) 8 Bulb
Map lamps (with sunroof) 2 LED
Room lamps (without sunroof) 8 Bulb
Room lamps (with sunroof) 2 LED
Luggage lamp 10 Bulb
*: if equipped
9 5
Specifications & Consumer information Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)] Wheel lug nut
Tire Wheel capacity capacity
Item Normal load Maximum load torque kgf m
size size
LI*1 kg SS*2 km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf ft, N m)
6.0Jx16
205/ (steel)
Full size 65R16 6.0Jx16 95 690 H 210 11~13
2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
tire (and (alloy) (79~94,
(35/240) (35/240) (35/240) (35/240)
spare tire) 107~127)
215/ 6.5J x
96 710 H 210
60R17 17
*1. Load Index
*2. Speed Symbol
CAUTION NOTICE
When replacing tires, use the same 䳜 We recommend that when replac
size originally supplied with the ing tires, use the same originally
vehicle. supplied with the vehicles.
Using tires of a different size can If not, that affects driving perfor
damage the related parts or make it mance.
work irregularly. 䳜 When driving in high altitude
grades, it is natural for the atmo
spheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire
pressure and add more air when
necessary.
Additionally required tire air pres
sure per km above sea level: 1.5
psi/km
9 6
Specifications & Consumer information Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved
fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil*1
Petrol 1.4 T-GDI 4.2 L 5W30 ACEA A5/B5
(drain and refill)
Engine
Recommends 1.5 MPI 3.8 L OW20 API (SN Plus)
Diesel
U2 1.5 TCI 4.8 L OW20 ACEA C5
Engine
Petrol 1.4 T-GDI
Manual transmis Engine 1.5 MPI SAE 70W API GL-4
1.5~1.6 L TGO-9 API GL-4, SAE 70W
sion fluid Diesel
U2 1.5 TCI
Engine
Petrol 1.4 T-GDI
Dual clutch trans Engine 1.5 MPI
1.6-1.7 L API GL-4, SAE 70W
mission fluid Diesel
U2 1.5 TCI
Engine
Petrol
1.6 MPI 7.2 L
Automatic trans Engine
mission fluid ATF SP-IV
Diesel
U2 1.5 TCI 7.1 L
Engine
Intelligent vari
Petrol
able transmis 1.5 MPI 6.7 L SP-CVT*2
Engine
sion fluid
MT
1.4 T-GDI 7L
Petrol DCT
Engine MT 6.4 L Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene-glycol
Coolant 1.5 MPI
IVT 6.1 L with phosphate based coolant for cooling device
Diesel MT 7.2 L
U2 1.5 TCI
Engine AT 7.0 L
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, FMVSS 116 DOT-4, ISO4925
Brake/clutch fluid 0.7 L
CLASS-6 9
Fuel 50 L -
*1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 9-8.
*2. Use only specified genuine intelligent variable transmission fluid. The use of non-specified fluid (even
marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration and vibrations, eventually,
the transmission failure.
9 7
Recommended SAE viscosity num Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has

ber an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscos
Always be sure to clean the area ity engine oils can provide better
around any filler plug, drain plug, or fuel economy and cold weather per
dipstick before checking or draining formance, however, higher viscosity
any lubricant. This is especially engine oils are required for satisfac
important in dusty or sandy areas tory lubrication in hot weather.
and when the vehicle is used on Using oils of any viscosity other
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug than those recommended could
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt result in engine damage.
and grit from entering the engine
When choosing an oil, consider the
and other mechanisms that could be
range of temperature your vehicle
damaged.
will be operated in before the next
oil change. Proceed to select the
recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
9 8
Kappa 1.4 T-GDI

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
( F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
For all countries 0W-30, 5W-30
Gamma II 1.5 MPI

C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
( F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
20W-50
15W-40
Except middle
east*1*2 10W-30
0/5W-20, 0/5W-
30
*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W-20. How
ever, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis
cosity chart.
*2. Middle East includes Morocco, Sudan and Egypt. IRAN, LIBIA, ALGERIA, TUNISIA
U2 1.5 TCI
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Temperature
( F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
10W-30/40
5W-30/40
U2 1.5 TCI
0W-30
0W-20
9
9 9
Specifications & Consumer information Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle certification label

(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) is the number used in register
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
Frame number
OSP2I079072
The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver's (or front
passenger's) side center pillar gives
the vehicle identification number
(VIN).
OSP2I089007
The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
VIN label (if equipped)
OBDC059174RE
9 10
Specifications & Consumer information Tire specification and pressure label
Tire specification and pressure Engine number

label The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
Petrol engine (1.4 T-GDI)
OSP2I089001
The tires supplied on your new vehi

cle are chosen to provide the best
OSP2I089002
performance for normal driving.
Petrol engine (1.5 MPI)
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres
sures recommended for your vehi
cle.
OSP2I089004
Diesel engine (U2 1.5 TCI)
OSP2I089009
9 11
Specifications & Consumer information Air conditioner compressor label
Air conditioner compressor label Refrigerant label
OSP2I089010 OSP2I089006
A compressor label informs you the The refrigerant label is located on

type of compressor your vehicle is the front body trim.
equipped with such as model, sup
plier part number, production num
ber, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant
oil (2).
9 12
SQFDJGJDBUJPOT $POTVNFS JOGPSNBUJPO %FDMBSBUJPO PG DPOGPSNJUZ
'VFM MBCFM JG FRVJQQFE
PFUSPM FOHJOF %JFTFM FOHJOF

The fuel label is attached on the fuel The fuel label is attached on the fuel
filler door. filler door.
041*8 041*8
A. Octane rating of unleaded A. Fuel: Diesel

Petrol B. Identifiers for FAME containing
1. RON/ROZ: Research Octane Diesel-type Fuels
Number * This symbol means usable fuel.
2. (R+M)/2, AKI: Anti Knock Index Do not use any other fuel.
B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels C. For further details, refer to
* This symbol means usable fuel. "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.
Do not use any other fuel.
C. For further details, refer to
"Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.
9 3
Abbreviation A
Abbreviation
"CCSFWJBUJPO
"##3&7I"5IO/ )6%
Head-Up Display
"#S
IS(
Anti-Lock Brake System
Idle Stop and Go
"$$
I75
Accessory
",I
-/5
Antiknock Index
Lean NOx Trap
"7/
.I-
Audio Video Navigation
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
#7.
O%O
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Odometer
$$
P$.
Cruise Control
Powertrain Control Module
%$5
P$S7
Double Clutch Transmission
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
%P'
P%8
Diesel Particulate Filter
Parking Distance Warning
%3-
3O/
Daytime Running Light
Research Octane Number
%37.
3P.
Driving Rear View Monitor
Revolution Per Minute
&$.
37.
Electric Chromic Mirror
Rear View Monitor
&PS
S3S
Electronic Power Steering
Supplemental Restraint System
&S$
S7.
Electronic Stability Control
Surround View Monitor
(P'
(also called 0 Degree Camera)
Gasoline Particulate Filter
5$I
(78
Turbo Charger Intercooler
Gross Vehicle Weight
5$.
(783
Transmission Control Module
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
5(%I
)"$
Turbocharger Gasoline Direct Injection
Hill-start Assist Control
5P.S
)I%
Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem
High-Intensity Discharge
7I/
).S-
Vehicle Identification Number
High Mounted Stop Lamp
7S.
Vehicle Stability Management
"
Index I
Index
I/%&9 control 4-
BVUPNBUJD USBOTNJTTJPO 6-
operation 6-
3 shift lock system 6-5
360 EFHSFF DBNFSB 4-90 BVUPNBUJD USBOTNJTTJPO
JOUFMMJHFOU WBSJBCMF USBOTNJTTJPO
" TIJGU JOEJDBUPS 4-5
BDDVNVMBUFE JOGP EJTQMBZ 4-6
BJS CBH 3-4 #
air bag collision sensors 3-55
CBUUFSZ 8-3
curtain air bag 3-53
for best battery service 8-3
driver s and passenger s front air
recharging the battery 8-4
bag 3-4
reset items 8-4
inflation conditions 3-56
non-inflation conditions 3-57 CBUUFSZ TBWFS GVODUJPO 4-
side air bag 3-5 CFGPSF ESJWJOH 6-4
4R4 care 3-6 CMJOETQPU WJFX NPOJUPS
4R4 components and functions 3-46 #7.
4-
warning and indicator 3-46 CSBLF GMVJE 8-
BJS CBH DPMMJTJPO TFOTPST 3-55 CSBLF TZTUFN 6-45
BJS DMFBOFS GJMUFS 8-33 anti-lock brake system (ABS) 6-49
BJS WFOUJMBUJPO TFBU 4-8 applying the parking brake 6-47
BOUJMPDL CSBLF TZTUFN "#S
6-4 electronic stability control (ESC) 6-51
BQQFBSBODF DBSF 8-85 good braking practices 6-56
eYterior care 8-85 hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-56
interior care 8- parking brake 6-47
power brakes 6-45
BQQMZJOH UIF QBSLJOH CSBLF 6-47
releasing the parking brake 6-48
BVEJP TZTUFN
vehicle stability management
radio 5-4
(VSM) 6-54
shark fin antenna 5-3
CuMC SFQMBDFNFOU QSFDBuUJPO 8-70
U4B port 5-3
BVUP MJHIU 4-4
BVUPNBUJD DMJNBUF DPOUSPM $
TZTUFN 4-5 DBSF Pf TFBU CFMU 3-29
air conditioning 4- DBSHP BSFB DPWFS 4-136
controlling air intake 4- DFOUFS DPOTPMF TUPSBHF 4-124
controlling fan speed 4- DIFDL FxIBuTU TZTUFN 6-3
heating and air conditioning DIJME SFTUSBJOU TZTUFN $RS
3-30
automatically 4-6 installing a CRS 3-33
heating and air conditioning types 3-32
manually 4-7 DIJMEQSPUFDUPS SFBS EPPS MPDL 4-21
mode selection 4-8 DMJNBUF DPOUSPM BJS fJMUFS 8-35
temperature control 4- DMJNBUF DPOUSPM TZTUFN 4-105
turning off the front air climate air conditioning 4-106
I
air conditioning refrigerant label 4-108 driving at night 6-67
checking the amount of air driving in flooded areas 6-68
conditioner refrigerant and driving in the rain 6-68
compressor lubricant 4-107 driving info display 4-64
climate control air filter 4-107
driving on unpaved roads 6-68
heating 4-105
driving rear view monitoring
system operation 4-105
ventilation 4-105 (DRVM) system 4-89
closing the hood 4-30 dual clutch transmission
clothes hanger 4-134 (DCT) 6-27
operation 6-28
cruise control system 6-60
shift lock system 6-36
accelerating temporarily with the
transmission ranges 6-33
cruise control on 6-63
cancelling cruise control 6-63 dual clutch transmission shift
cruise control switch 6-61 indicator 4-51
decreasing the cruising speed 6-63
increasing cruise control set
speed 6-62
E
resuming cruising speed 6-64 economical operation 6-64
setting cruise control speed 6-61 electric chromic mirror (ECM)
turning cruise control off 6-64 with UVO service 4-42
cup holder 4-127 electronic power steering
curtain air bag 3-53 (EPS) 4-38
electronic stability control
(ESC) 6-51
D emergency commodity 7-29
day/night rearview mirror 4-42 first aid kit 7-29
daytime running light (DRL) 4-93 triangle reflector 7-29
defogging (windshield) 4-122 emergency starting 7-6
defroster 4-104 jump starting 7-6
defrosting (windshield) 4-122 push-starting 7-8
digital speedometer 4-63 emergency towing 7-26
door lock 4-17 emission control system 8-93
child-protector rear door lock 4-21 engine compartment 8-5
from inside the vehicle 4-18 engine coolant 8-26
from outside the vehicle 4-17 recommended coolant 8-26
drive info display 4-62 engine coolant temperature
drive mode integrated control gauge 4-48
system 6-58 engine oil and filter
traction control 6-59 (for petrol) 8-22
driver䳓s and passenger䳓s front air engine oil (for diesel) 8-24
bag 3-49 engine overheats 7-9
driver䳓s seat belt 3-19 engine start/stop button 6-10
I 3
illuminated engine start/stop glove box 4-124
button 6-10 good braking practices 6-56
position 6-10
starting the engine 6-13
starting the engine with smart H
key 6-14 hazardous driving conditions 6-66
exterior features 4-137 head light (low beam) 4-94
roof rack 4-137 headlight (headlamp) escort
function 4-103
F headlight leveling device 4-97
headrest
floor mat anchor(s) 4-135
front seat headrest 3-9
fog light (front) 4-96
rear seat headrest 3-16
forward/reverse parking distance Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
warning (PDW) 4-83
equipped) 4-78
non-operational conditions 4-86
heating and air conditioning
operating condition 4-84
self-diagnosis 4-88 automatically 4-116
front seat adjustment for heating and air conditioning
manual seat 3-6 manually 4-110, 4-117
front seat adjustment for highway driving 6-69
power seat 3-7 hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-56
front seat headrest 3-9 hood 4-29
closing the hood 4-30
fuel economy 4-61
hood open warning 4-30
fuel filler door 4-31
opening the hood 4-29
fuel filter (for diesel) 8-32
hood open warning 4-30
fuel gauge 4-49
horn 4-41
fuel requirements 1-2
fuses 8-57
replacing engine compartment I
fuse 8-60 illuminated engine start/stop
replacing inner panel fuse 8-59 button 6-10
immobilizer system 4-7
G indicator lights 4-75
gauges 4-47 Information mode 4-54
engine coolant temperature infotainment sysem 5-3
gauge 4-48 audio system 5-3
fuel gauge 4-49 audio (without touch screen) 5-7
odometer 4-49 radio 5-13
outside temperature gauge 4-50 infotainment system
speedometer 4-47 bluetooth 5-21
tachometer 4-48 media player 5-16
I 4
specifications 5-32 map lamp 4-102
system status icons 5-31 room lamp 4-103
trademarks 5-34
inside rearview mirror 4-41
installing a CRS 3-33 J
instrument cluster 4-46 jump starting 7-6
adjusting instrument cluster
illumination 4-47
automatic transmission/
K
intelligent variable transmission key 4-6
shift indicator 4-50 folding key 4-6
dual clutch transmission shift immobilizer system 4-7
indicator 4-51 smart key 4-6
engine coolant temperature key positions 6-6
gauge 4-48 ignition switch position 6-6
fuel gauge 4-49 starting the engine 6-7
gauges 4-47 stopping the petrol engine/diesel
manual transmission shift engine (manual transmission) 6-10
indicator 4-51
odometer 4-49
outside temperature gauge 4-50 L
speedometer 4-47 LCD display 4-52
tachometer 4-48 Information mode 4-54
transmission shift indicator 4-50 LCD Display Control 4-52
intelligent variable transmission LCD display modes 4-53
(IVT) 6-38 Master warning mode 4-54
operation 6-39 Shift to P to edit settings/Engage
shift lock system 6-43 parking brake to edit settings 4-55
interior features 4-127 Transmission temperature gauge
air ventilation seat 4-128 (for dual clutch transmission) 4-55
cargo area cover 4-136 trip computer mode 4-54
clothes hanger 4-134 Turn By Turn (TBT) mode 4-54
cup holder 4-127 User settings mode 4-55
floor mat anchor(s) 4-135 LCD Display Control 4-52
power outlet 4-129 LCD display messages 4-64
side curtain 4-136 LCD display modes 4-53
sliding armrest 4-128 LCD displays 4-60
sun visor 4-129 accumulated info display 4-62
USB charger 4-130 digital speedometer 4-63
wireless smart phone charging drive info display 4-62
system 4-132 driving info display 4-64
interior light 4-101 fuel economy 4-61
automatic turn off function 4-101 LCD display messages 4-64
luggage room lamp 4-103 service mode 4-63
I 5
transmission temperature Master warning mode 4-54
(daul clutch transmission) 4-63 mirrors 4-41
trip information (trip computer) 4-60 adjusting the outside rearview
trip modes 4-60 mirrors 4-44
light bulbs day/night rearview mirror 4-42
bulb replacement precaution 8-70 electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
lighting 4-92 UVO service 4-42
auto light 4-94 folding the outside rearview
battery saver function 4-92 mirror 4-44
daytime running light (DRL) 4-93 inside rearview mirror 4-41
head light (low beam) 4-94 outside rearview mirror 4-43
headlight leveling device 4-97
one-touch lane change 4-96
operating front fog light 4-96 O
operating high beam 4-95 odometer 4-49
operating turn signals 4-95 one-touch lane change 4-96
position and tail lamp 4-93 opening the hood 4-29
lights bulbs 8-70 operating high beam 4-95
headlamp bulb 8-75 outside rearview mirror 4-43
replacing bulbs 8-75 outside temperature gauge 4-50
luggage board 4-126 owner maintenance 8-10
luggage net holder 4-126
luggage room lamp 4-103
P
parking brake 6-47
M passenger䳓s seat belt 3-20
maintenance services 8-8 position and tail lamp 4-93
owner maintenance precautions 8-9
power brakes 6-45
owner䳓s responsibility 8-8
power outlet 4-129
manual climate control
power window lock button 4-28
system 4-109
air conditioning 4-114
pre-tensioner seat belt 3-24
controlling air intake 4-112 push-starting 7-8
controlling fan speed 4-113
heating and air conditioning
manually 4-110
R
mode selection 4-111 rear seat adjustment 3-12
temperature control 4-112 rear seat headrest 3-16
manual transmission 6-17 rear view monitor (RVM) 4-88
operation 6-17 releasing the parking brake 6-48
manual transmission shift remote keyless entry 4-9
indicator 4-51 resetting the sunroof 4-37
map lamp 4-102
I 6
reverse parking distance warning vacuum crankcase ventilation
(PDW) 4-80 hoses 8-19
non-operational conditions 4-81 vapor hose and fuel filler cap (for
operating condition 4-80 petrol engine) 8-18
precautions 4-81 scheduled maintenance
self-diagnosis 4-82 service 8-12
Risk of burns when parking or maintenance under severe usage
stopping vehicle 1-6 conditions 8-16
rocking the vehicle 6-67 normal maintenance schedule 8-13
roof rack 4-137 seat 3-3
room lamp 4-103 feature of seat leather 3-6
front seat adjustment for manual
seat 3-6
S front seat adjustment for power
scheduled maintenance seat 3-7
seat leather 3-6
items 8-17
air cleaner filter 8-19
seat belt 3-18
care of seat belt 3-29
air conditioning refrigerant 8-22
passenger䳓s seat belt 3-20
automatic transmission fluid 8-19
precautions 3-27
brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors 8-21 pre-tensioner seat belt 3-24
brake fluid 8-21 seat belts
brake hoses and lines 8-21 driver䳓s seat belt 3-19
checking fluid levels 8-22 seat leather 3-6
coolant 8-19 seatback pocket 3-12
cooling system 8-19 service mode 4-63
drive belts 8-17 Shift to P to edit settings/
drive shafts and boots 8-21 Engage parking brake to edit
dual clutch transmission fluid 8-20 settings 4-55
engine oil and filter 8-17 side air bag 3-52
exhaust pipe and muffler 8-21 side curtain 4-136
fuel filter cartridge (for diesel) 8-18
sliding armrest 4-128
fuel filter (for petrol) 8-17
fuel lines, fuel hoses and
sliding the sunroof 4-35
connections 8-18 smart key 4-11
intelligent variable transmission battery replacement 4-13
(IVT) fluid 8-20 functions 4-11
manual transmission fluid 8-19 precautions 4-13
parking brake 8-21 smooth cornering 6-67
spark plugs 8-19 snow tires 6-70
steering gear box, linkage and snowy or icy conditions 6-70
boots/lower arm ball joint 8-21 special driving conditions 6-66
suspension mounting bolts 8-21 driving at night 6-67
driving in flooded areas 6-68
I 7
driving in the rain 6-68 sunroof 4-34
driving on unpaved roads 6-68 automatic reversal 4-36
hazardous driving conditions 6-66 resetting the sunroof 4-37
highway driving 6-69 sliding the sunroof 4-35
rocking the vehicle 6-67 sunroof open warning 4-38
smooth cornering 6-67 sunshade 4-37
specifications 9-2 tilting the sunroof 4-36
air conditioner compressor label 9-12 sunroof open warning 4-38
air conditioning system 9-3 sunshade 4-37
bulb wattage 9-4 surround view monitor (SVM) 4-90
dimensions 9-2
engine 9-2
engine number 9-11 T
gross vehicle weight 9-3 tachometer 4-48
lubricants and capacities 9-7 Tailgate 4-22
luggage volume 9-3
theft-alarm system 4-15
refrigerant label 9-12
armed stage 4-15
tire specification and pressure
disarmed stage 4-16
label 9-11
theft-alarm stage 4-16
tires and wheels 9-6
vehicle certification label 9-10
tilt & telescopic steering
vehicle identification number wheel 4-40
(VIN) 9-10 tilting the sunroof 4-36
speedometer 4-47 tire chains 6-71
SRS care 3-60 tire pressure indicator 7-11
starting the engine 6-13 tire pressure monitoring system
diesel 6-16 (TPMS) 7-10
petrol 6-15 malfunction indicator 7-14
starting the engine with smart tire pressure indicator 7-11
key 6-14 tire replacement with TPMS 7-14
steering wheel 4-38 tires and wheels 8-42
electronic power steering (EPS) 4-38 all season tires 8-54
horn 4-41 compact spare tire replacement 8-46
tilt & telescopic steering wheel 4-40 low aspect ratio tire 8-56
storage compartment 4-124 radial-ply tires 8-55
recommended cold tire inflation
center console storage 4-124
glove box pressures 8-42
4-124
snow tires 8-54
luggage board 4-126
luggage net holder 4-126 summer tires 8-54
tire chains 8-55
sunglass holder 4-125
tire maintenance 8-47
summer tires 6-70
tire pressure 8-43
sun visor 4-129
tire replacement 8-46
sunglass holder 4-125 tire rotation 8-44
I 8
tire sidewall labeling 8-47
tire terminology and definitions 8-51 W
tire traction 8-47 WBSOJOH BOE JOEJDBUPS MJHIUT 4-68
wheel alignment and tire balance 8-45 XBSOJOH BOE JOEJDBUPS MJHIUT
wheel replacement 8-46 indicator lights 4-75
towing 7-24 warning lights 4-68
emergency towing 7-26 XBSOJOH MJHIUT 4-68
removable towing hook 7-25 XBTIFS fMuJE 8-31
towing service 7-24
XFMDPNF TZTUFN 4-103
transmission shift indicator 4-50
headlight (headlamp) escort
transmission temperature function 4-103
(daul clutch transmission) 4-63 XIBU UP EP JO BO FNFSHFODZ 7-3
Transmission temperature gauge if the engine will not start 7-5
(for dual clutch transmission) 4-55 if you have a flat tire
trip computer mode 4-54 (with spare tire) 7-16
trip information in case of an emergency while
(trip computer) 4-60 driving 7-4
accumulated info display 4-62 road warning 7-3
digital speedometer 4-63 XJOEPX PQFOJOH BOE DMPTJOH 4-26
drive info display 4-62 XJOEPXT 4-25
fuel economy 4-61 power window lock button 4-28
transmission temperature window opening and closing 4-26
(daul clutch transmission) 4-63 XJOETIJFME EFfSPTUJOH BOE
trip modes 4-60 EFfPHHJOH 4-122
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode 4-54 XJOUFS ESJWJOH 6-70
turn signals 4-95 XJQFS CMBEFT 8-36
blade inspection 8-36
replacing front windshield wiper
U blade 8-37
USB charger 4-130 replacing rear window wiper
User settings mode 4-55 blade 8-38
XJQFST BOE XBTIFST 4-98
operating rear window wiper and
7 washer switch 4-100
WFIJDME XFJHIU operating windshield washer 4-100
overloading 6-75 rain sensing wipers control 4-99
WFIJDMF CSFBLJO QSPDFTT 1-5 XJSFMFTT TNBSU QIPOF DIBSHJOH
WFIJDMF JEFOUJfJDBUJPO OuNCFS TZTUFN 4-132
7IN
9-10
WFIJDMF NPEJfJDBUJPOT 1-5
WFIJDMF TUBCJMJUZ NBOBHFNFOU
7S.
6-54
WFIJDMF XFJHIU 6-74
WFOUJMBUFE TFBUT 4-128
I 9
Kia Warranty Policy W
Introduction
Kia New Vehicle Warranty ................................................ W-2

Replacement Parts Warranty .......................................... W-3
Emission Warranty ............................................................ W-5
Kia Extended Warranty .................................................... W-8
Free Service Coupons ...................................................... W-11
Maintenance Record Sheet .......... .................................. W-13
Kia Warranty Policy Kia New Vehicle Warranty
KIA WARRANTY POLICY 2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3
Kia New Vehicle Warranty hereof, our Authorized Dealers shall
either repair or replace, any Kia
Kia Motor India Limited hereinafter
genuine part that is acknowledged
called 䳖KMI䳗, warrants that each
by KMI to be defective in material or
new Kia vehicle sold shall be free
workmanship within the warranty
from any defects in material and
period stipulated above, at no cost
workmanship, under normal use and
to the owner of the Kia vehicle for
maintenance, subject to the follow
parts or labour. Such defective parts
ing terms and conditions.
which have been replaced will be-
come the property of KMI.
1. Warranty Period
This warranty shall exist for a 3. What is not covered
period of 36 months from the date
This warranty shall not apply to:
of delivery to the first purchaser
䳜 Normal maintenance services,
irrespective of the mileage. How
including without limitation,
ever, warranty for Kia vehicle being
cleaning and polishing, minor
used for commercial purpose such
adjustments, engine tuning, oil/
as Taxi/Tourist operation is 36
fluid changes, filters replenish
months/100,000 kilometres from
ment, fastener retightening,
the date of delivery whichever is
wheel balancing, wheel alignment
earlier. This warranty is transfer
and tyre rotation etc.
able to subsequent owner for the
䳜 Replacement of parts as a result
remaining warranty period. This
of normal wear and tear such as
warranty is applicable only in India
spark plugs, belts, brake pads and
and not transferable to any other
linings, clutch disc/facing, filters,
country.
wiper blades, bulbs, fuses, etc.
Damage or failure resulting from:
䳜 Negligence of proper maintenance
as required in this Owner䳓s Manual
and Service Booklet.
䳜 Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,
flooding or fire.
䳜 Use of improper or insufficient
fuel, fluids or lubricants.
W 2
Kia Warranty Policy Kia New Vehicle Warranty
䳜 Use of parts other than Kia Genu 䳜 This warranty is the entire war
ine Parts. ranty given by KMI for Kia vehicles
䳜 Any device and/or accessories not and no dealer or its or his agent or
supplied by KMI. employee is authorized to extend
䳜 Modifications, alterations, tam or enlarge this warranty and no
pering or improper repair. dealer or its or his agent or
䳜 Parts used in applications of employee is authorized to make W
which they were not designed or any oral warranty on KMI䳓s behalf.
not approved by KMI. 䳜 KMI reserves the right to make
䳜 Slight irregularities not recognised any change in design or make any
as affecting quality or function of improvement on the vehicle at
the vehicle or parts, such as slight any time without any obligation
noise or vibrations, or items con to make the same change on
sidered characteristic of the vehi vehicles previously sold.
cle. 䳜 KMI reserves the right for the
䳜 Airborne 䳖fallout䳗, Industrial fall final decision in all warranty mat
out, acid rain, hail and wind ters.
storms, or other Acts of God.
䳜 Paint scratches, dents or similar Owner䳓s Responsibilities
paint or body damage. 䳜 Proper use, maintenance and care
䳜 Action of road elements (sand, of vehicle in accordance with the
gravel, dust or road debris) which instructions contained in this
results in stone chipping of paint Owner䳓s Manual and Service
or glass. Booklet. If the vehicle is subject to
䳜 Incidental or consequential dam severe usage conditions, such as
ages, including without limitation, operation in extremely dusty,
loss of time, inconvenience, loss rough, more repeated short dis
of use of vehicle or commercial tance driving or heavy city traffic
loss. during hot weather, maintenance
of vehicle should be done more
NOTICE frequently as mentioned in this
Audio, Video Navigation & Telemat Owner䳓s Manual and Service
ics System, Batteries, Tyres & Tubes Booklet.
and Audio Systems, originally
equipped on Kia vehicles are war
ranted directly by the respective
manufacturers and not by KMI.
W 3
Kia Warranty Policy Replacement Parts Warranty
䳜 Retention of maintenance service Replacement Parts Warranty

records. It may be necessary for
Kia Motor India Limited hereinafter
the customer to show that the
called 䳖KMI䳗, warrants that each
required maintenance has been
new Kia Genuine replacement part
performed, as specified in this
purchased from and installed by Kia
Owner䳓s Manual and Service
Authorized Dealer shall be free from
Booklet.
any defects in material or work
䳜 Delivery of the vehicle during reg
manship, under normal use and
ular service business hours to any
maintenance, subject to the follow
authorized Kia Dealer to obtain
ing terms and conditions.
warranty service.
䳜 In order to maintain the validity of
this Basic Warranty, the vehicle 1. Warranty period
must be serviced by Kia Autho This warranty shall exist for a
rized workshop in accordance to period of 6 months or until the vehi
the Owner䳓s Manual and Service cle has been driven for a distance of
Booklet. 10,000 Kilometres from the date of
installation of replacement part by
Kia Authorized Dealer, whichever
occurs first.
2. What is covered
Our Authorized Dealers shall either
repair or replace, any Kia genuine
par listed in paragraph 3 hereof,
that is acknowledged by KMI to be
defective in material or workman
ship within the warranty period
stipulated above, after examina
tions carried out to confirm that
none of the original settings have
been tampered with, at no cost to
the owner of the Kia vehicle for
parts or labour. Such defective parts
which have been replaced will
become the property of KMI.
W 4
Kia Warranty Policy Replacement Parts Warranty
3. What is not covered reserves the right for the final deci
This warranty shall not apply to: sion in all warranty matters.
䳜 Normal maintenance services of
parts such as cleaning, adjust Owner䳓s Responsibility :
ment or replacement (i.e. spark 䳜 Proper use, maintenance and care
plugs that are oil fouled, lead of the vehicle in accordance with
fouled, or which fail due to the the instructions contained in the W
use of low grade fuel). Owner䳓s Manual and Service
䳜 Parts that fail due to abuse, mis Booklet.
use, neglect, alteration or acci 䳜 Retention of maintenance service
dent or which have been records. It may be necessary for
improperly lubricated or repaired. the customer to show that the
䳜 Parts used in applications for required maintenance has been
which they were not designed or performed, as specified in this
approved by KMI. Owner䳓s Manual and Service
䳜 Failure due to normal wear of Booklet.
parts. 䳜 Retention of the customer䳓s copy
䳜 Direct or indirect failures caused of the original repair order and its
by misuse and improper mainte invoice/bill against which the part
nance of vehicle. was replaced.
䳜 Any vehicle on which the odome 䳜 Delivery of the vehicle during reg
ter reading has been altered so ular service business hours to the
that mileage cannot be accurately same Kia Authorized Dealer who
determined. had sold and installed the replace
䳜 Incidental or consequential dam ment part.
ages, including without limitation, 䳜 In order to maintain the validity of
loss of time, inconvenience, loss this Parts replacement Warranty,
of use of vehicle or commercial the vehicle must be serviced by
loss. Kia Authorized workshop in accor
dance to the Owner䳓s Manual and
This warranty is the entire war
Service Booklet.
ranty given by KMI for Kia replace
ment parts and no dealer or its or
his agent or employee is authorized
to extend or enlarge this warranty
and no dealer or its or his agent or
employee is authorized to make any
oral warranty on KMI䳓s behalf. KMI
W 5
Kia Warranty Policy Emission Warranty
Emission Warranty 1. Warranty period
KMI extends the Mass Emission This warranty will be in addition to

standards (BSVI) for all its vehicle and run parallel to the New Vehicle
across all the states and union terri Warranty and shall exist for a period
tories in India Such cities would be of 36 months from the date of
automatically covered subject to delivery to the first purchaser, irre
other terms of the warranty policy spective of the mileage. This war
and the conditions and obligations ranty is transferable to subsequent
laid down hereunder. Kia Motor India owner for the remaining warranty
Limited hereinafter called 䳖KMI䳗, period.
certifies that the components liable
to affect the emission of the gas 2. What is covered
eous pollutants in the vehicle in nor Our Authorized Dealers shall either
mal use despite the use to which it repair or replace, any Kia genuine
may be subjected, comply with the part listed in paragraph 3 hereof,
provisions of Rule 115(2) of the that is acknowledged by KMI to be
Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 defective in material or workman
hereinafter referred to as the 䳖In- ship within the warranty period
use emission standard䳗, and further stipulated above, after examina
warrants that if on examination by tions carried out to confirm that
a dealer duly authorized by KMI, the none of the original settings have
vehicle is discovered to be failing to been tampered with, at no cost to
meet the In-use emission standard the owner of the Kia vehicle for
as specified in the said rule, our parts or labour. Such defective parts
Authorized Dealer shall take such which have been replaced will
corrective measures as may be nec become the property of KMI.
essary and shall at its sole discretion
either repair or replace free of
charge, such components of emis
sion control system as are specified
in paragraph 3 hereof.
W 6
3. &NJTTJPO WBSSBOUZ PBSUT LJTU 䳜 Exhaust Pipe Assembly

1. Engine Control Module System 䳜 Catalytic Converter
䳜 Engine Control Module . Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
䳜 Crankshaft Position Sensor System (Diesel Engines)
䳜 Camshaft Position Sensor, 䳜 EGR Control System
䳜 Throttle Position Sensor, MAP 9. Miscellaneous items used in above
Sensor, O2 Sensor, IAT & ECT Systems
Sensor. 䳜 Vacuum hoses, clamps, fittings, W
䳜 Vehicle Speed Signal tubing or mounting hardware
䳜 Brake Switch Signal used with the above systems.
䳜 Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) Valves, Switches and Solenoids
2. Fuel Metering System What is not covered
䳜 Fuel injectors
䳜 Fuel Pumps This warranty shall not apply to:
䳜 Rail Pressure Sensor 䳜 Normal maintenance services
. Air Induction System including without limitation,
䳜 Air Cleaner Housing Assembly engine tuning, oil/fluid changes,
䳜 Throttle Body filters replenishment, etc.
䳜 Intake Manifold
䳜 Accelerator Position Sensor 䳜 Replacement of parts as a result
䳜 Boost Pressure Sensor of normal wear and tear such as
䳜 Knock Sensor spark plugs, filters, etc.
䳜 Turbocharger 䳜 The vehicle reported without valid
䳜 Intercooler 䳒Pollution Under Control䳓 certifi
. Ignition System cate for the period immediately
䳜 H.T. Cable Set preceding the test during which
䳜 Ignition Coil
the failure is discovered.
䳜 Power Transistor
. Evaporative Emission Control Sys- 䳜 The vehicle which has been run on
tem adulterated fuel or lubricant or
䳜 Vapour Storage Canister fuel/lubricants other than those
䳜 Fuel Tank specified by KMI.
䳜 Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel filler Cap
䳜 Fuel Tank Air Filter Damage or failure resulting from:
䳜 Purge Control Solenoid Valve 䳜 Negligence of proper maintenance
䳜 Canister Close Valve as required in this Owner䳓s Manual
. PCV System and Service Booklet.
PCV Valve 䳜 Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,
PCV Hoses flooding or fire.
Oil Filler Cap
䳜 Use of improper or insufficient
. Catalytic Converter System
Exhaust Manifold fuel, fluids or lubricants.
W 7
䳜 Any repair carried out other than This warranty is the entire war
by Kia Authorized Dealer/ Service ranty given by KMI for Kia vehicles
Centre. Use of parts other than and no dealer or its or his agent or
Kia Genuine Parts. employee is authorized to extend or
䳜 Any device and/or accessories not enlarge this warranty and no dealer
supplied by KMI. or its or his agent or employee is
䳜 Modifications, alterations, tam authorized to make any oral war
pering or improper repair. not ranty on KMI䳓s behalf.
supplied by KMI.
KMI reserves the right to make any
䳜 Parts used in applications for
change in design or make any
which they were not designed or
improvement on the vehicle at any
not approved by KMI.
time without any obligation to make
䳜 Any penalties that may be
the same change on vehicles previ
charged by statutory authorities
ously sold.
on account of failure to comply
with the In-use emission stan
dards. Owner䳓s Responsibility:
䳜 The vehicle in which the odometer 䳜 Proper use, maintenance and care
has been tampered with, changed of the vehicle in accordance with
or been disconnected. the instructions contained in the
䳜 Any consequential repairs or Owner䳓s Manual and Service
replacement of parts which Booklet. If the vehicle is subject to
maybe found necessary to estab severe usage conditions, such as
lish compliance to In-use emission operation in extremely dusty,
standards, in addition to the rough, more repeated short dis
replacement of the components tance driving or heavy city traffic
covered under Emission Warranty, during hot weather, maintenance
will not be made free of cost of vehicle should be done more
unless such parts are also found frequently as mentioned in this
to be in warrantable condition Owner䳓s Manual and Service
within the scope and limit of the Booklet.
New Vehicle Warranty. 䳜 In order to maintain the validity of
䳜 Incidental or consequential dam this Emission Warranty, the vehi
ages, including without limitation, cle must be serviced by Kia
loss of time, inconvenience, loss Authorized Dealer or Service Cen
of use of vehicle or commercial tre in accordance to the Owner䳓s
loss. Manual and Service Booklet.
W 8
䳜 Retention of maintenance service NOTICE

records. It may be necessary for
the customer to show that the KIA Extended Warranty*
required maintenance has been KMI offers optional paid extended
performed, as specified in this warranty on selected models, in
Owner䳓s Manual and Service addition to the basic new vehicle
Booklet. warranty. For more details on Kia W
䳜 Immediate Delivery of the vehicle Extended Warranty please call the
to any authorized Kia Dealer upon nearest dealer or our toll free num
discovery of failure to comply ber 1800-108-5000.
with the In-use emission standard
inspite of proper use, mainte * Conditions apply
nance and care of vehicle in accor
dance with the instructions
contained in this Owner䳓s Manual
and Service Booklet.
䳜 Production of 䳖Pollution Under
Control䳗 (PUC) certificate valid for
the period immediately preceding
the test during which the failure is
discovered, the test having been
carried out either for obtaining a
new certificate, or pursuant upon
being directed by an officer as
referred to in sub-rule (2) of
Rule116 of the Central Motor
Vehicles Rules.
W 9
TU F3&& S&37I$& $0610/ 2OE F3&& S&37I$& $0610/ 3SE F3&& S&37I$& $0610/
1 1 LN
1 LN PS XJUIJO 1 NPOUI
NPOUITPGPG 1 LN
LN PSPS XJUIJO
XJUIJO 1
NPOUIT
NPOUITPG
PG 1 LN
1 LN PS PS XJUIJO
XJUIJO 1
NPOUIT
NPOUIT PG
PG
EFMJWFSZ
EFMJWFSZ XIJDIFWFS
XIJDIFWFSJTJTFBSMJFS
FBSMJFS
EFMJWFSZ
EFMJWFSZ XIJDIFWFS
FBSMJFS
EFMJWFSZ
EFMJWFSZ XIJDIFWFS
FBSMJFS
Kia Warranty Policy
$uTUPNFS $PQZ $uTUPNFS $PQZ $uTUPNFS $PQZ

.PEFM
Model NBNF
Name .PEFM NBNF
Model Name .PEFM
Model NBNF
Name
$VTUPNFST
Customer's NBNF
Name Customer's NBNF
$VTUPNFST Name $VTUPNFST
Customer's NBNF
Name
V*N V*N V*N
RFHJTUSBUJPO
Registration NP
No. Registration NP
RFHJTUSBUJPO No. RFHJTUSBUJPO
Registration NP
No.
.JMFBHF
Mileage
DFMJWFSZ
Delivery DBUF
Date
. Mileage
.JMFBHF
Delivery DBUF
DFMJWFSZ Date
.JMFBHF
Mileage
DFMJWFSZ
Delivery DBUF
Date
4FSWJDF
Service DBUF
Date Service DBUF
4FSWJDF Date 4FSWJDF
Service DBUF
Date
RO NVNCFS
RO Number
Number RO Number
NVNCFS
RO Number RO NVNCFS
Number
RO Number
DFBMFS
Dealer/HASC
DPEF code
Dealer/HASC code Dealer/HASC
DFBMFS DPEF code
Dealer/HASC code DFBMFS
Dealer/HASC
Dealer/HASC code
DPEF code
1SPNJTF UP $BSF
SAMPLE 1SPNJTF UP $BSF 1SPNJTF UP $BSF
SFSWJDJOH %FBMFS䳓T
DFBMFS䳓T SUBNQ SFSWJDJOH %FBMFS䳓T
DFBMFS䳓T SUBNQ SFSWJDJOH %FBMFS䳓T
DFBMFS䳓T SUBNQ
8
Service .HS䳓T
4FSWJDF Mgr䳓T 4JHOBUVSF 4FSWJDF .HS䳓T 4JHOBUVSF 4FSWJDF .HS䳓T 4JHOBUVSF
'SFF'SFF 4FSWJDF
4FSWJDF $PVQPOT
$PVQPOT BSF BSF
WBMJEWBMJE
BU BMMBU,JB ,JB BVUIPSJ[FE
BMM EFBMFSTIJQT EFBMFSTIJQT
EFBMFS C
"VUIPS[FE TFSWJDF DFOUSFT
BOE XPSLTIPQT
JO *OEJB BDSPTT *OEJB
Emission Warranty
11
8
Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC Repair
Repair Cate- Details of Name of Ser- Ser. Adv.

Repair Date RO No. Kms Tech. sign.
gory Repair done vicing dealer Sign.
Kia Warranty Policy
."I/5&/"/$& 3&$03% S)&&5
8
.BJOUFOBODF 3FDPSE SIFFU
1
8
Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC Repair
1
Repair Cate- Details of Name of Ser- Ser. Adv.
Repair Date RO No. Kms Tech. sign.
KJB 8BSSBOUZ 1PMJDZ
gory Repair done vicing dealer Sign.

."I/5&/"/$& 3&$03% S)&&5
.BJOUFOBODF 3FDPSE SIFFU
KJB 8BSSBOUZ 1PMJDZ
KI" 30"%SI%& "SSI5"/$& 130(3".
,JB 3PBETJEF "TTJTUBODF JT B 9 FNFSHFODZ TVQQPSU QSPWJEFE JO BOZ FWFOU PG

CSFBLEPXO PS SPBE BDDJEFOU PG ZPVS ,JB WFIJDMF
1SPHSBNCFOFGJUT
&WFOUT ,FZ#FOFGJUT
0OTJUF3FQBJS7FIJDMFSFDPWFSZJODBTFPGCSFBLEPXO3PBE
#SFBLEPXO"DDJEFOU
BDDJEFOU
3FQMBDFNFOUPG'MBUUJSFXJUIUIFTQBSFUJSFBWBJMBCMFJOUIF
'MBUUJSF
WFIJDMF5JSFQVODUVSFSFQBJSBTTJTUGSPNOFBSCZSFQBJSFS
%FBECBUUFSZ +VNQ4UBSU
*OWFIJDMFMPDLFELFZTSFUSJFWBM-PTULFZTCSPLFOLFZ
,FZSFMBUFE
BTTJTU
'VFMEFMJWFSZJODBTFPGt0VUPGGVFMu*ODPSSFDUGVFM
'VFMSFMBUFE $POUBNJOBUFE'VFM"TTJTU 0ODFBZFBSVQUP MJUFSUIFOJU
XJMMCFDIBSHFBCMF
5BYJBSSBOHFNFOU 5BYJBSSBOHFNFOUGPSVQUP,.GSPNCSFBLEPXO
GPSCSFBLEPXOBDDJEFOU
MPDBUJPO
%VQMJDBUF LFZ SFUSJFWBM XJUIJO DJUZ MJNJUT *G LFZ JT PVUTJEF DJUZ MJNJUT WFIJDMF XJMM CF UPXFE UP
OFBSFTU ,JB BVUIPSJ[FE EFBMFSTIJQ
8 1
KJB 8BSSBOUZ 1PMJDZ
)PXUPSFRVFTUBTTJTUBODF
*O UIF FWFOU PG B CSFBLEPXO PS BDDJEFOU TJNQMZ DBMM ,JB $BSF 3PBETJEF "TTJTUBODF
PO UIF UPMM GSFF OVNCFS 5IJT OVNCFS DBO BMTP CF GPVOE PO UIF
BCPWF TIPXO TUJDLFS XIJDI JT QBTUFE PO UIF WFIJDMF 5IFO GPMMPX UIF CFMPX TUFQT
UP HFU BTTJTUBODF
*EFOUJGZ ZPVS WFIJDMF XJUI UIF 7*/ $IBTTJT /VNCFS
UIBU JT BWBJMBCMF PO
SFHJTUSBUJPO DFSUJGJDBUF PS TNBSU DBSE
PS JOTVSBODF EPDVNFOU :PV DBO BMTP
GJOE UIF 7*/ PO UIF WFIJDMF GPS EFUBJMT QMFBTF SFGFS QBHF VOEFS
t4QFDJGJDBUJPOT $POTVNFS *OGPSNBUJPOu DIBQUFS
&YQMBJO UIF MPDBUJPO PG ZPVS WFIJDMF BMPOH XJUI OFBSCZ MBOENBSL
&YQMBJO UIF QSPCMFN ZPV BSF GBDJOH XJUI UIF WFIJDMF

0VS DVTUPNFS DBSF XJMM BEWJTF ZPV PO GVSUIFS DPVSTF PG BDUJPO
/PUF
• 'PS ZPVS TBGFUZ QBSL UIF WFIJDMF PO UIF FEHF PG UIF SPBE BOE UVSO PO UIF
XBSOJOH MJHIUT
• *O DBTF ZPV BSF PO B IJHIXBZ QMBDF UIF DBVUJPO TJHO XBSOJOH USJBOHMF
QSPWJEFE
XJUI ZPVS WFIJDMF BQQSPYJNBUFMZ NFUFST GFFU
GSPN UIF WFIJDMF GBDJOH
UPXBSET UIF PODPNJOH USBGGJD
5FSNT BOE DPOEJUJPOT

5IF TFSWJDF JT BQQMJDBCMF GPS UIF CBTJD XBSSBOUZ QFSJPE PG UIF WFIJDMF
5IF 9 3PBE TJEF BTTJTUBODF JT BWBJMBCMF VQ UP B OFBSFTU ,JB BVUIPSJ[FE EFBMFS XPSLTIPQ
5IF WFIJDMF SFDPWFSZ BOEPS UBYJ BSSBOHFNFOU TFSWJDF JT BQQMJDBCMF GPS B DPOEJUJPO JO XIJDI
UIF WFIJDMF IBT CFFO JNNPCJMJ[FE
5PXJOH PG WFIJDMF TVCKFDU UP WFIJDMF CFJOH QBSLFE JO B MPDBUJPO XIFSF UPXJOH WFIJDMF DBO UPX
BOE BMM UJSFT CFJOH SPMMJOH BOE JO TUSBJHIU QPTJUJPO FMTF UIF TJEF HMBTT NBZ CF CSPLFO UP UPX
UIF WFIJDMF XIFSF UIF DPTU PG SFQBJSJOH UIF HMBTT XJMM CF CPSOF CZ DVTUPNFS
$PTU PG QBSUT SFQMBDFNFOU JT OPU JODMVEFE VOMFTT DPWFSFE VOEFS ,JB 8BSSBOUZ
$PTU PG SFQBJST NBEF UP ZPVS WFIJDMF JT OPU JODMVEFE VOMFTT JU JT DPWFSFE VOEFS ,JB 8BSSBOUZ
"TTJTUBODF UP CF QSPWJEFE BT MPOH BT 7FIJDMF IBT CSPLFO EPXO PO B NPUPSBCMF HB[FUUFE
DPODSFUF PS CJUVNFO SPBE *G WFIJDMF HPFT PGGSPBE PS GBMMFO JO QJUEJUDIWBMMFZ DPTU PG TQFDJBM
FRVJQNFOU GPS SFUSJFWJOH WFIJDMF GSPN QJUEJUDIWBMMFZ XJMM CF DPWFSFE CVU BOZ DPOTFRVFOUJBM
EBNBHF XPVME CF DVTUPNFSsT MJBCJMJUZ "OZ BQQSPWBMT GPS UPXJOH JO TVDI DBTFT GSPN MPDBM
BVUIPSJUJFT IBT UP CF PCUBJOFE CZ DVTUPNFS
7FIJDMF XJMM OPU CF UPXFE JO DBTF PG JOWPMWFNFOU PG QPMJDF
8 1

Seltos Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Seltos Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FOREWORD

2019 KIA MOTORS India, Inc.

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

Driving your vehicle 6

Specifications & Consumer information 9

Kia Warranty Policy W

Fuel requirements .................................................................... 1-2

2. Petrol or gasohol containing Use of MTBE

Fuel additives Diesel engine

Vehicle modifications Vehicle break-in process

Risk of burns when parking or

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview...................................................................... 2-2

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle) -100

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1.Headlight leveling device -9

IOTUSVNFOU QBOFM PWFSWJFX

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

14.Power outlet 4-129

Petrol Engine (Gamma II 1.5 MPI)

Diesel Engine (U2 1.5 TCI)

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat ............................................................................................. 3-3

䳜 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX

SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

Front seat WARNING

WARNING nal injuries could result because the

Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment for manual

To change the height of the seat

WARNING Moving forward and backward

The power seat is operable with the

To recline the seatback:

Changing seat cushion tilt and Headrest (for front seat)

To change the height of the seat:

䳜 Do not operate the vehicle with CAUTION

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest:

To remove the headrest: To reinstall the headrest:

Seatback pocket (if equipped) WARNING

1. Pull up both sides of the seatback

1. Lower the rear headrests to the

2. Fold the seat toward the front of WARNING

To unfold the rear seat Type B

2. Make sure the seatback is locked

Headrest (for rear seat) 䳜 Do not operate the vehicle with

OSP2I039014 Adjusting the height up and down

an occupant's head. Generally, the 䳜 To raise the headrest, pull it up to

Removal and installation Armrest (if equipped)

Seat belts 䳜 Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

ous. Belts should not be worn with Seat belt warning

The seat belt warning light and

Front Passenger's seat belt Fastening the seat belt:

NOTICE When it is released, the belt should

Adjusting the height of shoulder

䳜 When you want to release the

Stowing the rear seat belt Pre-tensioner seat belt

the pressure on the affected seat WARNING

the ignition switch has been assemblies for several minutes

Seat belt precautions WARNING

. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle) -100

1.Headlight leveling device -9

ISOFIX anchorage and top- ISOFIX anchorages have been pro

ODEEV068100NR * The actual position of SRS compo

WARNING may adversely affect your vehi